ويكاموس arwiktionary https://ar.wiktionary.org/wiki/%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%D9%88%D8%B3:%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B5%D9%81%D8%AD%D8%A9_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B1%D8%A6%D9%8A%D8%B3%D9%8A%D8%A9 MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.13 case-sensitive ميديا خاص نقاش مستخدم نقاش المستخدم ويكاموس نقاش ويكاموس ملف نقاش الملف ميدياويكي نقاش ميدياويكي قالب نقاش القالب مساعدة نقاش المساعدة تصنيف نقاش التصنيف ملحق نقاش الملحق مكنز نقاش المكنز نص زمني نقاش النص الزمني وحدة نقاش الوحدة فعالية نقاش فعالية 4 623 1097934 1097665 2026-08-03T13:38:38Z ForzaGreen 28665 /* إنشاء صفحات صيغ الأفعال المُصَرَّفة */ قسم جديد 1097934 wikitext text/x-wiki {{/مقدمة}}__فهرس__ == تشكيل عنوان المقالة في ويكاموس العربي والنسخ اللغوية الأخرى == يعتمد ويكاموس العربي تشكيل اسم الصفحة باعتبار أنه مع اختلاف التشكيل فإننا المفردة مختلفة عن أختها، لكن أغلب النسخ اللغوية الأخرى ومن أهمها الإنجليزي تعتمد اسم الصفحة بدون تشكيل وتجمع جميع المفردات التي تشترك في نفس رسم الكلمة بدون تشكيل في صفحة واحدة. ;تأثير هذا الاختلاف: يؤثر هذه الاختلاف بين النسخ اللغوية في الربط بين النسخ اللغوية المختلفة لأن الربط يكون باسم الصفحة وإذا وجدت صفحة مشكلة وصفحة غير مشكلة فإنهما صفحتان مختلفتان لذا فإنها لا تربط لا حظ مثلا صفحة [[قَتَلَ]] تجد أنها مربوطة مع النسخة الفرنسية فقط ولكن افتح صفحة [[:en:قتل]] تجد أنها مربوطة ب 25 نسخة لغوية، وهذا يؤثر على الاستفادة من المحتوى العربي في ويكاموس العربي بشدة. لذا فأرجو إعادة النظر في منهجية تشكيل اسم الصفحةة في ويكاموس، وهذا نقاش مفتوح وكل يذكر ما يراه صوابا مع الأسباب، وقد فتحت نقاشا في مجموعة التلجرام فتبين أن ويكاموس الفرنسي والإيطالي يلتزمان بالتشكيل في عنوان الصفحة. وهذا الأمر يستوجب وجود سياسة عالمية لأنها تحدد الربط بين المشاريع. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 08:54، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :[[ويكاموس:الميدان/أرشيف/2017#مفردات ويكاموس|نقاش سابق]]، إشارة إلى المشاركين فيه @[[مستخدم:أحمد ناجي|أحمد ناجي]] @[[مستخدم:Avicenno|Avicenno]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:أسامة الجزري|أسامة الجزري]] @[[مستخدم:ميسرة|ميسرة]] @[[مستخدم:أبو آسر|أبو آسر]] @[[مستخدم:يوسف عاشق الجبل|يوسف عاشق الجبل]]. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 12:03، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::@[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] أنا مؤيد لإزالة التشكيل من العناوين وإضافة المفردات المشكلة المرجوة لذات الصفحة لتسهيل الوصول إلى المفردة والمفردات ذات الصلة وهذا المعمول به في المواد غير العربية ومخالفة المواد العربية يعسر البحث. مثلا عندنا [[أَكْل]] و[[أَكَلَ]] لكن في المفردات غير العربية عندنا مادة واحدة لاسم ولفعل ولصفة مثل [[present]]، فأقترح إزالة التشكيل في العناوين وكتابة المفردات المرجوة في الصفحة ومنها اشتقاقات الجذر ولتزل صفحات التوضيح. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 22:24، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::هذا النقاش يثار كلما جاء وفد من ويكيبيديا وقارن ويكاموس العربي بالنسخ اللغوية الأخرى. ويكاموس العربي يعتمد على صفحات التوضيح منذ زمن بعيد، وهي كفيلة بربط هذه النسخة مع باقي النسخ الأخرى، مثلا صفحة [[قتل]] مربوطة ب25 نسخة، وصفحة [[كتب]] ب24 نسخة، وكذا صفحة [[نظر]] مرتبطة ب19 نسخة. فإذا كنت تدعم العناوين بدون تشكيل فهو أمر معمول به أصلا (صفحات التوضيح) وإذا كنت تريد أن نزيل الوصلات ونجمع المحتويات كلها في صفحة واحدة فهذا لن يزيد من الربط، بل سيبقى الربط كما هو. أصلا لا توجد مشكلة في الربط، بل المشكلة في النقص العددي لصفحات ويكاموس، حتى أن صفحة [[ربط]] غير موجودة لحظة كتابتي لهذا التعليق. أقول أنه ليس على ويكاموس العربي أن يتبع ويكاموس الإنجليزي أو الفرنسي، إذا فكرنا من وجهة نظر موضوعية، فإن الأصل هو وجود صفحة واحدة لكل كلمة، [[قَتَلَ]] ليست هي نفسها [[قَتَّلَ]] أو [[قَتْل]]، لذا وجود صفحات مستقلة هو أمر طبيعي وجيد ويُتيح إمكانية التفصيل في شرح مختلف المعاني. ثم مع هذا توجد صفحة التوضيح [[قتل]] (بدون تشكيل) التي تكون مرتبطة مع مختلف النسخ اللغوية. '''هذا ليس عيب، بل ميزة معمول بها منذ زمن طويل'''. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 23:11، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] لا أرى ميزة إضافية لفصل المفردات حسب شكلها إلا زيادة عدد الصفحات، بينما نخسر مميزات إضافية ذكرتها أدنا. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:21، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::أتفق مع الزميل @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|الناجم العاجم]] في الحفاظ على أسماء الصفحات بالتشكيل، مع وجود صفحات التوضيح. أُضيف إلى ما قيل: في المستقبل نُريد ربط صفحات ويكاموس مع الوحدات المُعجمية في ويكي بيانات، وهذا سيكون أسهل إذا كانت الصفحات مُستقلة. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 09:23، 20 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] الصفحة في ويكاموس تقبل جميع اللغات التي تستعمل نفس رسم الكلمة، بينما المعجمية في ويكي بيانات مقيدة بلغة معينة، فالربط لا يمكن أن يتم آليا، فما دام يدويًا فلا ميزة إضافية لفصل الكلمات حسب شكلها في صفحات مستقلة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:18، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :: {{ضد}} التشكيل ضرورة حتمية في المعاجم، ووجود نفس الرسم في معاجم أخرى يُعدّ جهدًا ضائعًا (إذ تصبح صفحة الكلمة مكررة بعدّة لغات، ولا أعلم ما الفائدة!). الأصل أن تُربط المفردة بما يقابلها بالترجمة، لا بالرسم. الأمر نفسه ينطبق على الكلمات غير العربية (أو على الأقل غير المنطوقة بلهجات عربية) في ويكاموس العربي؛ فوجودها مكررة في عدّة معاجم بلغات أخرى لا فائدة منه. منذ مدة وأنا أفكر في طريقة لربط الكلمات بين المعاجم اللغوية، ووجدت — حتى الآن — أن قسم الترجمة يمكنه القيام بذلك، لكنه بدوره يحتاج إلى ربط آلي. تحياتي --[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} ::: {{ر|Nehaoua}} لن نفقد التشكيل عندما نجمع المفردات المتفقة في الرسم في صفحة واحدة، فستكون المفردات في عناوين فرعية وهي المسماة في ويكاموس الإنجليزي headwords، وكل نسخ ويكاموس متعددة لغات المفردات، فالمفردات العربية موجودة (أو لها أن تكون موجودة) في كافة النسخ اللغوية الأخرى، وللأسف المفردات العربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أكثر من العربي.--[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:26، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] رسمُ الكلمةِ العربية لا يكون مكتملًا إلا بالتشكيل، وكلُّ صيغةٍ مشكلة تُعدّ مفردة مستقلة، حتى ولو اشتركت في الرسم، لأن اختلاف التشكيل يؤدي إلى اختلافٍ في المعنى والمغزى. ولا يمكن القياس على الإنجليزية، فهي تعتمد على [[w:صائت|الصوائت]] التي تُميّز بين الكلمات (والمقابل لها في اللغة العربية الحركات الثلاثة -الفتح والكسر والضم-)، مثل: :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pin pin] (دبوس) :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pun pun] (تورية) :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pan pan] (مِقلاة) :::ولا تُعدّها الإنجليزية مفردة واحدة. :::أمّا ما ذُكر من أن {{مض|المفردات العربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أكثر من العربي}}} فهذا – في الواقع – مثال واضح على الجهد الضائع، إذ تُكرَّر الصفحات في معاجم أخرى بدل تطوير النسخة العربية ذاتها. تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 18:55، 23 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] لابد من تشكيل المفردة عند ذكرها والشرح، وليس هذا محل خلاف، ولا خلاف أن الاختلاف في التشكيل غالبا يعني مفردة مختلفة، لكن النقاش عن جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة وفقا لرسمها المجرد من التشكيل، فويكاموس العربي لم يتبع نهج المعاجم العربية في جمع المفردات تحت جذر واحد وكذلك لم يتبع نهج أغلب نسخ ويكاموس في جمع المفردات التي تتففق في الحروف في مدخل واحد، وهذا الطريقة المتفردة تفقد ويكاموس العربي بعض المميزات التقنية، بعض الميزات الأخرى التي ذكرتها. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 07:36، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] عفوًا pin وpun وpan من جدوز مختلفة لا علاقة لها ببعض. كل واحدة free base morpheme لا صلة لها بالأخرى. أما عن الحركات العربية فهي تعود لجذر واحد فلا تصح المقارنة. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 08:29، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] أيضا لا يمكن حصر التشكيل مقابلًا للصوائت لأن منها short vowel sounds ومنها long vowel sounds التي هي أقرب إلى حروف العلة. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 19:26، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:كريم رائد|كريم رائد]] لا يوجد مفهوم الجذر في الإنجليزية، وأنا متفق أنه {{مض|لا تصح المقارنة}} لأن الطلب اصلا مبني على المقارنة! تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 18:39، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] بل يوجد؛ طالع إن شئت Root (linguistics) ومقارنتك تشكيل العناوين بتلك المفردات في غير محلها لأن كل من هذه المفردات له معنى مختلف وجذره مختلف. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 19:09، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::::::@[[مستخدم:كريم رائد|كريم رائد]] تمتاز اللغات السامية بأنها جذرية واشتقاقية؛ إذ يمكن اشتقاق مئات الكلمات من الجذر الواحد بتغييرات بسيطة ومنها التشكيل، في حين أن الـ '''Root '''في اللغات الأخرى يتغيّر عادةً بإضافة السوابق واللواحق (أمور معروفة لا تحتاج لإطالة). ::::::::{{مض|ومقارنتك تشكيل العناوين بتلك المفردات في غير محلّها}}، لأن المقصود هو أن التشكيل في العربية يوافق الصوائت؛ فالفتحة تقابلها "A"، والضمة "O"، والكسرة "I"، وهذا تحديدًا ما أردتُ مقارنته (وأعتذر عن إعادة ما سبق أن قلتُه). ::::::::وأكتفي هنا حتى لا يتحول النقاش إلى جدال. وفي النهاية، ما الفائدة من جمع تعريفات جميع معاني الرسم «عبر» في صفحة واحدة، من جمع [[عِبْرَة|لعِبرة]] إلى الفعل [[عَبَرَ|عَبَرَ]] وغيرها؟ ::::::::أكتفي بهذا القدر وقد بيّنتُ وجهة نظري. تحياتي. [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:24، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]، :::::* {{مض|ولا خلاف أن الاختلاف في التشكيل غالبًا يعني مفردة مختلفة}} فكلُّ اختلافٍ في التشكيل يُنتج مفردةً مختلفة، وبالتالي مدخلة مختلفة. :::::* {{مض|النقاش عن جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة وفقًا لرسمها المجرَّد من التشكيل}} وصفحات التوضيح تكفي في هذا الباب. :::::* {{مض|فويكاموس العربي لم يتبع نهج المعاجم العربية في جمع المفردات تحت جذر واحد وكذلك لم يتبع نهج أغلب نسخ ويكاموس في جمع المفردات التي تتفق في الحروف في مدخل واحد}} لا تتبع جميع المعاجم هذا النهج، فالمعجم الوسيط مثلًا لم يجمع كل المفردات ذات الرسم الواحد؛ انظر مثلًا مدخل: [https://shamela.ws/book/7028/640#p1 «عين»]، حيث تكرّرت عدة مرات، وبينها تعريفات لكلمات مختلفة الرسم. وكذلك نحن نعمل في مشروع لا يقتضي النسخ الحرفي للمطبوع. :::::* {{مض|وهذه الطريقة المتفردة تفقد ويكاموس العربي بعض المزايا التقنية}} إن اختلاف الرسم والمفردات في العربية أمرٌ أصيل، ووجود صعوبات تقنية حالية لا يبرّر تقليل شأن اللغة أو التخفيف من خصائصها؛ فقد كانت كتابة العربية يومًا ما مستحيلة تقنيًا، ولو اتبعنا المنطق نفسه لكتبناها اليوم بالأحرف اللاتينية. :::::تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:09، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) === مميزات جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة إذا اتفقت في رسهما الخالي من التشكيل === # أولا بالنظر إلى معاجمنا العربية الأصيلة فيهم تجمع المفردات لأكثر من ذلك فكل المفردات تحت جذر واحد تجمع في مدخل واحد في المعجم العربي بل بعض المعاجم تضم إليها التقاليب (جبذ، جذب، بجذ...)، فالجمع المقترح أقرب إلى العمل المعمول به في معاجمنا من الطريقة الحالية. # كثير من الكلمات العربية يكون فيها أكثر من وجه في الضبط لدينا مثلا كلمة «إِصبَع» فيها تسع لغات حيث يجوز في أولها وثالثها الحركات الثلاث، فعلى هذا سيكون للأصبع 9 صفحات وهي مفردة واحدة ولكن فيها عدة أوجه أو لغات، وكثير من مفردات اللغة يجوز في حرف من حروفها أكثر من حركة ( ومنها باب المثلث في اللغة)، لذا فجمعها في صفحة أيسر في الوقوف على الفائدة، وأبعد من إيهام التغاير. # أن القارئ ربما يريد أن يستفيد ما هو الضبط الصحيح لكلمة معينة، وجود أكثر من عنوان مشكولة يؤخره في البحث عن الكلمة. # أن القارئ لا يستطيع أن يصل بسهولة من صفحة مفردة إلى ما يقابلها في اللغات الأخرى فيحتاج أن ينتقل غلى صفحة توضيح أو أن يبحث عنها. # نفس الشيء بالنسبة للقارئ في النسخ الأخرى الذي يرغب أن يطلع على النسخة العربية. --[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:15، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :{{ر|حبيشان}} :# نحن في قاموس إلكتروني، حيث تتوفر الوصلات وصناديق البحث، لماذا سنتبع طريقة الكتب القديمة. :# عندما يكون للكلمة الواحدة أكثر من تهجئة واحدة، فحينئذ نضع صفحة تحتوي على المعنى، وصفحات أخرى تحوّل أو توصل إليها، مع ذكر هذه الملاحظة في صفحة المعنى. وهذا طبيعي جدا حتى أن النسخ الأخرى تقوم بالأمر نفسه، مثلا في ويكاموس الإنجليزي صفحة [[:en:colour|colour]] لا تحتوي على المعاني، ذكروا فقط أنها تهجئة مختلفة للكلمة [[:en:color|color]]. :# النقطة 2 تفيد أيضا في حال وجود تهجئات خاطئة وشائعة. :# من المفترض أن تحتوي الصفحات على قالب {{قا|أيضا}} في الأعلى، ويشير إلى صفحة التوضيح (التي تتضمن الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه) كما هو معمول به في النسخ الأخرى. :# القارئ من النسخ الأخرى سيجد صفحة التوضيح من خلال وصلات الأنترويكي. بالمناسبة العناوين بالتشكيل موجودة في نسخ أخرى غير العربية. :[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 23:11، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) * في الوضع الحالي وبعد ترتيب المفردات في التصانيف، فلا بأس عندي ببقاء عناوين المشكلة، مع الآتي: ** تنقيح تعليمات [[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل|تشكيل العناوين]] ووسمها سياسةً لكي تكون ملزمة. ** جعل إنشاء صفحات التوضيح (بدون شكل) آليا عبر بوت، وكذلك الوصلة إليها من صفحات المفردات المشكلة.--[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 18:08، الأربعاء 2 شعبان 1447هـ (+3) 15:08، 21 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) :{{ر|حبيشان}} راجعتُ صفحة [[وق:تشكيل|تشكيل العناوين]]، وجعلت القواعد أكثر وضوحا، يرجى إلقاء نظرة عليها. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 14:09، 22 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) ::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] شكرًا لتوضيحك [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 11:49، 28 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) === نقاش حول [[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل]] (مقترح سياسة) === * {{ر|Najem Ajem}} اعتذر عن تأخري بالرد بسبب انشغالي بالخارج، المقترح فيه بعض القصور، وايضا هناك [[خاص:فرق/1076134|تغيير محوري]] أضيف بعد الخلاصة لم يناقش بالمرة، لذا أرجو حذف الخلاصة والعودة إلى النقاش، وهذه الملاحظات على الصيغة الحالية: ** تغير كلمة (حركات) إلى (شكلات)، لأن الشدة ليست حركة وكذلك السكون عند البعض. ** توضح أحرف المد بـ (وهي الألف (ا) مطلقا، والواو (و) الساكنة المضموم ما قبلها، والياء (ي) الساكنة <s>المضموم</s> المكسور ما قبلها). ** اقترح تعديل النقطة الثانية إلى: ::: {{مض|يترك محل الإعراب (آخر الكلمة المفردة) في الكلمات المعربة بالحركات بدون حركة أو سكون -وتبقى الشدة إذا كان مشددًأ-؛ لأن حركته تتغير حسب موقع الكلمة في الجملة}} وعليه فإن «مُعَلِّمُونَ» تشكل النون وإن كانت آخر الكلمة لأن معلمون تعرب بالحروف. ::: بتعديل هذه النقطة نسنغني عن النقاط بعدها إلا إذا قصد بها التوضيح. ** في نقطة الأفعال يفهم منها أنه يجب شكل آخر المضارع ولكنه معرب والأولى أن يشمله ما يشمل الأسماء لذلك أقترحت هنا أن تكون النقطة عامة للأسماء والأفعال واستخدمت مصطلح (الكلمات). ** لو ينص على وجوب نقط الياء المتطرفة تمييزا لها عن الألف المطوية. ** ماذا عن همزة الوصل هل تشكل أم لا، لو تنص القاعدة على ذلك صراحة وهل تستعمل ألف مجردة عن الهمزة أم (ٱ) ألف عليها ص. ** لا أتفق مع تجريد العنوان المدخلة من الشكل عندما تحتمل الكلمة قراءة واحدة فقط، لأسباب: *** أن ذلك إذا غلب على ظن من أدخلها قد يكون مخطئًا فنضطر للنقل بعد ذلك. *** أن هذه القاعدة ربما تؤخر من يريد إضافة مفردة فيلتزم بالبحث هل يشاركها في الرسم مفردة أخرى أم لا. *** المشروع لا يميمز صفحات توضيح المفردات إلا بالتجريد من التشكيل فعندما يرى المستخدم عنوانا غير مشكل يظن أنها صفحة توضيح. --[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 21:10، الثلاثاء 7 رمضان 1447هـ (+3) 18:10، 24 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :إشارة @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:كريم أحمد|كريم أحمد]] @[[مستخدم:القلموني|القلموني]]. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 21:18، الثلاثاء 7 رمضان 1447هـ (+3) 18:18، 24 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) * {{ر|حبيشان}} فيما يلي تعليقاتي على ملاحظاتك: ** <s>أوافق على استخدام (شكلات)، مع الإبقاء على (حركات) كمرادف أو لتفادي التكرار.</s> تعديل: بعد البحث وجدت أن "شكلات" غير فصيحة، بينما المستخدم هو فعلا "حركات" أو "حركات التشكيل". ** {{مض|فإننا دائما نستثني حروف المد (و، ا، ي)}} هنا عبارة "حروف المد" تفيد التوضيح بنفسها، فهي تشير إلى استثناء الحروف الثلاثة عندما -فقط- تفيد المد، بدل عبارة "الحروف" أو "حروف العلة" التي تشير إلى استثناء مطلق. لكن أوافق على إضافة التعريف الذي كتبتَه كملاحظة في الأسفل. ** صحيح أن بعض الكلمات لا يعرب بالشكلات وإنما بالحروف، فجمع المذكر السالم مثلا يضم بالواو والنون بينما ينصب ويجر بالياء والنون، لكن هذا لا يتعارض مع النقطة الثانية. لمزيد من الاتضاح سأشرح السياسة المقترحة، وهي بالمناسبة توثيق أكثر من كونها "اقتراحا جديدا": '''الأصل البسيط''' هو أن توضع الشكلات فوق الحروف كلها باستثناء حروف المد، سنجد أن تطبيق هذا الأصل على الأفعال وتصريفاتها (كيفما كانت أزمنتها) وعلى الأسماء المبنية سيكون تطبيقا خاليا من أية إشكالية، لماذا؟ لأن الحرف الأخير من هذه الكلمات يقبل حركة واحدة غير متغيرة، إلا بعض الاستثناءات عندما تكون الكلمة وخصوصا الفعل في جملة، وهذا لا يعنينا فنحن نتحدث عن عناوين يعني كلمات مستقلة. من هنا فتطبيق قاعدة "الأصل" لن يجد أي إشكال ماعدا في الأسماء المعربة، لماذا؟ لأن حرفها الأخير قد يقبل أي شكلة حتا إذا كانت الكلمة مجرد عنوان، مثلا هَاتِفٌ هَاتِفُ هَاتِفًا هَاتِفَ هَاتِفٍ هَاتِفِ، هذا يجعلنا حائرين بخصوص تشكيل آخر حرف من الكلمة المعربة، من هنا عدلنا قاعدة "الأصل" لنستثني تشكيل آخر حرف من الكلمة المعربة (كيفما كانت). ما شرحته إلى حدود الآن هو ما يشكل النقط الخمسة المدونة في السياسة حاليا. وبهذا تكون السياسة سهلة تسمح لأي محرر بتطبيقها ولو لم يكن بارعا بالإعراب وتفاصيله، كل ما يلزمه هو التفريق بين الكلمة المبنية والكلمة المعربة فقط. وعليه فأنا لا أتفق مع تغيير النقطة الثانية (الأسماء المعربة) والثالثة (الأفعال) إذ لا حاجة -وليس من المفترض أصلا- لإضافة استثناءات أخرى تتعلق بالإعراب. فالمبدأ هو أن لا نضيف استثناء إلا لتفادي إشكال حاصل. ** أوافق على إضافة ملاحظة الياء المتطرفة. وبخصوص همزة الوصل فلتكن همزة قطع (مجردة من الهمزة) وتأخذ كسرة في حال تشكيلها. ** تعليقاتي أعلاه تخص الإجابة عن سؤال "فوق أية أحرف نضع الشكلات؟" أما السؤال الثاني الذي تجيب عنه السياسة هو "متى أصلا نضع شكلات في العنوان؟" والإجابة عن هذا السؤال تحتمل خيارين: 1. نضع شكلات في جميع العناوين بدون استثناء 2. نضع شكلات فقط للتمييز بين الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه. والسياسة حاليا تختار الجواب (2) لأنها تنطلق من الفكرة التالية: جعل ويكاموس العربي مرتبطا بمختلف النسخ الأخرى قدر الإمكان، وإذ أن أغلب النسخ خاصة الكبرى تضع مدخلات عربية دون شكلات، اتخذنا كأصل عدم وضع شكلات مطلقا، هكذا كان الأصل ثم صنعنا استثناء لغرض تجاوز إشكال واحد، والإشكال هو وجود كلمات متعددة لها الرسم نفسه (طَالِب، طَالَبَ) ثم جعلنا صفحات توضيح لنبقي على العنوان المجرد من الشكلات، هذه الطريقة أفضل بكثير من جمع الكلمات في صفحة واحدة، فذلك لا يناسب الغنى الذي تتمتع به اللغة العربية. بالنظر إلى السياسة هكذا نجد الأصل الأول الذي يعطي أولوية للعناوين المجردة من الشكلات، ثم عناوين بشكلات تكون فرعية لصفحات توضيح، هكذا يبقى القاموس مرتبطا بوصلات أنترويكي تلقائية. أما بالنسبة للمحررين فالفكرة أن يضعوا دائما عنوانا خاليا من الشكلات، لا داعي للتردد إلا إذا علموا يقينا بوجود كلمات أخرى بالرسم نفسه، أما وقوع خطإ فليس مشكلا، يكتشف محرر آخر في وقت آخر وجود كلمة أخرى فيقوم بالنقل ووضع صفحة توضيح. هذا نمو طبيعي للقاموس. من هنا، نرى مثلا أن إنشاء صفحات توضيح أمر مفيد مثله مثل إنشاء صفحة تعريف. هكذا الأمر وضحتُه لترى السياسة من وجهة نظر عامة تنطلق من أصل عناوين بدون شكلات لتعزيز وصلات إنترويكي ثم يكون الاستثناء للتمييز بين الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه ثم فوق هذا يكون استثناء الحرف الأخير من الكلمات المعربة. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 10:35، 26 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا للإشارة، بصراحة منذ أيام وأنا أريد أن أكتب تعليقا ولكن كلما راجعت المقترح واستعرضت أمثلة من المفردات أتردد وأحير ماذا أكتب، أنا أميل إلى تشكيل جميع المفردات (باستثناء حروف فالمد) عدا صفحات التوضيح التي يُفترض أنها تحتوي على مجموعة كلمات متشابهة بالرسم ومختلفة بالمعنى حسب الحركات أو الشكلات فيها فعناوينها تكون مجردة، وأما الكلمات التي لا مشابه لها مثل '''[[استعمار]]''' و'''[[استعمال]]''' و'''[[منجنيق]]''' فأرى الواجب تشكيلها لضمان عدم التكرار والخلط أو الخطأ مثل ('''[[اِستعمال]]''' و'''[[اِسْتِعْمَال]]''' مفردتان لكلمة واحدة) أو ('''[[اِسْتَعْمَلَ]]''' و'''[[استعمل]]''' مفردتان لكلمة واحدة)، وضعت تعديلات على المقترح في ([[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل/مسودة]]) وأظن أن المقترح بحاجة لنقاش أوسع وأتمنى مشاركة الزملاء لاكتشاف الأخطاء المحتملة، تحياتي لكم. [[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 20:19، 27 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :مرحبًا بالجميع، أنا مع {{مض|'''الأصل البسيط'''}} هو أن توضع الشكلات فوق الحروف كلها باستثناء حروف المد}} مادام يوجد هناك حل التحويل والتوضيح تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 21:04، 27 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) ::{{ر|أبو هشام}} اعتماد المقترح -بعد النقاش- كسياسة رسمية هو السبيل الضامن لتفادي التكرار والخلط، فالخطأ ليس ناجما عن مقترح دون الآخر وإنما عن غياب سياسة رسمية ملزِمة. في مسودتك ألاحظ تقريبا توافقا تاما بخصوص كيفية وضع الشكلات. النقطة التي فيها خلاف هي بخصوص الكلمات المنفردة برسمها أنضع شكلات في عناوينها أم نتركها بدون شكلات. إذا اعتمدنا الصورة الحالية التي شرحتُها سيكون ويكاموس العربي مرتبطا بوصلات أنترويكي تلقائية مع باقي القواميس، بحيث كل وصلة إلى ويكاموس تكون إما صفحة توضيح (بدون حركات) أو صفحة تعريف (بدون حركات)، نظرا لكون الويكاموسات الكبرى تعتمد عناوين عربية بدون حركات مع جمع المتشابهة في صفحة واحدة -أنا أقول أن جمع متشابهات الرسم في صفحة واحدة غير متناسب مع الغنى اللغوي الذي تتمتع به العربية كما أنه سيعيق الاسترسال في التعريفات فضلا عن تقزيمه لعدد الصفحات العربية بالقاموس-. أما اقتراحك واقتراح {{ر|حبيشان}} القاضي بوضع شكلات حتى في عناوين الكلمات المنفردة برسمها فسيجعل ويكاموس معزولا نسبيا عن باقي القواميس، سيتصفح القارئ كلمات عربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أو الفرنسي ولن يجد وصلة أنترويكي إلى ويكاموس العربي، نأخذ على سبيل المثال كلمة استعمال وهي منفردة برسمها، لو كانت بدون شكلات "[[خاص:فرق/792168|استعمال]]" ستكون لها 14 وصلة أنترويكي مع مختلف الويكاموسات، بينما لو كانت بشكلات "[[خاص:فرق/1076577|اِسْتِعْمَال]]" فلن تكون مرتبطة بأي وصلة أنترويكي. بالمناسبة [[خاص:فرق/1071100|اِستعمال]] ينبغي دمجها. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 18:52، 1 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::أنا أميل إلى تشكيل كلّ العناوين، لأنّ استثناءَ بعض الكلمات فيه تضاربٌ في السياسة ويؤدّي إلى ارتباك القرّاء، والمنفعةُ منه محدودة. في رأيي، مسألةُ الربط والوصلات تحتاج إلى تفكيرٍ أعمق لاقتراح حلٍّ تقني يناسب الويكاموسات التي تستعمل الحركات. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 13:03، 10 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) {{خلاصة}} أجريتُ '''تعديلات طفيفة''' في نص السياسة مع الإبقاء على جوهرها كما كان، يرجى مطالعة النسخة المحيّنة، أرى أن نعتمدها '''سياسة رسمية'''. النقاش يبقى دائما مفتوحا في حال وجود ملاحظات مستقبلية. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 08:11، 6 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) == أداة مراجعة معاني الأفعال == في إطار العمل على إحياء ويكاموس والربط مع ويكي بيانات (تتمة لنقاش [[ويكاموس:الميدان#قوالب جديدة + إنشاء صفحات الأفعال]])، أنشأنا أداة لمراجعة معاني الأفعال العربية ونشرها: {{وسط|https://ar-senses.toolforge.org}} يمكن الاطلاع على توثيق الأداة على [[ويكاموس:ويكي بيانات#أداة مراجعة المعاني (تجريبي)]]. تحتوى الأداة على معاني مستخلصة آليا بالبحث في 16 معجما عربيا (لسان العرب، تاج العروس، المعجم الوسيط، القاموس المحيط، وغيرها) وبالاعتماد على نموذج لغوي ضخم لتجميع المعاني وترتيبها. الهدف من الأداة هو تمكين المحررين من مراجعة المعلومات ثم نشرها في ويكي بيانات وويكاموس. بدأنا بعدد محدود من الأفعال. أرجو من الزملاء تجربتها وإبداء ملاحظاتهم، سواء على المعاني المُستخلصة أو على واجهة الأداة أو تجربة المستخدم، [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 00:58، 23 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :إشارة إلى الزملاء النشطين في المشروع @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] @[[مستخدم:Avicenno|Avicenno]] @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] @[[مستخدم:كريم أحمد|كريم أحمد]] @[[مستخدم:RASHEEDYE|RASHEEDYE]] @[[مستخدم:أويس2003|أويس2003]] @[[مستخدم:ماهر الماهر|ماهر الماهر]]. شكرا. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 19:25، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] أداة رائعة، جربت عدة أمور، فقط لدي بعض الملاحظات: ::* عدم ذكر معجم الغني مصدرًا ::* عدم إمكانية انشاء وصلات داخلية في المعاني ::* عدم إمكانية إعادة إنشاء صفحة ويكاموس (الموجودة قد لا تُلبي نفس المقاييس، أو ناقصة) كما لا يمكن استخراج النموذج لديل صفحة موجودة ::تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 21:17، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::شكرا @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] على التجريب وعلى الملاحظات القَيّمة. :::* مع الأسف ليس عندي معجم الغني بصيغة رقمية. :::* ملاحظة مهمة في موضوع الوصلات الداخلية. سأبحث عن حل تقني في ويكي بيانات وفي قالب {{قا|معجمية}}. :::* بالنسبة لإعادة إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس، كان أحد الاقتراحات في [https://ar.wiktionary.org/wiki/%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%D9%88%D8%B3:%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D9%86#c-%D8%AD%D8%A8%D9%8A%D8%B4%D8%A7%D9%86-20260121100000-ForzaGreen-20260117223000 النقاش السابق] هو عدم حذف المحتوى الحالي في ويكاموس. لذلك كان التركيز في تطوير الأداة على إنشاء معاني جديدة فقط، في ويكي بيانات، ثم إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس إن لم تكن موجودة. :::[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 09:30، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] شكرا لردك، بالنسبة لإعادة إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس، حبذا لو تُنشئ أو تفعل أداة نسخ محتوى انشاء صفحة ويكاموس وكأننا ستُنشئها من جديد، حتى يتسنى النقل اليدوي إلى الصفحة الموجودة والتعديل بما يوافق الحالة. تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 11:25، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] {{تم}}. الآن في صفحات مراجعة الأفعال الموجودة سلفا في ويكاموس، والتي أُنشئت خارج الأداة، مثلا صفحة [https://ar-senses.toolforge.org/review/L1489133 أَدَّبَ L1489133]، يظهر سطر جديد: "''لمعاينة ما كانت الأداة ستنشئه لو لم تكن الصفحة موجودة في ويكاموس: (زر معاينة)''". :::::هل هذا ما قصدت ؟ [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 18:36، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] بوركت، هذا ما تمنيت وقد حققته، شكرًا مرة أخرى [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:01، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] عمل جبار تشكر عليه، سأجربها، وافضل أن تستعمل رابط إلى موقع تراث بدلا من موقع الشاملة، لأنه يعرض نسخة الpdf بسهولة والنسخة النصية لم تنقل جميع الاصطلاحات من النسخة المطبوعة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 02:11، السبت 9 شوال 1447هـ (+3) 23:11، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::{{تم}}. الآن تظهر روابط موقع تراث بدل الشاملة. :::وفي موضوع ذو صلة، عدلتُ سابقا [[وحدة:Cite Q]] المستعملة في {{قا|استشهاد بويكي بيانات}} وعناصر المعاجم في ويكي بيانات، بحيث يؤدي رابط المرجع مباشرة إلى الجزء ورقم الصفحة في موقع archive.org (إن كانت طبعة المعجم متوفرة في الموقع). [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 10:31، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :أقترح وضع رابط لها في الصفحة الرئيسة لتسهيل الوصول إليها. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 23:11، الأحد 23 ذو القعدة 1447هـ (+3) 20:11، 10 مايو 2026 (ت ع م) == نشر رابط جهات الاتصال القانونية والسلامة في تذييل الويكي الخاص بكم == <section begin="Message"/> '''جهات الاتصال القانونية والأمنية''' مرحبًا بالمجتمع، وفّرت مؤسسة ويكيميديا [[wmf:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|صفحة موحّدة لجهات الاتصال القانونية والأمنية]] ليُربط بها في تذييل الويكي الخاص بكم، لضمان الوصول إلى معلومات قانونية دقيقة. يُعدّ ذلك متطلبًا تنظيميًا. لقد نشرنا بالفعل روابط في ويكيبيديا الإنجليزية والألمانية والإيطالية والإسبانية وغيرها من الويكيات، وسننشرها في الويكي الخاص بكم قريبًا. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_Legal_and_Safety_Contacts_FAQ|يرجى قراءة المزيد في صفحة المشروع]] وترك أي تعليقات في هذا القسم أو في [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contacts FAQ|صفحة النقاش]]. <section end="Message"/> -- [[User:Sannita (WMF)|User:Sannita (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Sannita (WMF)|talk]]) 13:31، 25 يونيو 2026 (ت ع م) <!-- الرسالة التي أرسلها User:Sannita (WMF)@metawiki باستخدام القائمة في https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Sannita_(WMF)/Mass_sending_test&oldid=30731267 --> == Request for comment (the future of Abstract Wikipedia) == <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Apologies if this has not yet been translated into your wiki's language. {{int:Please-translate}} You are invited to voice your opinions in a [[:m:Requests for comment/The future of Abstract Wikipedia|request for comment about the future of Abstract Wikipedia]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[:m:User:Kowal2701|Kowal2701]] ([[:m:User talk:Kowal2701|talk]]) 12:25، 24 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) </bdi> <!-- الرسالة التي أرسلها User:DreamRimmer@metawiki باستخدام القائمة في https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=30513860 --> == تحديث لوحدات الاستشهاد == يوجد تحديث جديد لوحدات الاستشهاد في الملعب يحتوى التحديث: * إضافة وسيط {{وسيط|التاريخ الهجري}} لإدخال التاريخ الهجري، مع إضافة تصنيفات للأخطاء في التاريخ أو عدم التوافق مع التاريخ الميلادي. وفي الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات بالإضافة إلى الميزة السابقة: * استيراد التاريخ الأصلي من ويكي بيانات إذا كان موجودا في عنصر العمل أو الاعتماد على تاريخ وفاة المؤلف. * تحسينات شتى وتلافي بعض الأخطاء. * اعتماد نص خاصية [ذكر كـ] دائمًا عند الوجود، حتى عند المؤلف المجهول. مع ملاحظة أن بعض الميزات الجديدة نوقشت في ويكيبديا العربية. أرجو التجربة، وهناك صفحة [[قالب:استشهاد بويكي بيانات/مختبر]] للفرق بين النسخة القديمة والجديدة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 00:15، الثلاثاء 14 صفر 1448هـ (+3) 21:15، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == إنشاء صفحات صيغ الأفعال المُصَرَّفة == أقترح إنشاء صفحة لكل صيغة مصرَّفة من صيغ الأفعال العربية بالبوت. الوضعية الحالية: توجد اليوم نحو 7,483 صفحة صيغة أُنشئت يدويا. مثلا: [[أَكَلْتُ]]، [[يَكْتُبُونَ]]، [[اُكْتُبْ]]. تعتمد هذه الصفحات على قالب التصريف القديم. سنقتصر على الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس، وعددها تقريبا 7,363. مثلا توجد صفحة الفعل [[اِسْتَبْتَلَ]]، إذن سننشئ الصفحات [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُ]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْنَا]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُمْ]]... بينما لا توجد اليوم صفحة [[زَمَجَ]]، وبالتالي لن ننشئ صفحاتها الفرعية. هذه أمثلة لشكل الصفحات المُقْتَرَح إنشاؤها: [[قُلْنَا]]، [[اُكْتُبِي]]، [[رَمَوْا]]، [[دَحْرَجْتُمَا]]، [[آتَتْ]]. سيكون شكل الصفحات الجديدة قريبا من النسق القديم مع بعض التحسينات: * إضافة بطاقة معلومات صيغة الفعل، وتحتوي على إحالة واضحة إلى صفحة الفعل الرئيسية ("''المعاني والشواهد والمراجع على صفحة الفعل''") والجذر ووزن الفعل ووزن الصيغة. * إضافة طريقة النطق بنظام الألفبائية الصوتية الدولية، باستعمال قالب {{قا|أصد-عر}}. * استعمال قالب التصريف الجديد {{قا|تصريف}} مع فتح الجدول تلقائيا وإظهار كل صيغ التصاريف (المبني للمجهول، المُضارع المرفوع والمنصوب والمجزوم)، ثم تأطير الكلمة بعنوان أصفر وخط غليظ لتبيين موضعها في تصريف الفعل. * إضافة التصانيف آليا. سيكون مُحتوى الصفحة بسيطا ومُولَّدا آليا لتقليل كلفة الصيانة وتركيزها في [[وحدة:ar-verb-form]] وفي قالب {{قا|صيغة فعل}}. نص الويكي فيه سطران لا غير: <pre> == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صيغة فعل|جذر=أكل|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} </pre> وهذا يُوَلِّد كل الفقرات. توجد إمكانية توليد الفقرات منفصلة (انظر شرح {{قا|صيغة فعل}})، كما في صفحة [[اِرْمِ]]، لمن أراد إضافة محتوى آخر بين الفقرات، مع أننا ننصح بإبقاء هذه الصفحات بسيطة وثانوية، وكتابة المعاني والأمثلة في صفحة الفعل الرئيسية. سأنشئ وأعدل الصفحات، باستعمال البوت {{مس|ForzaGreenBot}}، على مراحل: * إنشاء صيغ الأفعال المبنية للمعلوم لكل الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس => ستكون النتيجة تقريبا 200 ألف صفحة جديدة. * تعديل صفحات صيغ الأفعال الموجودة => تعديل حوالي 7 آلاف صفحة. * زيادة عدد [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|اختبارات]] [[وحدة:ar-verb]] للتأكد من صحة تصريفات المبني للمجهول. نُشير إلى أن [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|مختبر]] الوحدة يحتوي حاليا على أكثر من 230 اختبارا للتأكد من صحة خوارزمية التصريف. * إنشاء الصيغ المبنية للمجهول => بضع عشرات الآلاف من الصفحات. * كُلَّما أُضيفت أفعال جديدة إلى ويكاموس، تُنشؤ صفحات تصريفاتها. ولاحقا، إنشاء هذه الصفحات آليا. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 13:38، 3 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) g12n00po3k0n99kj9anse7i8ga2k1hf 1097963 1097934 2026-08-03T19:57:35Z حبيشان 31560 /* تحديث لوحدات الاستشهاد */ ردّ 1097963 wikitext text/x-wiki {{/مقدمة}}__فهرس__ == تشكيل عنوان المقالة في ويكاموس العربي والنسخ اللغوية الأخرى == يعتمد ويكاموس العربي تشكيل اسم الصفحة باعتبار أنه مع اختلاف التشكيل فإننا المفردة مختلفة عن أختها، لكن أغلب النسخ اللغوية الأخرى ومن أهمها الإنجليزي تعتمد اسم الصفحة بدون تشكيل وتجمع جميع المفردات التي تشترك في نفس رسم الكلمة بدون تشكيل في صفحة واحدة. ;تأثير هذا الاختلاف: يؤثر هذه الاختلاف بين النسخ اللغوية في الربط بين النسخ اللغوية المختلفة لأن الربط يكون باسم الصفحة وإذا وجدت صفحة مشكلة وصفحة غير مشكلة فإنهما صفحتان مختلفتان لذا فإنها لا تربط لا حظ مثلا صفحة [[قَتَلَ]] تجد أنها مربوطة مع النسخة الفرنسية فقط ولكن افتح صفحة [[:en:قتل]] تجد أنها مربوطة ب 25 نسخة لغوية، وهذا يؤثر على الاستفادة من المحتوى العربي في ويكاموس العربي بشدة. لذا فأرجو إعادة النظر في منهجية تشكيل اسم الصفحةة في ويكاموس، وهذا نقاش مفتوح وكل يذكر ما يراه صوابا مع الأسباب، وقد فتحت نقاشا في مجموعة التلجرام فتبين أن ويكاموس الفرنسي والإيطالي يلتزمان بالتشكيل في عنوان الصفحة. وهذا الأمر يستوجب وجود سياسة عالمية لأنها تحدد الربط بين المشاريع. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 08:54، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :[[ويكاموس:الميدان/أرشيف/2017#مفردات ويكاموس|نقاش سابق]]، إشارة إلى المشاركين فيه @[[مستخدم:أحمد ناجي|أحمد ناجي]] @[[مستخدم:Avicenno|Avicenno]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:أسامة الجزري|أسامة الجزري]] @[[مستخدم:ميسرة|ميسرة]] @[[مستخدم:أبو آسر|أبو آسر]] @[[مستخدم:يوسف عاشق الجبل|يوسف عاشق الجبل]]. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 12:03، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::@[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] أنا مؤيد لإزالة التشكيل من العناوين وإضافة المفردات المشكلة المرجوة لذات الصفحة لتسهيل الوصول إلى المفردة والمفردات ذات الصلة وهذا المعمول به في المواد غير العربية ومخالفة المواد العربية يعسر البحث. مثلا عندنا [[أَكْل]] و[[أَكَلَ]] لكن في المفردات غير العربية عندنا مادة واحدة لاسم ولفعل ولصفة مثل [[present]]، فأقترح إزالة التشكيل في العناوين وكتابة المفردات المرجوة في الصفحة ومنها اشتقاقات الجذر ولتزل صفحات التوضيح. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 22:24، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::هذا النقاش يثار كلما جاء وفد من ويكيبيديا وقارن ويكاموس العربي بالنسخ اللغوية الأخرى. ويكاموس العربي يعتمد على صفحات التوضيح منذ زمن بعيد، وهي كفيلة بربط هذه النسخة مع باقي النسخ الأخرى، مثلا صفحة [[قتل]] مربوطة ب25 نسخة، وصفحة [[كتب]] ب24 نسخة، وكذا صفحة [[نظر]] مرتبطة ب19 نسخة. فإذا كنت تدعم العناوين بدون تشكيل فهو أمر معمول به أصلا (صفحات التوضيح) وإذا كنت تريد أن نزيل الوصلات ونجمع المحتويات كلها في صفحة واحدة فهذا لن يزيد من الربط، بل سيبقى الربط كما هو. أصلا لا توجد مشكلة في الربط، بل المشكلة في النقص العددي لصفحات ويكاموس، حتى أن صفحة [[ربط]] غير موجودة لحظة كتابتي لهذا التعليق. أقول أنه ليس على ويكاموس العربي أن يتبع ويكاموس الإنجليزي أو الفرنسي، إذا فكرنا من وجهة نظر موضوعية، فإن الأصل هو وجود صفحة واحدة لكل كلمة، [[قَتَلَ]] ليست هي نفسها [[قَتَّلَ]] أو [[قَتْل]]، لذا وجود صفحات مستقلة هو أمر طبيعي وجيد ويُتيح إمكانية التفصيل في شرح مختلف المعاني. ثم مع هذا توجد صفحة التوضيح [[قتل]] (بدون تشكيل) التي تكون مرتبطة مع مختلف النسخ اللغوية. '''هذا ليس عيب، بل ميزة معمول بها منذ زمن طويل'''. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 23:11، 17 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] لا أرى ميزة إضافية لفصل المفردات حسب شكلها إلا زيادة عدد الصفحات، بينما نخسر مميزات إضافية ذكرتها أدنا. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:21، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::أتفق مع الزميل @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|الناجم العاجم]] في الحفاظ على أسماء الصفحات بالتشكيل، مع وجود صفحات التوضيح. أُضيف إلى ما قيل: في المستقبل نُريد ربط صفحات ويكاموس مع الوحدات المُعجمية في ويكي بيانات، وهذا سيكون أسهل إذا كانت الصفحات مُستقلة. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 09:23، 20 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] الصفحة في ويكاموس تقبل جميع اللغات التي تستعمل نفس رسم الكلمة، بينما المعجمية في ويكي بيانات مقيدة بلغة معينة، فالربط لا يمكن أن يتم آليا، فما دام يدويًا فلا ميزة إضافية لفصل الكلمات حسب شكلها في صفحات مستقلة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:18، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :: {{ضد}} التشكيل ضرورة حتمية في المعاجم، ووجود نفس الرسم في معاجم أخرى يُعدّ جهدًا ضائعًا (إذ تصبح صفحة الكلمة مكررة بعدّة لغات، ولا أعلم ما الفائدة!). الأصل أن تُربط المفردة بما يقابلها بالترجمة، لا بالرسم. الأمر نفسه ينطبق على الكلمات غير العربية (أو على الأقل غير المنطوقة بلهجات عربية) في ويكاموس العربي؛ فوجودها مكررة في عدّة معاجم بلغات أخرى لا فائدة منه. منذ مدة وأنا أفكر في طريقة لربط الكلمات بين المعاجم اللغوية، ووجدت — حتى الآن — أن قسم الترجمة يمكنه القيام بذلك، لكنه بدوره يحتاج إلى ربط آلي. تحياتي --[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} ::: {{ر|Nehaoua}} لن نفقد التشكيل عندما نجمع المفردات المتفقة في الرسم في صفحة واحدة، فستكون المفردات في عناوين فرعية وهي المسماة في ويكاموس الإنجليزي headwords، وكل نسخ ويكاموس متعددة لغات المفردات، فالمفردات العربية موجودة (أو لها أن تكون موجودة) في كافة النسخ اللغوية الأخرى، وللأسف المفردات العربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أكثر من العربي.--[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:26، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] رسمُ الكلمةِ العربية لا يكون مكتملًا إلا بالتشكيل، وكلُّ صيغةٍ مشكلة تُعدّ مفردة مستقلة، حتى ولو اشتركت في الرسم، لأن اختلاف التشكيل يؤدي إلى اختلافٍ في المعنى والمغزى. ولا يمكن القياس على الإنجليزية، فهي تعتمد على [[w:صائت|الصوائت]] التي تُميّز بين الكلمات (والمقابل لها في اللغة العربية الحركات الثلاثة -الفتح والكسر والضم-)، مثل: :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pin pin] (دبوس) :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pun pun] (تورية) :::*[https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pan pan] (مِقلاة) :::ولا تُعدّها الإنجليزية مفردة واحدة. :::أمّا ما ذُكر من أن {{مض|المفردات العربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أكثر من العربي}}} فهذا – في الواقع – مثال واضح على الجهد الضائع، إذ تُكرَّر الصفحات في معاجم أخرى بدل تطوير النسخة العربية ذاتها. تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 18:55، 23 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] لابد من تشكيل المفردة عند ذكرها والشرح، وليس هذا محل خلاف، ولا خلاف أن الاختلاف في التشكيل غالبا يعني مفردة مختلفة، لكن النقاش عن جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة وفقا لرسمها المجرد من التشكيل، فويكاموس العربي لم يتبع نهج المعاجم العربية في جمع المفردات تحت جذر واحد وكذلك لم يتبع نهج أغلب نسخ ويكاموس في جمع المفردات التي تتففق في الحروف في مدخل واحد، وهذا الطريقة المتفردة تفقد ويكاموس العربي بعض المميزات التقنية، بعض الميزات الأخرى التي ذكرتها. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 07:36، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] عفوًا pin وpun وpan من جدوز مختلفة لا علاقة لها ببعض. كل واحدة free base morpheme لا صلة لها بالأخرى. أما عن الحركات العربية فهي تعود لجذر واحد فلا تصح المقارنة. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 08:29، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] أيضا لا يمكن حصر التشكيل مقابلًا للصوائت لأن منها short vowel sounds ومنها long vowel sounds التي هي أقرب إلى حروف العلة. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 19:26، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:كريم رائد|كريم رائد]] لا يوجد مفهوم الجذر في الإنجليزية، وأنا متفق أنه {{مض|لا تصح المقارنة}} لأن الطلب اصلا مبني على المقارنة! تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 18:39، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] بل يوجد؛ طالع إن شئت Root (linguistics) ومقارنتك تشكيل العناوين بتلك المفردات في غير محلها لأن كل من هذه المفردات له معنى مختلف وجذره مختلف. [[مستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:black;">كريم {{أخضر|رائد}}</span> ]] [[نقاش المستخدم:كريم رائد|<span style="font-size:medium;font-family:Script MT Bold;color:red;">نقاش</span>]] 19:09، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) ::::::::@[[مستخدم:كريم رائد|كريم رائد]] تمتاز اللغات السامية بأنها جذرية واشتقاقية؛ إذ يمكن اشتقاق مئات الكلمات من الجذر الواحد بتغييرات بسيطة ومنها التشكيل، في حين أن الـ '''Root '''في اللغات الأخرى يتغيّر عادةً بإضافة السوابق واللواحق (أمور معروفة لا تحتاج لإطالة). ::::::::{{مض|ومقارنتك تشكيل العناوين بتلك المفردات في غير محلّها}}، لأن المقصود هو أن التشكيل في العربية يوافق الصوائت؛ فالفتحة تقابلها "A"، والضمة "O"، والكسرة "I"، وهذا تحديدًا ما أردتُ مقارنته (وأعتذر عن إعادة ما سبق أن قلتُه). ::::::::وأكتفي هنا حتى لا يتحول النقاش إلى جدال. وفي النهاية، ما الفائدة من جمع تعريفات جميع معاني الرسم «عبر» في صفحة واحدة، من جمع [[عِبْرَة|لعِبرة]] إلى الفعل [[عَبَرَ|عَبَرَ]] وغيرها؟ ::::::::أكتفي بهذا القدر وقد بيّنتُ وجهة نظري. تحياتي. [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:24، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]، :::::* {{مض|ولا خلاف أن الاختلاف في التشكيل غالبًا يعني مفردة مختلفة}} فكلُّ اختلافٍ في التشكيل يُنتج مفردةً مختلفة، وبالتالي مدخلة مختلفة. :::::* {{مض|النقاش عن جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة وفقًا لرسمها المجرَّد من التشكيل}} وصفحات التوضيح تكفي في هذا الباب. :::::* {{مض|فويكاموس العربي لم يتبع نهج المعاجم العربية في جمع المفردات تحت جذر واحد وكذلك لم يتبع نهج أغلب نسخ ويكاموس في جمع المفردات التي تتفق في الحروف في مدخل واحد}} لا تتبع جميع المعاجم هذا النهج، فالمعجم الوسيط مثلًا لم يجمع كل المفردات ذات الرسم الواحد؛ انظر مثلًا مدخل: [https://shamela.ws/book/7028/640#p1 «عين»]، حيث تكرّرت عدة مرات، وبينها تعريفات لكلمات مختلفة الرسم. وكذلك نحن نعمل في مشروع لا يقتضي النسخ الحرفي للمطبوع. :::::* {{مض|وهذه الطريقة المتفردة تفقد ويكاموس العربي بعض المزايا التقنية}} إن اختلاف الرسم والمفردات في العربية أمرٌ أصيل، ووجود صعوبات تقنية حالية لا يبرّر تقليل شأن اللغة أو التخفيف من خصائصها؛ فقد كانت كتابة العربية يومًا ما مستحيلة تقنيًا، ولو اتبعنا المنطق نفسه لكتبناها اليوم بالأحرف اللاتينية. :::::تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:09، 24 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) === مميزات جمع المفردات في صفحة واحدة إذا اتفقت في رسهما الخالي من التشكيل === # أولا بالنظر إلى معاجمنا العربية الأصيلة فيهم تجمع المفردات لأكثر من ذلك فكل المفردات تحت جذر واحد تجمع في مدخل واحد في المعجم العربي بل بعض المعاجم تضم إليها التقاليب (جبذ، جذب، بجذ...)، فالجمع المقترح أقرب إلى العمل المعمول به في معاجمنا من الطريقة الحالية. # كثير من الكلمات العربية يكون فيها أكثر من وجه في الضبط لدينا مثلا كلمة «إِصبَع» فيها تسع لغات حيث يجوز في أولها وثالثها الحركات الثلاث، فعلى هذا سيكون للأصبع 9 صفحات وهي مفردة واحدة ولكن فيها عدة أوجه أو لغات، وكثير من مفردات اللغة يجوز في حرف من حروفها أكثر من حركة ( ومنها باب المثلث في اللغة)، لذا فجمعها في صفحة أيسر في الوقوف على الفائدة، وأبعد من إيهام التغاير. # أن القارئ ربما يريد أن يستفيد ما هو الضبط الصحيح لكلمة معينة، وجود أكثر من عنوان مشكولة يؤخره في البحث عن الكلمة. # أن القارئ لا يستطيع أن يصل بسهولة من صفحة مفردة إلى ما يقابلها في اللغات الأخرى فيحتاج أن ينتقل غلى صفحة توضيح أو أن يبحث عنها. # نفس الشيء بالنسبة للقارئ في النسخ الأخرى الذي يرغب أن يطلع على النسخة العربية. --[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|نقاش]]) 21:15، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) :{{ر|حبيشان}} :# نحن في قاموس إلكتروني، حيث تتوفر الوصلات وصناديق البحث، لماذا سنتبع طريقة الكتب القديمة. :# عندما يكون للكلمة الواحدة أكثر من تهجئة واحدة، فحينئذ نضع صفحة تحتوي على المعنى، وصفحات أخرى تحوّل أو توصل إليها، مع ذكر هذه الملاحظة في صفحة المعنى. وهذا طبيعي جدا حتى أن النسخ الأخرى تقوم بالأمر نفسه، مثلا في ويكاموس الإنجليزي صفحة [[:en:colour|colour]] لا تحتوي على المعاني، ذكروا فقط أنها تهجئة مختلفة للكلمة [[:en:color|color]]. :# النقطة 2 تفيد أيضا في حال وجود تهجئات خاطئة وشائعة. :# من المفترض أن تحتوي الصفحات على قالب {{قا|أيضا}} في الأعلى، ويشير إلى صفحة التوضيح (التي تتضمن الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه) كما هو معمول به في النسخ الأخرى. :# القارئ من النسخ الأخرى سيجد صفحة التوضيح من خلال وصلات الأنترويكي. بالمناسبة العناوين بالتشكيل موجودة في نسخ أخرى غير العربية. :[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 23:11، 22 نوفمبر 2025 (ت ع م) * في الوضع الحالي وبعد ترتيب المفردات في التصانيف، فلا بأس عندي ببقاء عناوين المشكلة، مع الآتي: ** تنقيح تعليمات [[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل|تشكيل العناوين]] ووسمها سياسةً لكي تكون ملزمة. ** جعل إنشاء صفحات التوضيح (بدون شكل) آليا عبر بوت، وكذلك الوصلة إليها من صفحات المفردات المشكلة.--[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 18:08، الأربعاء 2 شعبان 1447هـ (+3) 15:08، 21 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) :{{ر|حبيشان}} راجعتُ صفحة [[وق:تشكيل|تشكيل العناوين]]، وجعلت القواعد أكثر وضوحا، يرجى إلقاء نظرة عليها. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 14:09، 22 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) ::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] شكرًا لتوضيحك [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 11:49، 28 يناير 2026 (ت ع م) === نقاش حول [[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل]] (مقترح سياسة) === * {{ر|Najem Ajem}} اعتذر عن تأخري بالرد بسبب انشغالي بالخارج، المقترح فيه بعض القصور، وايضا هناك [[خاص:فرق/1076134|تغيير محوري]] أضيف بعد الخلاصة لم يناقش بالمرة، لذا أرجو حذف الخلاصة والعودة إلى النقاش، وهذه الملاحظات على الصيغة الحالية: ** تغير كلمة (حركات) إلى (شكلات)، لأن الشدة ليست حركة وكذلك السكون عند البعض. ** توضح أحرف المد بـ (وهي الألف (ا) مطلقا، والواو (و) الساكنة المضموم ما قبلها، والياء (ي) الساكنة <s>المضموم</s> المكسور ما قبلها). ** اقترح تعديل النقطة الثانية إلى: ::: {{مض|يترك محل الإعراب (آخر الكلمة المفردة) في الكلمات المعربة بالحركات بدون حركة أو سكون -وتبقى الشدة إذا كان مشددًأ-؛ لأن حركته تتغير حسب موقع الكلمة في الجملة}} وعليه فإن «مُعَلِّمُونَ» تشكل النون وإن كانت آخر الكلمة لأن معلمون تعرب بالحروف. ::: بتعديل هذه النقطة نسنغني عن النقاط بعدها إلا إذا قصد بها التوضيح. ** في نقطة الأفعال يفهم منها أنه يجب شكل آخر المضارع ولكنه معرب والأولى أن يشمله ما يشمل الأسماء لذلك أقترحت هنا أن تكون النقطة عامة للأسماء والأفعال واستخدمت مصطلح (الكلمات). ** لو ينص على وجوب نقط الياء المتطرفة تمييزا لها عن الألف المطوية. ** ماذا عن همزة الوصل هل تشكل أم لا، لو تنص القاعدة على ذلك صراحة وهل تستعمل ألف مجردة عن الهمزة أم (ٱ) ألف عليها ص. ** لا أتفق مع تجريد العنوان المدخلة من الشكل عندما تحتمل الكلمة قراءة واحدة فقط، لأسباب: *** أن ذلك إذا غلب على ظن من أدخلها قد يكون مخطئًا فنضطر للنقل بعد ذلك. *** أن هذه القاعدة ربما تؤخر من يريد إضافة مفردة فيلتزم بالبحث هل يشاركها في الرسم مفردة أخرى أم لا. *** المشروع لا يميمز صفحات توضيح المفردات إلا بالتجريد من التشكيل فعندما يرى المستخدم عنوانا غير مشكل يظن أنها صفحة توضيح. --[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 21:10، الثلاثاء 7 رمضان 1447هـ (+3) 18:10، 24 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :إشارة @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:كريم أحمد|كريم أحمد]] @[[مستخدم:القلموني|القلموني]]. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 21:18، الثلاثاء 7 رمضان 1447هـ (+3) 18:18، 24 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) * {{ر|حبيشان}} فيما يلي تعليقاتي على ملاحظاتك: ** <s>أوافق على استخدام (شكلات)، مع الإبقاء على (حركات) كمرادف أو لتفادي التكرار.</s> تعديل: بعد البحث وجدت أن "شكلات" غير فصيحة، بينما المستخدم هو فعلا "حركات" أو "حركات التشكيل". ** {{مض|فإننا دائما نستثني حروف المد (و، ا، ي)}} هنا عبارة "حروف المد" تفيد التوضيح بنفسها، فهي تشير إلى استثناء الحروف الثلاثة عندما -فقط- تفيد المد، بدل عبارة "الحروف" أو "حروف العلة" التي تشير إلى استثناء مطلق. لكن أوافق على إضافة التعريف الذي كتبتَه كملاحظة في الأسفل. ** صحيح أن بعض الكلمات لا يعرب بالشكلات وإنما بالحروف، فجمع المذكر السالم مثلا يضم بالواو والنون بينما ينصب ويجر بالياء والنون، لكن هذا لا يتعارض مع النقطة الثانية. لمزيد من الاتضاح سأشرح السياسة المقترحة، وهي بالمناسبة توثيق أكثر من كونها "اقتراحا جديدا": '''الأصل البسيط''' هو أن توضع الشكلات فوق الحروف كلها باستثناء حروف المد، سنجد أن تطبيق هذا الأصل على الأفعال وتصريفاتها (كيفما كانت أزمنتها) وعلى الأسماء المبنية سيكون تطبيقا خاليا من أية إشكالية، لماذا؟ لأن الحرف الأخير من هذه الكلمات يقبل حركة واحدة غير متغيرة، إلا بعض الاستثناءات عندما تكون الكلمة وخصوصا الفعل في جملة، وهذا لا يعنينا فنحن نتحدث عن عناوين يعني كلمات مستقلة. من هنا فتطبيق قاعدة "الأصل" لن يجد أي إشكال ماعدا في الأسماء المعربة، لماذا؟ لأن حرفها الأخير قد يقبل أي شكلة حتا إذا كانت الكلمة مجرد عنوان، مثلا هَاتِفٌ هَاتِفُ هَاتِفًا هَاتِفَ هَاتِفٍ هَاتِفِ، هذا يجعلنا حائرين بخصوص تشكيل آخر حرف من الكلمة المعربة، من هنا عدلنا قاعدة "الأصل" لنستثني تشكيل آخر حرف من الكلمة المعربة (كيفما كانت). ما شرحته إلى حدود الآن هو ما يشكل النقط الخمسة المدونة في السياسة حاليا. وبهذا تكون السياسة سهلة تسمح لأي محرر بتطبيقها ولو لم يكن بارعا بالإعراب وتفاصيله، كل ما يلزمه هو التفريق بين الكلمة المبنية والكلمة المعربة فقط. وعليه فأنا لا أتفق مع تغيير النقطة الثانية (الأسماء المعربة) والثالثة (الأفعال) إذ لا حاجة -وليس من المفترض أصلا- لإضافة استثناءات أخرى تتعلق بالإعراب. فالمبدأ هو أن لا نضيف استثناء إلا لتفادي إشكال حاصل. ** أوافق على إضافة ملاحظة الياء المتطرفة. وبخصوص همزة الوصل فلتكن همزة قطع (مجردة من الهمزة) وتأخذ كسرة في حال تشكيلها. ** تعليقاتي أعلاه تخص الإجابة عن سؤال "فوق أية أحرف نضع الشكلات؟" أما السؤال الثاني الذي تجيب عنه السياسة هو "متى أصلا نضع شكلات في العنوان؟" والإجابة عن هذا السؤال تحتمل خيارين: 1. نضع شكلات في جميع العناوين بدون استثناء 2. نضع شكلات فقط للتمييز بين الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه. والسياسة حاليا تختار الجواب (2) لأنها تنطلق من الفكرة التالية: جعل ويكاموس العربي مرتبطا بمختلف النسخ الأخرى قدر الإمكان، وإذ أن أغلب النسخ خاصة الكبرى تضع مدخلات عربية دون شكلات، اتخذنا كأصل عدم وضع شكلات مطلقا، هكذا كان الأصل ثم صنعنا استثناء لغرض تجاوز إشكال واحد، والإشكال هو وجود كلمات متعددة لها الرسم نفسه (طَالِب، طَالَبَ) ثم جعلنا صفحات توضيح لنبقي على العنوان المجرد من الشكلات، هذه الطريقة أفضل بكثير من جمع الكلمات في صفحة واحدة، فذلك لا يناسب الغنى الذي تتمتع به اللغة العربية. بالنظر إلى السياسة هكذا نجد الأصل الأول الذي يعطي أولوية للعناوين المجردة من الشكلات، ثم عناوين بشكلات تكون فرعية لصفحات توضيح، هكذا يبقى القاموس مرتبطا بوصلات أنترويكي تلقائية. أما بالنسبة للمحررين فالفكرة أن يضعوا دائما عنوانا خاليا من الشكلات، لا داعي للتردد إلا إذا علموا يقينا بوجود كلمات أخرى بالرسم نفسه، أما وقوع خطإ فليس مشكلا، يكتشف محرر آخر في وقت آخر وجود كلمة أخرى فيقوم بالنقل ووضع صفحة توضيح. هذا نمو طبيعي للقاموس. من هنا، نرى مثلا أن إنشاء صفحات توضيح أمر مفيد مثله مثل إنشاء صفحة تعريف. هكذا الأمر وضحتُه لترى السياسة من وجهة نظر عامة تنطلق من أصل عناوين بدون شكلات لتعزيز وصلات إنترويكي ثم يكون الاستثناء للتمييز بين الكلمات التي لها الرسم نفسه ثم فوق هذا يكون استثناء الحرف الأخير من الكلمات المعربة. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 10:35، 26 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا للإشارة، بصراحة منذ أيام وأنا أريد أن أكتب تعليقا ولكن كلما راجعت المقترح واستعرضت أمثلة من المفردات أتردد وأحير ماذا أكتب، أنا أميل إلى تشكيل جميع المفردات (باستثناء حروف فالمد) عدا صفحات التوضيح التي يُفترض أنها تحتوي على مجموعة كلمات متشابهة بالرسم ومختلفة بالمعنى حسب الحركات أو الشكلات فيها فعناوينها تكون مجردة، وأما الكلمات التي لا مشابه لها مثل '''[[استعمار]]''' و'''[[استعمال]]''' و'''[[منجنيق]]''' فأرى الواجب تشكيلها لضمان عدم التكرار والخلط أو الخطأ مثل ('''[[اِستعمال]]''' و'''[[اِسْتِعْمَال]]''' مفردتان لكلمة واحدة) أو ('''[[اِسْتَعْمَلَ]]''' و'''[[استعمل]]''' مفردتان لكلمة واحدة)، وضعت تعديلات على المقترح في ([[ويكاموس:صيغة الكتابة/الحركات والتشكيل/مسودة]]) وأظن أن المقترح بحاجة لنقاش أوسع وأتمنى مشاركة الزملاء لاكتشاف الأخطاء المحتملة، تحياتي لكم. [[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 20:19، 27 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) :مرحبًا بالجميع، أنا مع {{مض|'''الأصل البسيط'''}} هو أن توضع الشكلات فوق الحروف كلها باستثناء حروف المد}} مادام يوجد هناك حل التحويل والتوضيح تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 21:04، 27 فبراير 2026 (ت ع م) ::{{ر|أبو هشام}} اعتماد المقترح -بعد النقاش- كسياسة رسمية هو السبيل الضامن لتفادي التكرار والخلط، فالخطأ ليس ناجما عن مقترح دون الآخر وإنما عن غياب سياسة رسمية ملزِمة. في مسودتك ألاحظ تقريبا توافقا تاما بخصوص كيفية وضع الشكلات. النقطة التي فيها خلاف هي بخصوص الكلمات المنفردة برسمها أنضع شكلات في عناوينها أم نتركها بدون شكلات. إذا اعتمدنا الصورة الحالية التي شرحتُها سيكون ويكاموس العربي مرتبطا بوصلات أنترويكي تلقائية مع باقي القواميس، بحيث كل وصلة إلى ويكاموس تكون إما صفحة توضيح (بدون حركات) أو صفحة تعريف (بدون حركات)، نظرا لكون الويكاموسات الكبرى تعتمد عناوين عربية بدون حركات مع جمع المتشابهة في صفحة واحدة -أنا أقول أن جمع متشابهات الرسم في صفحة واحدة غير متناسب مع الغنى اللغوي الذي تتمتع به العربية كما أنه سيعيق الاسترسال في التعريفات فضلا عن تقزيمه لعدد الصفحات العربية بالقاموس-. أما اقتراحك واقتراح {{ر|حبيشان}} القاضي بوضع شكلات حتى في عناوين الكلمات المنفردة برسمها فسيجعل ويكاموس معزولا نسبيا عن باقي القواميس، سيتصفح القارئ كلمات عربية في ويكاموس الإنجليزي أو الفرنسي ولن يجد وصلة أنترويكي إلى ويكاموس العربي، نأخذ على سبيل المثال كلمة استعمال وهي منفردة برسمها، لو كانت بدون شكلات "[[خاص:فرق/792168|استعمال]]" ستكون لها 14 وصلة أنترويكي مع مختلف الويكاموسات، بينما لو كانت بشكلات "[[خاص:فرق/1076577|اِسْتِعْمَال]]" فلن تكون مرتبطة بأي وصلة أنترويكي. بالمناسبة [[خاص:فرق/1071100|اِستعمال]] ينبغي دمجها. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 18:52، 1 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::أنا أميل إلى تشكيل كلّ العناوين، لأنّ استثناءَ بعض الكلمات فيه تضاربٌ في السياسة ويؤدّي إلى ارتباك القرّاء، والمنفعةُ منه محدودة. في رأيي، مسألةُ الربط والوصلات تحتاج إلى تفكيرٍ أعمق لاقتراح حلٍّ تقني يناسب الويكاموسات التي تستعمل الحركات. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 13:03، 10 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) {{خلاصة}} أجريتُ '''تعديلات طفيفة''' في نص السياسة مع الإبقاء على جوهرها كما كان، يرجى مطالعة النسخة المحيّنة، أرى أن نعتمدها '''سياسة رسمية'''. النقاش يبقى دائما مفتوحا في حال وجود ملاحظات مستقبلية. [[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">--الناجم العاجم</span>''']] [[نقاش المستخدم:Najem Ajem|'''<span style="color:#00008B">''❄''</span>''']] 08:11، 6 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) == أداة مراجعة معاني الأفعال == في إطار العمل على إحياء ويكاموس والربط مع ويكي بيانات (تتمة لنقاش [[ويكاموس:الميدان#قوالب جديدة + إنشاء صفحات الأفعال]])، أنشأنا أداة لمراجعة معاني الأفعال العربية ونشرها: {{وسط|https://ar-senses.toolforge.org}} يمكن الاطلاع على توثيق الأداة على [[ويكاموس:ويكي بيانات#أداة مراجعة المعاني (تجريبي)]]. تحتوى الأداة على معاني مستخلصة آليا بالبحث في 16 معجما عربيا (لسان العرب، تاج العروس، المعجم الوسيط، القاموس المحيط، وغيرها) وبالاعتماد على نموذج لغوي ضخم لتجميع المعاني وترتيبها. الهدف من الأداة هو تمكين المحررين من مراجعة المعلومات ثم نشرها في ويكي بيانات وويكاموس. بدأنا بعدد محدود من الأفعال. أرجو من الزملاء تجربتها وإبداء ملاحظاتهم، سواء على المعاني المُستخلصة أو على واجهة الأداة أو تجربة المستخدم، [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 00:58، 23 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :إشارة إلى الزملاء النشطين في المشروع @[[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]] @[[مستخدم:Avicenno|Avicenno]] @[[مستخدم:Najem Ajem|Najem Ajem]] @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] @[[مستخدم:كريم أحمد|كريم أحمد]] @[[مستخدم:RASHEEDYE|RASHEEDYE]] @[[مستخدم:أويس2003|أويس2003]] @[[مستخدم:ماهر الماهر|ماهر الماهر]]. شكرا. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 19:25، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] أداة رائعة، جربت عدة أمور، فقط لدي بعض الملاحظات: ::* عدم ذكر معجم الغني مصدرًا ::* عدم إمكانية انشاء وصلات داخلية في المعاني ::* عدم إمكانية إعادة إنشاء صفحة ويكاموس (الموجودة قد لا تُلبي نفس المقاييس، أو ناقصة) كما لا يمكن استخراج النموذج لديل صفحة موجودة ::تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 21:17، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::شكرا @[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] على التجريب وعلى الملاحظات القَيّمة. :::* مع الأسف ليس عندي معجم الغني بصيغة رقمية. :::* ملاحظة مهمة في موضوع الوصلات الداخلية. سأبحث عن حل تقني في ويكي بيانات وفي قالب {{قا|معجمية}}. :::* بالنسبة لإعادة إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس، كان أحد الاقتراحات في [https://ar.wiktionary.org/wiki/%D9%88%D9%8A%D9%83%D8%A7%D9%85%D9%88%D8%B3:%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%85%D9%8A%D8%AF%D8%A7%D9%86#c-%D8%AD%D8%A8%D9%8A%D8%B4%D8%A7%D9%86-20260121100000-ForzaGreen-20260117223000 النقاش السابق] هو عدم حذف المحتوى الحالي في ويكاموس. لذلك كان التركيز في تطوير الأداة على إنشاء معاني جديدة فقط، في ويكي بيانات، ثم إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس إن لم تكن موجودة. :::[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 09:30، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] شكرا لردك، بالنسبة لإعادة إنشاء صفحات ويكاموس، حبذا لو تُنشئ أو تفعل أداة نسخ محتوى انشاء صفحة ويكاموس وكأننا ستُنشئها من جديد، حتى يتسنى النقل اليدوي إلى الصفحة الموجودة والتعديل بما يوافق الحالة. تحياتي [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 11:25، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::::@[[مستخدم:Nehaoua|Nehaoua]] {{تم}}. الآن في صفحات مراجعة الأفعال الموجودة سلفا في ويكاموس، والتي أُنشئت خارج الأداة، مثلا صفحة [https://ar-senses.toolforge.org/review/L1489133 أَدَّبَ L1489133]، يظهر سطر جديد: "''لمعاينة ما كانت الأداة ستنشئه لو لم تكن الصفحة موجودة في ويكاموس: (زر معاينة)''". :::::هل هذا ما قصدت ؟ [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 18:36، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::::::مرحبًا @[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] بوركت، هذا ما تمنيت وقد حققته، شكرًا مرة أخرى [[مستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:#000000; font-size:18px; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''نحاوة'''</span>]] ^{([[نقاش المستخدم:Nehaoua|<span style="color:blue; font-size:small; font-family:traditional arabic;">'''راسلني'''</span>]])} 19:01، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) ::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] عمل جبار تشكر عليه، سأجربها، وافضل أن تستعمل رابط إلى موقع تراث بدلا من موقع الشاملة، لأنه يعرض نسخة الpdf بسهولة والنسخة النصية لم تنقل جميع الاصطلاحات من النسخة المطبوعة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 02:11، السبت 9 شوال 1447هـ (+3) 23:11، 27 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :::{{تم}}. الآن تظهر روابط موقع تراث بدل الشاملة. :::وفي موضوع ذو صلة، عدلتُ سابقا [[وحدة:Cite Q]] المستعملة في {{قا|استشهاد بويكي بيانات}} وعناصر المعاجم في ويكي بيانات، بحيث يؤدي رابط المرجع مباشرة إلى الجزء ورقم الصفحة في موقع archive.org (إن كانت طبعة المعجم متوفرة في الموقع). [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 10:31، 28 مارس 2026 (ت ع م) :أقترح وضع رابط لها في الصفحة الرئيسة لتسهيل الوصول إليها. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 23:11، الأحد 23 ذو القعدة 1447هـ (+3) 20:11، 10 مايو 2026 (ت ع م) == نشر رابط جهات الاتصال القانونية والسلامة في تذييل الويكي الخاص بكم == <section begin="Message"/> '''جهات الاتصال القانونية والأمنية''' مرحبًا بالمجتمع، وفّرت مؤسسة ويكيميديا [[wmf:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|صفحة موحّدة لجهات الاتصال القانونية والأمنية]] ليُربط بها في تذييل الويكي الخاص بكم، لضمان الوصول إلى معلومات قانونية دقيقة. يُعدّ ذلك متطلبًا تنظيميًا. لقد نشرنا بالفعل روابط في ويكيبيديا الإنجليزية والألمانية والإيطالية والإسبانية وغيرها من الويكيات، وسننشرها في الويكي الخاص بكم قريبًا. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_Legal_and_Safety_Contacts_FAQ|يرجى قراءة المزيد في صفحة المشروع]] وترك أي تعليقات في هذا القسم أو في [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contacts FAQ|صفحة النقاش]]. <section end="Message"/> -- [[User:Sannita (WMF)|User:Sannita (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Sannita (WMF)|talk]]) 13:31، 25 يونيو 2026 (ت ع م) <!-- الرسالة التي أرسلها User:Sannita (WMF)@metawiki باستخدام القائمة في https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Sannita_(WMF)/Mass_sending_test&oldid=30731267 --> == Request for comment (the future of Abstract Wikipedia) == <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Apologies if this has not yet been translated into your wiki's language. {{int:Please-translate}} You are invited to voice your opinions in a [[:m:Requests for comment/The future of Abstract Wikipedia|request for comment about the future of Abstract Wikipedia]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[:m:User:Kowal2701|Kowal2701]] ([[:m:User talk:Kowal2701|talk]]) 12:25، 24 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) </bdi> <!-- الرسالة التي أرسلها User:DreamRimmer@metawiki باستخدام القائمة في https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=30513860 --> == تحديث لوحدات الاستشهاد == يوجد تحديث جديد لوحدات الاستشهاد في الملعب يحتوى التحديث: * إضافة وسيط {{وسيط|التاريخ الهجري}} لإدخال التاريخ الهجري، مع إضافة تصنيفات للأخطاء في التاريخ أو عدم التوافق مع التاريخ الميلادي. وفي الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات بالإضافة إلى الميزة السابقة: * استيراد التاريخ الأصلي من ويكي بيانات إذا كان موجودا في عنصر العمل أو الاعتماد على تاريخ وفاة المؤلف. * تحسينات شتى وتلافي بعض الأخطاء. * اعتماد نص خاصية [ذكر كـ] دائمًا عند الوجود، حتى عند المؤلف المجهول. مع ملاحظة أن بعض الميزات الجديدة نوقشت في ويكيبديا العربية. أرجو التجربة، وهناك صفحة [[قالب:استشهاد بويكي بيانات/مختبر]] للفرق بين النسخة القديمة والجديدة. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 00:15، الثلاثاء 14 صفر 1448هـ (+3) 21:15، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{تم}} التحديث، أرجو الإبلاغ عن أية أخطاء. [[مستخدم:حبيشان|حبيشان]]^{('''[[نقاش المستخدم:حبيشان|ن]]''')} 22:57، الاثنين 20 صفر 1448هـ (+3) 19:57، 3 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) == إنشاء صفحات صيغ الأفعال المُصَرَّفة == أقترح إنشاء صفحة لكل صيغة مصرَّفة من صيغ الأفعال العربية بالبوت. الوضعية الحالية: توجد اليوم نحو 7,483 صفحة صيغة أُنشئت يدويا. مثلا: [[أَكَلْتُ]]، [[يَكْتُبُونَ]]، [[اُكْتُبْ]]. تعتمد هذه الصفحات على قالب التصريف القديم. سنقتصر على الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس، وعددها تقريبا 7,363. مثلا توجد صفحة الفعل [[اِسْتَبْتَلَ]]، إذن سننشئ الصفحات [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُ]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْنَا]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُمْ]]... بينما لا توجد اليوم صفحة [[زَمَجَ]]، وبالتالي لن ننشئ صفحاتها الفرعية. هذه أمثلة لشكل الصفحات المُقْتَرَح إنشاؤها: [[قُلْنَا]]، [[اُكْتُبِي]]، [[رَمَوْا]]، [[دَحْرَجْتُمَا]]، [[آتَتْ]]. سيكون شكل الصفحات الجديدة قريبا من النسق القديم مع بعض التحسينات: * إضافة بطاقة معلومات صيغة الفعل، وتحتوي على إحالة واضحة إلى صفحة الفعل الرئيسية ("''المعاني والشواهد والمراجع على صفحة الفعل''") والجذر ووزن الفعل ووزن الصيغة. * إضافة طريقة النطق بنظام الألفبائية الصوتية الدولية، باستعمال قالب {{قا|أصد-عر}}. * استعمال قالب التصريف الجديد {{قا|تصريف}} مع فتح الجدول تلقائيا وإظهار كل صيغ التصاريف (المبني للمجهول، المُضارع المرفوع والمنصوب والمجزوم)، ثم تأطير الكلمة بعنوان أصفر وخط غليظ لتبيين موضعها في تصريف الفعل. * إضافة التصانيف آليا. سيكون مُحتوى الصفحة بسيطا ومُولَّدا آليا لتقليل كلفة الصيانة وتركيزها في [[وحدة:ar-verb-form]] وفي قالب {{قا|صيغة فعل}}. نص الويكي فيه سطران لا غير: <pre> == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صيغة فعل|جذر=أكل|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} </pre> وهذا يُوَلِّد كل الفقرات. توجد إمكانية توليد الفقرات منفصلة (انظر شرح {{قا|صيغة فعل}})، كما في صفحة [[اِرْمِ]]، لمن أراد إضافة محتوى آخر بين الفقرات، مع أننا ننصح بإبقاء هذه الصفحات بسيطة وثانوية، وكتابة المعاني والأمثلة في صفحة الفعل الرئيسية. سأنشئ وأعدل الصفحات، باستعمال البوت {{مس|ForzaGreenBot}}، على مراحل: * إنشاء صيغ الأفعال المبنية للمعلوم لكل الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس => ستكون النتيجة تقريبا 200 ألف صفحة جديدة. * تعديل صفحات صيغ الأفعال الموجودة => تعديل حوالي 7 آلاف صفحة. * زيادة عدد [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|اختبارات]] [[وحدة:ar-verb]] للتأكد من صحة تصريفات المبني للمجهول. نُشير إلى أن [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|مختبر]] الوحدة يحتوي حاليا على أكثر من 230 اختبارا للتأكد من صحة خوارزمية التصريف. * إنشاء الصيغ المبنية للمجهول => بضع عشرات الآلاف من الصفحات. * كُلَّما أُضيفت أفعال جديدة إلى ويكاموس، تُنشؤ صفحات تصريفاتها. ولاحقا، إنشاء هذه الصفحات آليا. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 13:38، 3 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) 55uzzg91udiutmomhearncfovnmuv3o 100 166150 1097966 957224 2026-08-03T22:27:19Z Meno25 308 - 1097966 wikitext text/x-wiki {{shortcut|AP:UC}} This is an index of appendices covering individual Unicode code blocks. The blocks listed here reflect version 17.0 of the Unicode Standard. For technical reasons, some Unicode "codepoints" are mapped to the same entry. See [[Appendix:Unicode normalization]] for fuller details. This list is generated automatically from data provided by [[Module:Unicode data]]. See that module's page for details. [[تصنيف:ملحقات]] [[تصنيف:مفردات بلا تشكيل]] i633229l6g93yox45m329x4f943udub 828 214426 1097954 1095059 2026-08-03T19:36:54Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث من الملعب 1097954 Scribunto text/plain require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted --#to be deleted as source local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation local url_was_archive_today; -- boolean flag set to true when has_archive_today_url() has unset |url= because it held a deprecated archive.today url --#Added local wikidatacite = false; --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >-------------------------------------- archive.today (and .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) are deprecated. See Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 (Special:Permalink/1339352976) <val> is a string that may or may not be a url ]] local function is_archive_today_url (val) if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (val) then -- is <val> a url? local tld = val:match ('archive%.(%l+)'); -- get the tld return tld and cfg.archive_today_tlds_t[tld]; -- return true if <tld> is one of the archive.today tlds; nil else end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >------------------------------------ blank any parameter that holds one of the archive.today tlds (.today, .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) and also blank parameters that are dependent on the offending parameter. input <cite_args_t> is a table of all of this template's parameters This function modifies <cite_args_t> when |url= or its alias |URL= hold an archive.today url, this function sets the flag <url_was_archive_today> which is used later to suppress the missing url error message from {{citation}} when it has |website=<summat> or from the templates {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, {{cite mailing list}} which all require a url. returns nothing ]] local function has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t) local unset_params_t = {}; -- to hold a sequence of parameters to unset from cite_args_t for p, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do -- look at each parameter in the template if is_archive_today_url (v:lower()) then -- if it has a parameter with an archive.today url table.insert (unset_params_t, p); -- add the url-holding parameter name to our list of parameters to unset (may or may not be a legitimate url parameter) if 'url' == p:lower() then -- if this parameter is |url= or |URL= url_was_archive_today = true; -- set a flag so that cite web / podcast / mailinglist don't emit a missing url error message end if cfg.dependencies_t[p] then -- if this url-holding parameter (<p>) has dependencies for _, dependent in ipairs (cfg.dependencies_t[p]) do -- loop through the url-holding parameter's dependency sequence table.insert (unset_params_t, dependent); -- add dependent parameter to the list to be unset end end end end if 0 < #unset_params_t then -- when there are parameters to unset if not is_preview_mode then -- when in preview mode do not suppress any parameters for _, unset_param in ipairs (unset_params_t) do -- loop through the sequence cite_args_t[unset_param] = nil; -- and unset the url-holding parameter and its dependent parameters to avoid parameter-requires-other-parameter errors end end utilities.set_message ('maint_deprecated_archive'); -- add a maintenance message end end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then --#Modified utilities.set_message (wikidatacite and 'err_wikidata_bare_url_missing_title' or 'err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script --#modified for faster name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang]; -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote','المعرف', 'اقتباس'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_1, {capture, char_name}); -- <capture> here is stripmarker name else err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_2, char_name); end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = cfg.messages.wikidata, ['s'] = cfg.messages.wikisource, ['w'] = cfg.messages.wikipedia})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters } if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. <name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks --#Modified Localized if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('اول', 1, true) and 'اول' or 'أول'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['أول'] ='أخير', ['اول'] = 'اخير'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end --#Modifed pattern tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end --#Modifed pattern tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then --#Modifed pattern lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end --#Modified اللغات تظهر بالعربية دائمًا name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list, " و", " و", " و"); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116. Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; local accept_val; val, accept_val = utilities.has_accept_as_written (val); --if accept_val then -- if uncomment this, |volume=((vol. 1)) suppresses error -- return; --end --val = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (val); -- if uncomment this, |volume=<nowiki>vol. 1</nowiki> shows error val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam); if accept then utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category end --#Modified: next line local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam or "", "%s*,%s*") local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', utilities.substitute (cfg.special_case_translation.name_list_params, ('AuthorList' == list_name) and cfg.special_case_translation.author or cfg.special_case_translation.editor)); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those archive urls that have them. The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url. ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL local function is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, origin_date) -- local function to validate archive url taimestamp date; time ignored local y, m, d = timestamp:match ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)'); -- split into parts if y and validation.is_valid_date (y, m, d) and (tonumber (y) >= 1996) then return true, tonumber (y) >= origin_date; -- <origin_date> is 1996 for archive.org end end if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif not is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, 1996) then -- is ymd portion of timestamp a valid date? err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; timestamp = nil; -- unset because invalid elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required. When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. ]] local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end --[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides local |mode= parameter value. When both are present, emit maintenance message ]] local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin) local mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end return mode; end --[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >---------------------------------------------------------- create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages= when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata ]] local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript) if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then if utilities.is_set (quote) then if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote ); end if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; end end quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote; else quote = sepc .. " " .. quote; end postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message? quote_pages = nil; end return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript; end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >-------------------------------------- look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value. when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else <publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution= ]] local function check_publisher_name (publisher) local patterns_t = { '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher> '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher> '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]] '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]] } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match? utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message return; -- and done end end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------ compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=. return boolean true when: |page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678 |page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters |page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345 |page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit) return nil when |page(s)= values: are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages have external urls (has text 'http') are digit-only values less than 10000 do not match |doi= values's trailing characters ]] local function is_page_art_num (page, doi) if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then -- both required return; -- abandon; nothing to do end if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages return; -- abandon end page = page:lower(); -- because doi names are case insensitive doi = doi:lower(); -- force these to lowercase for testing if page:match ('http') then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url return; -- abandon end if tonumber (page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only if 10000 > tonumber (page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000 return; -- abandon end if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=? return true; end if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2'); -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi= if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end end else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$'); -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$'); -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits) if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit return true; end end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= and |script-chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then -- is there a |contribution= parameter? Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution elseif 'script-contribution' == ScriptChapter_origin then -- no, so is there a |script-contribution= parameter? Contribution = ScriptChapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then --#Modifed utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {cfg.err_msg_supl[config.CitationClass], cfg.err_msg_supl[p[config.CitationClass]]}); end end local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = A['Issue']; end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = A['Issue']; end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (Issue); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode')); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); local Quote; Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript); local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then local accept; PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location end end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL -- local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; -- local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end local cs2_lower = function (text) -- if mode is cs2, use lower case if (sepc ~= '.') then return text:lower(); end return text; end local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and ("Thesis" == TitleType or cfg.title_types ['thesis'] == TitleType) then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['thesis-degree'], {Degree, cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower()}); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; -- #Added local HijriDate = A['HijriDate']; if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url --#Added Block to add category for unarchived URLs if utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(A['ArchiveURL']) and not wikidatacite and not URL:match('//archive%.org/') -- no need for ArchiveURL if the URL is from archive cite! by User:Mr. Ibrahem then utilities.add_prop_cat ('no_archive'); end ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['hijri-date'] = {val = HijriDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('HijriDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end --#Added Block if date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].tt and date_parameters_list['date'].tt then validation.hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded (date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].tt, date_parameters_list['date'].tt); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; HijriDate = date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].val; end if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end --#Added block if date_parameters_list['date'].val == "nd" then Date = cfg.messages["unknown_date"]; end end -- end of do if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ''; -- unset end end end end local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, { DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi= ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], -- for |asin= Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc= Class = Class, -- for |arxiv= CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv= Year=anchor_year, -- for |isbn= }, ID_support); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then -- catch ve/citoid malformed book cites in {{citation}} templates for _, id in ipairs (ID_list) do -- search through the ID_list sequence looking for an ISBN identifier string if id:find ('ISBN', 3, true) then -- plain find, start at index 3 ([[ISBN) if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- when a |work= alias is set utilities.set_message ('maint_work_isbn'); -- add maint cat end end end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url', A:ORIGIN('AccessDate')); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode --#Modified Block utilities.set_message (wikidatacite and 'err_wikidata_citation_missing_title' or 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num'); -- add maint cat end end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, and {{cite mailing list}} ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= if not url_was_archive_today then -- is <URL> empty/missing because it was a deprecated archive.today url utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); -- no; emit an error message for an empty/ missing |url= end end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url', A:ORIGIN('AccessDate')); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end --******* if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.minutes, Minutes); else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cs2_lower(cfg.messages['event']); end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']; AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format retrv_text = cs2_lower(retrv_text); -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveDate')}); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived']), A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-unfit']), ArchiveDate); if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-dead']), { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; -- Volume = safe_join ({Volume, pgtext}, sepc); if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else -- all other CS1 templates --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; -- local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; --#Added block if utilities.is_set (HijriDate) then if not mw.ustring.match(HijriDate,'%d *هـ?$') then HijriDate = HijriDate .. 'هـ' end if utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = HijriDate .. ' – ' .. Date else Date = HijriDate end end local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ''; local post_text = ''; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; in_text = cs2_lower(in_text); -- lowercase for cs2 end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; by_text = cs2_lower(by_text); -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else --#Added Block auto add CITEREF if Ref and mw.ustring.sub(Ref,1,7) ~= 'CITEREF' then Ref = 'CITEREF' .. Ref end if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_preview_mode and (0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t or 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t) then -- when in preview mode if not utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- and when this template has not created an anchor ID math.randomseed (tonumber (mw.getLanguage ('en'):formatDate ('U')) * 10000 + os.clock() * 10000); options_t.id = 'CITEREF_temp_preview_id_' .. math.random (100000, 999999); -- create temporary anchor ID for preview mode end end if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags options_t.id = mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id); -- do this here; also used when adding preview warning messages table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {options_t.id, mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass]; local template_link = '[[قالب:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation --#Modified table.insert (render_t, utilities.make_sep_error_list(#z.error_msgs_t, z.error_msgs_t)); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >-------------------------------------------------------- look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters. TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors. This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription. returns nothing. looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org' ]] local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t) local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url? table.insert (url_error_t, param); -- add parameter name to the error list end end if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); -- sor for error messaging for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription; -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription end url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param); -- make the parameter pretty for error message end utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------ Module entry point frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame) config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame) ]] local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode if not frame then frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) --#Modified line local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/ملعب'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else --#Added for ltr local tmp_cfg; tmp_cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); --#Added block for ltr for k,v in pairs(tmp_cfg) do cfg[k] = v end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cite_args_t = {}; -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag --#Added block for filtering some parameters if args_t['wikidatacite'] == '1' then wikidatacite = true args_t['wikidatacite'] = nil end --------------------- --#Added block for ltr local ch_lang = args_t['اللغة'] or args_t['لغة'] or args_t['language'] or args_t['lang'] --# Added by Mr. Ibrahem to stop ltr formatting local no_ltr = args_t['noltr'] if ch_lang and ch_lang ~= '' and no_ltr == nil then local isltr = true local rtl_lang = { 'ar', 'العربية', 'arabic', 'fa', 'الفارسية', 'persian', 'ur', 'urdu', 'الأردية', 'ku', 'kurdish', 'الكردية', 'he', 'hebrew', 'arc', 'aramaic', 'dv', 'divehi', 'ha', 'hausa', 'khw', 'khowar', 'ks', 'kashmiri', 'ps', 'pashto', 'yi', 'yiddish', 'ota', -- تركية عثمانية } local ch_langs = mw.text.split(ch_lang, '[,، ]') for k, v in pairs(ch_langs) do for k2, v2 in pairs(rtl_lang) do if (mw.ustring.lower(v) == v2) then isltr = false break end end if (not isltr) then break end end if isltr then local cfg2 cfg2 = mw.loadData('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr' .. sandbox); for k, v in pairs(cfg2) do cfg[k] = v end end end ---------------------- local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if cfg.enum_needs_xlation and 'string' == type (k) then -- for wikis that set date_names['local_digits'] to non-western digits k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits enumerators to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end cite_args_t[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and cfg.err_msg_supl.empty_str or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end end end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter) url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url end end end if cfg.suppress_archive_today_urls then has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t); -- look for and suppress archive.today urls and dependent parameters for all templates end has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t); -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}), citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t) }); end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- Template entry point ]] local function citation (frame) local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config_t[k] = v; -- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { citation = citation, -- template entry point _citation = _citation, -- module entry point } ibgs00qkaq36rnu2z8x4mbmzjg653ie 828 214427 1097951 1095055 2026-08-03T19:33:35Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث من الملعب 1097951 Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< S E T T I N G S >-------------------------------------------------------------- boolean settings used to control various things. these setting located here to make them easy to find ]] -- these settings local to this module only local local_digits_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local_digits'] from MediaWiki; manual fill required else; always false at en.wiki local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] from MediaWiki; -- manual translation required else; ; always false at en.wiki -- these settings exported to other modules local use_identifier_redirects = false; -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki local date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki local date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki local enable_sort_keys = true; -- when true module adds namespace sort keys to error and maintenance category links local suppress_archive_today_urls = true; -- when true module suppresses all parameters with an archive.today url and any deprendent parameters --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ قائمة النطاقات التي لا ينبغي أن تدرج فيها تصانيف تتبع أخطاء الاستشهادات هي بالضبط كما تضع notracking = true ملاحظة: يجب استخدام (_) بدلا من المسافات في أسماء النطاقات. ]] local uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive', '/ملعب', '/مختبر'} -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[ at en.wiki Greek characters are used as sort keys for certain items in a category so that those items are placed at the end of a category page. See Wikipedia:Categorization#Sort_keys. That works well for en.wiki because English is written using the Latn script. This may not work well for other languages. At en.wiki it is desireable to place content from certain namespaces at the end of a category listing so the module adds sort keys to error and maintenance category links when rendering a cs1|2 template on a page in that namespace. i18n: if this does not work well for your language, set <enable_sort_keys> to false. ]] local name_space_sort_keys = { -- sort keys to be used with these namespaces: [4] = 'ω', -- wikipedia; omega [10] = 'τ', -- template; tau [118] = 'Δ', -- draft; delta ['other'] = 'ο', -- all other non-talk namespaces except main (article); omicron } --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'مؤرشف من $1 في $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 من الأصل في $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'مؤرشف من الأصل في ', ['archived'] = 'مؤرشف', ['by'] = 'بواسطة', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'رسم الخرائط من $1', ['editor'] = 'المحرر', ['editors'] = 'المحررون', ['edition'] = '(ط. $1)', ['episode'] = 'حلقة $1', ['et al'] = 'وآخرون', ['in'] = 'في', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' ($1 غير نشط)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'مقابلة مع $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = 'الحرف $1', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لا يطابق <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = 'نيوز جروب:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'الأصل', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (نُشِر في $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'اطلع عليه بتاريخ $1', ['season'] = 'موسم $1', ['section'] = 'قسم&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = 'الأقسام&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'سلسلة $1', ['translated'] = 'ترجمة: $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'ويكي بيانات', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'ويكيبيديا', wikisource = 'ويكي مصدر', ['written'] = 'كتب في $1', ['vol'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2 رقم &nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 ع.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 المقال&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 ع.&nbsp;$2, المقال&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ع.&nbsp;$1', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2', -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = '$1 ص.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = '$1 ص.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 ورقة&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 أوراق&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': ورقة&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': أوراق&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(ب$1)', ['via'] = ' &ndash; عبر $1', ['event'] = 'وقع ذلك في', ['minutes'] = '$1 دقيقة في', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'مساعدة:أخطاء الاستشهاد', ['help page label'] = 'مساعدة', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[تصنيف:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[تصنيف:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:تصنيف:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'اتصال مع حالة خطأ غير معروف', ["unknown_date"] = '<abbr class="abbr" title="دون تاريخ">د.ت.</abbr>', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] به أخطاء</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).', -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] بحاجة لصيانة</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).' -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: in Module:Cite/config write a function to use this table arxiv = 'استشهاد بأرخايف', ['audio-visual'] = 'استشهاد بوسائط مرئية ومسموعة', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'استشهاد بتسجيلات', biorxiv = 'استشهاد ببيوركسيف', book = 'استشهاد بكتاب', citation = 'استشهاد', citeseerx = 'Cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'استشهاد بمنشورات مؤتمر', document = 'استشهاد بوثيقة', encyclopaedia = 'استشهاد بموسوعة', episode = 'استشهاد بحلقة', interview = 'استشهاد بمقابلة', journal = 'استشهاد بدورية محكمة', magazine = 'استشهاد بمجلة', mailinglist = 'استشهاد بقائمة بريدية', map = 'استشهاد بخريطة', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'استشهاد بخبر', newsgroup = 'استشهاد بمجموعة أخبار', podcast = 'استشهاد بتدوين صوتي', pressrelease = 'استشهاد ببيان صحفي', report = 'استشهاد بتقرير', serial = 'استشهاد بمسلسل', sign = 'استشهاد بإشارة توضيحية', speech = 'استشهاد بخطاب', ssrn = 'cite ssrn', techreport = 'استشهاد بتقرير فني', thesis = 'استشهاد بأطروحة', web = 'استشهاد بويب', } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>', -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>', -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[ب$1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[في $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='يمكن الوصول إليها بحرية'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='يمكن التسجيل مجانًا'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='الوصول المجاني محدود، وعادة ما يتطلب الاشتراك'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='يتطلب اشتراك مدفوع'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = '', -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = '،', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = '؛', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' و ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '؛ و ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = '، ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = '،', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = '، ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' و', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = '، و', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = '&#91;$1&#93;', -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- جدول الوسائط البديلة أو المكررة لنفس الوسيط الأساسي. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'تاريخ-الوصول','تاريخ الوصول', 'تاريخ وصول', 'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = {'وكالة', 'agency'}, ['ArchiveDate'] = {'تاريخ-الأرشيف', 'تاريخ أرشيف', 'تاريخ الأرشيف', 'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = {'صيغة-الأرشيف', 'صيغة الأرشيف', 'archive-format'}, ['ArchiveURL'] = {'مسار-الأرشيف', 'مسار أرشيف', 'مسار الأرشيف', 'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = {'رقم-المقالة', 'article-number'}, ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = {'في', 'at'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot --##TOREVISE ['Authors'] = {'المؤلفون', 'المؤلفين', 'authors', 'people', 'host', 'credits', 'أشخاص'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'عنوان الكتاب', 'book-title', 'booktitle', 'عنوان المؤتمر'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'الفصل', 'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'صيغة-الفصل', 'صيغة الفصل', 'تنسيق الفصل', 'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}, ['ChapterURL'] = {'مسار-الفصل', 'مسار الفصل', 'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = {'صنف', 'class', 'صنف الأرشيف'}, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'اسم-المؤتمر', 'اسم المؤتمر', 'conference'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = {'مسار-المؤتمر', 'مسار المؤتمر', 'conference-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'تاريخ', 'التاريخ', 'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, ['HijriDate'] = {'التاريخ الهجري', 'تاريخ هجري', 'hijri-date'}, ['Degree'] = {'الدرجة', 'degree'}, ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'إظهار-المؤلفين', 'إظهار المؤلفين', 'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = {'إظهار-المحررين', 'إظهار المحررين', 'display-editors'}, ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = {'طبعة', 'الإصدار', 'الاصدار', 'إصدار', 'اصدار', 'الطبعة', 'رقم الطبعة', 'edition'}, ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'موسوعة', 'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'اسم المعجم', 'dictionary', 'اسم الموسوعة'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = {'الحلقة', 'episode'}, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = {'صيغة', 'التنسيق', 'format', 'تنسيق', 'الصيغة'}, ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID', 'المعرف'}, ['Inset'] = {'inset', 'مجموعة'}, ['Issue'] = {'العدد', 'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'لغة', 'اللغة', 'language', 'lang'}, ['MailingList'] = {'القائمة البريدية', 'mailing-list'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = {'الخريطة', 'map'}, -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = {'صيغة الخريطة', 'map-format'}, -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'مسار الخريطة', 'map-url'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = {'دقيقة', 'minutes'}, ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = {'الشبكة', 'network'}, ['Newsgroup'] = {'اسم المجموعة', 'newsgroup'}, -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear', 'سنة النشر الأصلية'}, ['Others'] = {'آخرون','others', 'المحاور', 'المحاورون', 'المحقق'}, ['Page'] = {'صفحة', 'p', 'الصفحة', 'page', 'الصفحة', 'رقم الصفحة', 'رقم صفحة','ص'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'صفحات', 'الصفحات', 'pp', 'أرقام الصفحات', 'أرقم صفحات', 'pages'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = { 'صحيفة', 'journal', 'دورية محكمة', 'مجلة', 'magazine', 'اسم المجلة', 'newspaper', 'جريدة', 'اسم الصحيفة', 'دورية', 'periodical', 'موقع', 'website', 'الموقع', 'عمل', 'work', 'العمل', 'من عمل', }, ['Place'] = { 'مكان', 'place', 'المكان', 'مقر', 'المقر', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'تاريخ-النشر', 'تاريخ النشر', 'publication-date'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'مكان-النشر', 'مكان النشر', 'publication-place'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'ناشر', 'publisher', 'الناشر', 'institution', 'مصدر', 'الموزع', 'المصدر', 'المؤسسة'}, ['Quote'] = {'اقتباس', 'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = {'مرجع', 'ref'}, ['Scale'] = {'المقياس', 'scale'}, ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptEncyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = {'الموسم', 'season'}, ['Sections'] = {'الأقسام', 'sections'}, -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'سلسلة', 'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'وصلة-سلسلة', 'وصلة سلسلة', 'series-link', 'مسار المسلسل'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'رقم-سلسلة', 'رقم سلسلة', 'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = {'ورقة', 'sheet'}, -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = {'أوراق', 'sheets'}, -- cite map only ['Station'] = {'محطة', 'station'}, ['Time'] = {'الوقت', 'time'}, ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = {'عنوان', 'title', 'العنوان'}, ['TitleLink'] = {'وصلة-العنوان', 'وصلة العنوان', 'title-link', 'episode-link', 'وصلة الحلقة'}, ['TitleNote'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['TitleType'] = {'النوع', 'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransEncyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = {'عنوان مترجم', 'العنوان بالعربي', 'العنوان الأجنبي', 'عنوان أجنبي', 'trans-title', 'العنوان المترجم'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'مسار', 'المسار','وصلة', 'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = {'url-access', 'التسجيل'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = {'url-status','حالة المسار'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = {'vauthors', 'عدة مؤلفين'}, ['Veditors'] = {'veditors', 'عدة محررين' }, ['Via'] = {'عبر', 'via'}, ['Volume'] = {'المجلد', 'volume', 'الجزء', 'ج'}, ['wikidatacite'] = 'wikidatacite', ['Year'] = {'سنة', 'year', 'السنة'}, ['AuthorList-First'] = { 'الأول#', 'مؤلف#-الأول', 'مؤلف# الأول', 'أول#', 'first#', 'اول#', 'الاول#', 'author-first#', 'مؤلف الأول#', 'author#-first', 'given#', 'author-given#', 'مؤلف-الأول#', 'author#-given' }, ['AuthorList-Last'] = { 'مؤلف#', 'الأخير#', 'مؤلف#-الأخير', 'مؤلف# الأخير', 'last#', 'author-last#', 'مؤلف-الأخير#', 'author#-last', 'surname#', 'الأخير#', 'author-surname#', 'author#-surname', 'author#', 'المؤلف#', 'أخير#', 'اخير#', 'مؤلف الأخير#', 'subject#', 'host#', 'الموضوع' }, ['AuthorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة مؤلف#', 'مؤلف#-وصلة', 'author-link#', 'author#-link', 'subject-link#', 'subject#-link', 'authorlink#', 'author#link', 'مؤلف# وصلة', 'وصلة-مؤلف#', 'وصلة المؤلف#', 'وصلة-المؤلف#' }, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = { 'مؤلف#-قناع', 'author-mask#', 'author#-mask', 'subject-mask#', 'subject#-mask' }, ['ContributorList-First'] = { 'مشارك#-الأول', 'contributor-first#', 'مشارك-الأول#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given' }, ['ContributorList-Last'] = { 'مشارك#', 'مشارك#-الأخير', 'contributor#', 'contributor-last#', 'مشارك-الأخير#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname' }, ['ContributorList-Link'] = { 'مشارك#-وصلة', 'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link' }, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = { 'مشارك#-قناع', 'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask' }, ['EditorList-First'] = { 'محرر#-الأول', 'محرر-الأول#', 'محرر الأول#', 'editor-first#', 'editor#-first', 'editor-given#', 'محرر# الأول', 'محرر# الأول', 'editor#-given' }, ['EditorList-Last'] = { 'محرر#', 'محرر#-الأخير', 'محرر# الأخير', 'محرر-الأخير#', 'محرر الأخير#', 'editor-last#', 'editor#-last', 'editor-surname#', 'editor#-surname', 'editor#', 'المحرر#' }, ['EditorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة محرر#', 'محرر#-وصلة', 'محرر# وصلة', 'وصلة-محرر#', 'editor-link#', 'editor#-link', 'محرر-وصلة#', 'وصلة-المحرر#', 'وصلة المحرر#' }, ['EditorList-Mask'] = { 'محرر#-قناع', 'editor-mask#', 'editor#-mask' }, ['InterviewerList-First'] = { 'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given' }, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = { 'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#' }, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = { 'مترجم#-الأول', 'translator#-first', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم# الأول', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم الأول#', 'المترجم-الأول#', 'المترجم#-الأول', 'translator-first#', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given' }, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = { 'مترجم#', 'مترجم#-الأخير', 'المترجم#', 'translator#', 'translator-last#', 'المترجم-الأخير#', 'المترجم#-الأخير', 'مترجم الأخير#', 'مترجم# الأخير', 'مترجم-الأخير#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname' }, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة مترجم#', 'مترجم#-وصلة', 'مترجم# وصلة', 'وصلة-مترجم#', 'وصلة المترجم#', 'وصلة-المترجم#', 'translator-link#', 'translator#-link', 'المترجم#-وصلة' }, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = { 'مترجم#-قناع', 'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask' } } --[[--------------------------< D E P E N D E N C I E S _ T >-------------------------------------------------- a table of url-holding parameters upon which other parameters are dependent. this table is used by has_archive_today_url() to suppress parameters that are dependant upon a url-holding parameter that has as a value an archive.today (or alternate tld) url. archive.today is deprecated at en.wiki; see Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 ]] local url_dependency_map_t = { -- table of url-holding parameters and the meta-parameters that are dependent on them ['url'] = {'AccessDate', 'ArchiveURL', 'Format', 'UrlAccess'}, ['archive-url'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['archiveurl'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['article-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['conference-url'] = {'ConferenceFormat'}, ['contribution-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['entry-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['map-url'] = {'MapFormat', 'MapUrlAccess'}, ['section-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['transcript-url'] = {'TranscriptFormat'}, }; local dependencies_t = {}; -- the table of url-holding parameters and their dependent parameters for url_param, meta_parameters_t in pairs (url_dependency_map_t) do -- sequence of meta-parameters (indexes) into <aliases> table local dependant_params_t = {}; -- collection of parameters that are dependent on this <url_param> for _, meta_parameter in ipairs (meta_parameters_t) do -- for each <aliases> meta-parameter (index) if 'string' == type (aliases[meta_parameter]) then -- for single parameter names (no aliases), <aliases[meta_parameter]> will be a string table.insert (dependant_params_t, aliases[meta_parameter]); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence else for _, alias in ipairs (aliases[meta_parameter]) do -- for each alias in aliases[meta_parameter] (aliases['AccessDate'] for example) table.insert (dependant_params_t, alias); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence end end end dependencies_t[url_param] = dependant_params_t; -- add the <url_param> and its dependent parameters end --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< U R L _ A C C E S S _ M A P >-------------------------------------------------- this table used by the wikipedia library url test, has_twl_url(), which automatically sets a url-access parameter to 'subscription' when it discovers a wikipedia library url in any of the url-holding paramters used as keys in this table. translators: if your wiki uses parameter names for these url-holding parameters and their matching -access parameters, add your wiki's parameters to this list. Leave the English parameters in place. TODO: is there a better way to do this? ]] local url_access_map_t = { ['chapter-url'] = 'chapter-url-access', ['contribution-url'] = 'contribution-url-access', ['entry-url'] = 'entry-url-access', ['article-url'] = 'article-url-access', ['section-url'] = 'section-url-access', ['map-url'] = 'map-url-access', ['mapurl'] = 'map-url-access', ['url'] = 'url-access', ['URL'] = 'url-access' } --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'media', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191'; local special_case_translation = { author = 'author', editor = 'editor', name_list_params = '$1-name-list parameters', -- $1 is 'author' or 'editor'; used with err_redundant_parameters ['AuthorList'] = 'قائمة المؤلفين', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'قائمة المساهمين', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'قائمة المحررين', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'قائمة المراجعين', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'قائمة المترجمين', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'error[ %-]404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'bot verification', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Bb]ureau$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Cc]ompany$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'correspondent', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Dd]esk$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Gg]roup$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ll]imited$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[Nn]ews[ %-]?[Rr]oom', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'updated', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; this will unconditionally overwrite manual translations false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; overwrites manual translations -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['octobre'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['يناير'] = 1, ['فبراير'] = 2, ['مارس'] = 3, ['أبريل'] = 4, ['مايو'] = 5, ['يونيو'] = 6, ['يوليو'] = 7, ['أغسطس'] = 8, ['اغسطس'] = 8, ['سبتمبر'] = 9, ['أكتوبر'] = 10, ['نوفمبر'] = 11, ['ديسمبر'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['الربع الأول'] = 33, ['الربع الثاني'] = 34, ['الربع الثالث'] = 35, ['الربع الرابع'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['شتاء'] = 24, ['ربيع'] = 21, ['صيف'] = 22, ['خريف'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, --#Added ['hijri'] = {['المحرم'] = 1, ['محرم'] = 1, ['صفر'] = 2, ['ربيع الأول'] = 3, ['ربيع الثاني'] = 4, ['ربيع الآخر'] = 4, ['جمادى الأولى'] = 5, ['جمادى الثانية'] = 6, ['جمادى الآخرة'] = 6, ['رجب'] = 7, ['شعبان'] = 8, ['رمضان'] = 9, ['شوال'] = 10, ['ذو القعدة'] = 11, ['ذو الحجة'] = 12}, ['alt-long'] = {['كانون ثاني'] = 1, ['شباط'] = 2, ['آذار'] = 3, ['نيسان'] = 4, ['أيار'] = 5, ['حزيران'] = 6, ['تموز'] = 7, ['آب'] = 8, ['أيلول'] = 9, ['تشرين أول'] = 10, ['تشرين ثاني'] = 11, ['كانون أول'] = 12, ['جانفي'] = 1, ['فيفري'] = 2, ['مارس'] = 3, ['أفريل'] = 4, ['ماي'] = 5, ['جوان'] = 6, ['جويلية'] = 7, ['أوت'] = 8, ['ماي'] = 5, ['يوليوز'] = 7, ['غشت'] = 8, ['شتنبر'] = 9, ['نوفنبر'] = 11, ['دجنبر'] = 12}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_hijri'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['٠'] = '0', ['١'] = '1', ['٢'] = '2', ['٣'] = '3', ['٤'] = '4', ['٥'] = '5', ['٦'] = '6', ['٧'] = '7', ['٨'] = '8', ['٩'] = '9' }, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, --#Added ['nd_patterns'] ={{"^د%.ت%.%a?$","((د%.ت%.)%a?)"}, {"^n%.d%.%a?$", "((n%.d%.)%a?)"}, {"^nd%a?$", "((nd)%a?)"}, {"^دت%a?$", "((دت)%a?)"}}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}, {'hijri', 'inv_local_hijri'},} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end if local_digits_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local digits from MediaWiki is enabled local digits_t = {}; for i=0, 9 do -- loop 10x and digits_t [lang_obj:formatNum (i)] = tostring (i); -- format the loop indexer as local lang table index and assign loop indexer (a string) as the value end date_names['local_digits'] = digits_t; end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); local content; -- done this way so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; self-transcluded makes them look like they are used if 10 ~= title_object.namespace then -- all namespaces except Template content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 end local function get_date_format () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then local use_dates_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; -- TODO: add this to <global_cs1_config_t>? --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ أنماط البحث عن نص إضافي بتنسيق |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vi_patterns_t = { -- combined to catch volume-like text in |issue= and issue-like text in |volume= '^volumes?', -- volume-like text '^vols?[%.:=]?', '^issues?', --issue-like text '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]', -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) '^n°', -- 'n' with degree sign (U+00B0) '^№', -- precomposed unicode numero character (U+2116) }, } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free,keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), } --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ C O N F I G _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------- fetch and validate values from {{cs1 config}} template to fill <global_cs1_config_t> no error messages; when errors are detected, the parameter value from {{cs1 config}} is blanked. Supports all parameters and aliases associated with the metaparameters: DisplayAuthors, DisplayContributors, DisplayEditors, DisplayInterviewers, DisplayTranslators, NameListStyle, and Mode. The DisplayWhatever metaparameters accept numeric values only (|display-authors=etal and the like is not supported). ]] local global_cs1_config_t = {}; -- TODO: add value returned from get_date_format() to this table? local function get_cs1_config () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local start = content:find('{{ *[Cc][Ss]1 config *[|}]'); -- <start> is offset into <content> when {{cs1 config}} found; nil else if start then local cs1_config_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if not cs1_config_template then return nil; end local params_t = mw.text.split (cs1_config_template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', ''), '%s*|%s*'); -- remove '{{' and '}}'; make a sequence of parameter/value pairs (split on the pipe) table.remove (params_t, 1); -- remove the template name because it isn't a parameter/value pair local config_meta_params_t = {'DisplayAuthors', 'DisplayContributors', 'DisplayEditors', 'DisplayInterviewers', 'DisplayTranslators', 'NameListStyle', 'Mode'}; local meta_param_map_t = {}; -- list of accepted parameter names usable in {{cs1 config}} goes here for _, meta_param in ipairs (config_meta_params_t) do -- for i18n using <config_meta_params_t>, map template parameter names to their metaparameter equivalents if 'table' == type (aliases[meta_param]) then -- if <meta_param> is a sequence, for _, param in ipairs (aliases[meta_param]) do -- extract its contents meta_param_map_t[param] = meta_param; -- and add to <meta_param_map_t> end else meta_param_map_t[aliases[meta_param]] = meta_param; -- not a sequence so just add the parameter to <meta_param_map_t> end end local keywords_t = {}; -- map valid keywords to their associate metaparameter; reverse form of <keyword_lists[key] for these metaparameters for _, metaparam_t in ipairs ({{'NameListStyle', 'name-list-style'}, {'Mode', 'mode'}}) do -- only these metaparameter / keywords_lists key pairs for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_lists[metaparam_t[2]]) do -- spin through the list of keywords keywords_t[keyword] = metaparam_t[1]; -- add [keyword] = metaparameter to the map end end for _, param in ipairs (params_t) do -- spin through the {{cs1 config}} parameters and fill <global_cs1_config_t> local k, v = param:match ('([^=]-)%s*=%s*(.+)'); -- <k> is the parameter name; <v> is parameter's assigned value if k then if k:find ('^display') then -- if <k> is one of the |display-<namelist>= parameters if v:match ('%d+') then -- the assigned value must be digits; doesn't accept 'etal' global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the display param and its value to globals table end else if keywords_t[v] == meta_param_map_t[k] then -- keywords_t[v] returns nil or the metaparam name; these must be the same global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the parameter and its value to globals table end end end end end end get_cs1_config (); -- fill <global_cs1_config_t> --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/17.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 17.0; 2025-01-08 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [8596] = true, -- U+2194 ↔ left right arrow [8597] = true, -- U+2195 ↕ up down arrow [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [10145] = true, -- U+27A1 ➡ black rightwards arrow [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128048] = true, -- U+1F430 🐰 rabbit face [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128165] = true, -- U+1F4A5 💥 collision symbol [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129001] = true, -- U+1F7E9 🟩 large green square [129003] = true, -- U+1F7EB 🟫 large brown square [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129490] = true, -- U+1F9D2 🧒 child [129648] = true, -- U+1FA70 🩰 ballet shoes [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129775] = true, -- U+1FAEF 🫯 fight cloud [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'az', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'ce', 'chr', 'cu', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'grc', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kaa', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mni', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tkr', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh', 'zgh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['<tag>'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', '<tag>'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_tag_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language tag or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with <tag> only one language name per <tag>; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated tag [2] (tag must match a tag key in lang_tag_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and tag; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_tag_remap = { ["aa"] = "العفارية", ["aao"] = "العربية", ["aar"] = "العفارية", ["aars"] = "العفارية", ["abh"] = "العربية", ["abk"] = "الأبخازية", ["abks"] = "الأبخازية", ["abv"] = "العربية", ["acm"] = "العربية", ["acq"] = "العربية", ["acw"] = "العربية", ["acx"] = "العربية", ["acy"] = "العربية", ["adf"] = "العربية", ["ady"] = "الأديغية", ["aeb"] = "العربية", ["aec"] = "العربية", ["afb"] = "العربية", ["afr"] = "الأفريقانية", ["afrs"] = "الأفريقانية", ["ags"] = "الإسمبية", ["ajp"] = "العربية", ["aka"] = "الأكانية", ["alb"] = "الألبانية", ["als"] = "توسكية ألبانيا", ["amh"] = "الأمهرية", ["apc"] = "العربية", ["apd"] = "العربية", ["ara"] = "العربية", ["arb"] = "العربية", ["arg"] = "الأراغونية", ["arm"] = "الأرمنية", ["arn"] = "المابوتشية", ["arq"] = "العربية", ["ars"] = "العربية", ["ary"] = "العربية", ["arz"] = "العربية", ["as"] = "الآسامية", ["asm"] = "الآسامية", ["ast"] = "الأستورية", ["auz"] = "العربية", ["ava"] = "الأوارية", ["ave"] = "الأفستية", ["avl"] = "العربية", ["ayh"] = "العربية", ["ayl"] = "العربية", ["aym"] = "الأيمارا", ["ayn"] = "العربية", ["ayp"] = "العربية", ["az"] = "الأذرية", ["azb"] = "أذرية الجنوب", ["aze"] = "الأذرية", ["ba"] = "الباشقيرية", ["bak"] = "الباشقيرية", ["bam"] = "البمبرية", ["ban"] = "البالية", ["baq"] = "البشكنشية", ["bar"] = "البافارية", ["bbc"] = "الباتاكية", ["bbz"] = "العربية", ["bcc"] = "بلوشية الجنوب", ["bcl"] = "البيكولية الوسطى", ["bel"] = "البيلاروسية", ["ben"] = "البنغالية", ["bh"] = "البهارية", ["bho"] = "البوجبورية", ["bih"] = "البهارية", ["bis"] = "البيسلامية", ["bm"] = "البمبرية", ["bod"] = "التبتية", ["bos"] = "البوسنية", ["boss"] = "البوسنية", ["bre"] = "البريتونية", ["bul"] = "البلغارية", ["buls"] = "البلغارية", ["bur"] = "البورمية", ["ca-valencia"] = "البلنسية", ["ca"] = "القطلونية", ["cat"] = "القطلونية", ["ces"] = "التشيكية", ["ch"] = "التسمورية", ["cha"] = "التسمورية", ["che"] = "الشيشانية", ["chi"] = "الصينية", ["cho"] = "التشكتاوية", ["chu"] = "سلافية الكنسية", ["chv"] = "التشوفاشية", ["co"] = "الكورسية", ["cor"] = "الكورنية", ["cos"] = "الكورسية", ["cr"] = "الكرية", ["cre"] = "الكرية", ["crh"] = "تتارية القرم", ["crs"] = "كريولية سيشيل", ["cu"] = "سلافية الكنسية", ["cv"] = "التشوفاشية", ["cym"] = "الويلزية", ["cze"] = "التشيكية", ["da"] = "الدنماركية", ["dan"] = "الدنماركية", ["de_at"] = "الألمانية", ["de-at"] = "الألمانية", ["de-ch"] = "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", ["deu"] = "الألمانية", ["deus"] = "الألمانية", ["div"] = "المالديفية", ["dsb"] = "الصوربية السفلى", ["dut"] = "الهولندية", ["dz"] = "الدزونكية", ["dzo"] = "الدزونكية", ["ee"] = "الإوية", ["ell"] = "اليونانية", ["ells"] = "اليونانية", ["eng"] = "الإنجليزية", ["engs"] = "الإنجليزية", ["en-au"] = "الإنجليزية الأسترالية", ["en-ca"] = "الإنجليزية الكندية", ["en-gb"] = "الإنجليزية البريطانية", ["en-uk"] = "الإنجليزية البريطانية", ["en-in"] = "الإنجليزية الهندية", ["en-nz"] = "الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية", ["en-us"] = "الإنجليزية الأمريكية", ["epo"] = "الإسبرانتو", ["es_419"] = "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", ["es_es"] = "الإسبانية", ["es_mx"] = "إسبانية المكسيك", ["est"] = "الإستونية", ["eu"] = "البشكنشية", ["eus"] = "البشكنشية", ["ewe"] = "الإوية", ["fao"] = "الفاروية", ["fas"] = "الفارسية", ["fij"] = "الفيجية", ["fin"] = "الفنلندية", ["fkv"] = "Kven", ["fr_ca"] = "فرنسية كندا", ["fr_ch"] = "فرنسية سويسرا", ["fra"] = "الفرنسية", ["fras"] = "الفرنسية", ["fre"] = "الفرنسية", ["fry"] = "الفريزية", ["ful"] = "الفولانية", ["fy"] = "الفريزية", ["gd"] = "غيلية إسكتنلدا", ["geo"] = "الجورجية", ["ger"] = "الألمانية", ["gl"] = "الجليقية", ["gla"] = "غيلية إسكتنلدا", ["gle"] = "الأيرلندية", ["glg"] = "الغاليسية", ["glv"] = "المنكية", ["gom"] = "الكونكانية", ["grc"] = "الإغريقية", ["gre"] = "اليونانية", ["grn"] = "الغوارانية", ["gu"] = "الكجراتية", ["guj"] = "الكجراتية", ["ha"] = "الهوسية", ["hat"] = "الكريولية الهايتية", ["hau"] = "الهوسية", ["hbs"] = "كرواتية صربيا", ["heb"] = "العبرية", ["her"] = "الهيريرو", ["hif"] = "هندية فيجي", ["hin"] = "الهندية", ["hins"] = "الهندية", ["hmo"] = "الهيرية", ["ho"] = "الهيرية", ["hrv"] = "الكرواتية", ["hu"] = "المجرية", ["hun"] = "المجرية", ["hye"] = "الأرمنية", ["ia"] = "لغة وسيطة", ["ibo"] = "الإيجبو", ["ice"] = "الآيسلندية", ["ido"] = "الإيدو", ["idos"] = "الإيدو", ["ii"] = "النؤوسوية", ["iii"] = "النؤوسوية", ["ike"] = "الآيكية", ["iku"] = "الإنكتيتوتية", ["ile"] = "الإنترلينج", ["ilo"] = "الإيلوكانوية", ["ina"] = "لغة وسيطة", ["ind"] = "الإندونيسية", ["ipk"] = "الإينبياك", ["is"] = "الآيسلندية", ["isl"] = "الآيسلندية", ["ita"] = "الإيطالية", ["itas"] = "الإيطالية", ["iu"] = "الإنكتيتوتية", ["ja-hani"] = "اليابانية", ["jav"] = "الجاوية", ["jpn"] = "اليابانية", ["kal"] = "الغرينية", ["kan"] = "الكنادية", ["kas"] = "الكشميرية", ["kat"] = "الجورجية", ["kau"] = "الكانورية", ["kaz"] = "القازاقية", ["khm"] = "الخميرية", ["khw"] = "الكهوارية", ["kik"] = "الكيكيو", ["kin"] = "الروندية", ["ky"] = "القرغيزية", ["kir"] = "القرغيزية", ["kj"] = "الكيونياما", ["kk"] = "القازاقية", ["kl"] = "الغرينية", ["kn"] = "الكنادية", ["kom"] = "الكومية", ["kon"] = "الكونغو", ["kor"] = "الكورية", ["kp-hanj"] = "الكورية", ["kr"] = "الكانورية", ["ks-deva"] = "ديفنغارية كشمير", ["ksh-x-colog"] = "الكولونيانية", ["ksh"] = "الكولشية", ["kua"] = "الكيونياما", ["kur"] = "الكردية", ["kv"] = "الكومية", ["lao"] = "اللاوية", ["lat"] = "اللاتينية", ["lats"] = "اللاتينية", ["lav"] = "اللاتفية", ["lb"] = "اللوكسمبورغية", ["lg"] = "الجاندية", ["lim"] = "الليمبورغية", ["lin"] = "اللينغالية", ["lit"] = "الليتوانية", ["lmo"] = "اللومباردية", ["ln"] = "اللينغالية", ["ltz"] = "اللوكسمبورغية", ["lu"] = "التشيلوبا", ["lub"] = "التشيلوبا", ["lug"] = "الجاندية", ["mac"] = "المقدونية", ["mah"] = "المارشالية", ["mal"] = "الماليالامية", ["mao"] = "الماورية", ["mar"] = "المراثية", ["may"] = "الملايوية", ["mfe"] = "كريولية موريشوس", ["mg"] = "الملغاشية", ["mis-x-ripuar"] = "الريبوارية", ["mkd"] = "المقدونية", ["ml"] = "الماليالامية", ["mlg"] = "الملغاشية", ["mlt"] = "المالطية", ["mo"] = "المولدوفية", ["mol"] = "المولدوفية", ["mon"] = "المنغولية", ["mr"] = "المراثية", ["mri"] = "الماورية", ["ms"] = "الملايوية", ["msa"] = "الملايوية", ["mul"] = "اللغات المتعددة", ["mya"] = "البورمية", ["mzn"] = "الطبرية", ["na"] = "الناوروية", ["nan-tw"] = "هوكينية تايوان", ["nan"] = "مينانية الجنوب", ["nau"] = "الناوروية", ["nav"] = "النافاجو", ["nb-no"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["nb"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["nbl"] = "نديبلي الجنوبية", ["nde"] = "النديبيل الشمالية", ["ndo"] = "الندونجا", ["nep"] = "النيبالية", ["nl_be"] = "الفلمنكية", ["nld"] = "الهولندية", ["nn"] = "النرويجية النينوشك", ["nno"] = "النرويجية النينوشك", ["nob"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["non"] = "النوردية القديمة", ["nor"] = "النرويجية", ["nr"] = "نديبلي الجنوبية", ["nrf"] = "الغيرنزية", ["nya"] = "النيانجا", ["oc"] = "القسطانية", ["oci"] = "القسطانية", ["oji"] = "الأوجيبوا", ["ori"] = "الأورية", ["orm"] = "الأورومية", ["os"] = "الأوسيتية", ["oss"] = "الأوسيتية", ["pan"] = "البنجابية", ["per"] = "الفارسية", ["pga"] = "اللهجة الكريولية", ["pli"] = "البالية", ["pnt"] = "البنطسية", ["pol"] = "البولندية", ["pols"] = "البولندية", ["por"] = "البرتغالية", ["ps"] = "البشتوية", ["pt_br"] = "البرتغالية البرازيلية", ["pus"] = "البشتوية", ["qu"] = "الكتشوية", ["que"] = "الكتشوية", ["rn"] = "الكيروندية", ["ro_md"] = "المولدوفية", ["roa"] = "الغيرنزية", ["roh"] = "الرومانشية", ["ron"] = "الرومانية", ["rum"] = "الرومانية", ["run"] = "الكيروندية", ["rus"] = "الروسية", ["rw"] = "الروندية", ["sag"] = "السانغوية", ["sah"] = "الساخية", ["san"] = "السنسكريتية", ["scc"] = "الصربية", ["sco"] = "الإسكتلندية", ["scr"] = "الكرواتية", ["se"] = "سامية الشمال", ["sg"] = "السانغوية", ["sh"] = "كرواتية صربيا", ["sin"] = "السنهالية", ["sl"] = "السلوفينية", ["slk"] = "السلوفاكية", ["slo"] = "السلوفاكية", ["slv"] = "السلوفينية", ["sm"] = "الساموية", ["sma"] = "سامية الجنوب", ["sme"] = "سامية الشمال", ["smo"] = "الساموية", ["sna"] = "الشونا", ["snd"] = "السندية", ["som"] = "الصومالية", ["sot"] = "السوتية", ["spa"] = "الإسبانية", ["sqi"] = "الألبانية", ["sr-ec"] = "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", ["sr-el"] = "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", ["srd"] = "السردينية", ["srp"] = "الصربية", ["ss"] = "السوازية", ["ssh"] = "اللهجة الشحية", ["ssw"] = "السوازية", ["st"] = "السوتية", ["su"] = "الصندية", ["sun"] = "الصندية", ["swa"] = "السواحلية", ["swe"] = "السويدية", ["syc"] = "السريانية", ["syr"] = "السريانية", ["tah"] = "التاهيتية", ["tam"] = "التاميلية", ["tat"] = "التترية", ["tcy"] = "التولو", ["tel"] = "التيلوغوية", ["tgk"] = "الطاجيكية", ["tgl"] = "التاغالوغية", ["th"] = "التايلندية", ["tha"] = "التايلندية", ["tib"] = "التبتية", ["tir"] = "التغرينية", ["ton"] = "التونغية", ["ts"] = "التسونجية", ["tsn"] = "التسوانية", ["tso"] = "التسونجية", ["tuk"] = "التركمانية", ["tulu"] = "التولو", ["tur"] = "التركية", ["twi"] = "التوي", ["uig"] = "الأويغورية", ["ukr"] = "الأوكرانية", ["ur"] = "الأردية", ["urd"] = "الأردية", ["uzb"] = "الأوزبكية", ["ve"] = "الفيندية", ["ven"] = "الفيندية", ["vie"] = "الفيتنامية", ["vo"] = "الفولابوكية", ["vol"] = "الفولابوكية", ["wa"] = "الوالونية", ["wel"] = "الويلزية", ["wlm"] = "الويلزية الوسطى", ["wln"] = "الوالونية", ["wol"] = "الولوفية", ["xh"] = "الخوسية", ["xho"] = "الخوسية", ["xmf"] = "المنغريلية", ["xpu"] = "البونيقية", ["yid"] = "اليديشية", ["yo"] = "يوروبية", ["yor"] = "يوروبية", ["yue"] = "الكنتونية", ["zh_hans"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh_hant"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-classical"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-cn"] = "الصينية", ["zh-hani"] = "الصينية", ["zh-s"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh-t"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-tw"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh-yue-hani"] = "الكنتونية", ["zh-yue"] = "الكانتونية", ["zha"] = "الزهيونج", ["zho"] = "الصينية", ["zu"] = "الزولوية", ["zul"] = "الزولوية", } local lang_name_remap = { ["abkhaze"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["abkhazian"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["afar"] = { "العفارية", "aa"}, ["afrikaans"] = { "الأفريقانية", "af"}, ["akan"] = { "الأكانية", "ak"}, ["albanais"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["albanian"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["alemannisch"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية", "gsw"}, ["allemand"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["amharic"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["amharique"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["anglais"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["arabe"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["arabic"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["aragonais"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["aragonese"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["armenian"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["arménien"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["assamais"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["assamese"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["avar"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["avaric"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["avestan"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["avestique"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["aymara"] = { "الأيمارا", "ay"}, ["azerbaijani"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["azéri"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["bachkir"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["bambara"] = { "البمبرية", "bm"}, ["bangla"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["bashkir"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["basque"] = { "البشكنشية", "eu"}, ["belarusian"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["bengali"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["bhojpuri"] = { "البوجبورية", "bho"}, ["bichelamar"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["biélorusse"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["bihari"] = { "البهارية", "bh"}, ["birman"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["bislama"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["blackfoot"] = { "النيتسيتابية", "bla"}, ["bosnian"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["bosniaque"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["breton"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["bulgare"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["bulgarian"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["burmese"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["cachemiri"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["catalan"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["chamorro"] = { "التسمورية", "ch"}, ["chechen"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["chewa"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["chinese"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["chinois"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["church slavic"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["chuvash"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["cingalais"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["colognian"] = { "الكولونيانية", "ksh-x-colog"}, ["coréen"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["cornique"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["cornish"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["corse"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["corsican"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["cree"] = { "الكرية", "cr"}, ["créole haïtien"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["créole seychellois"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["crimean tatar"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["croate"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["croatian"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["czech"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["danish"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["danois"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["divehi"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["dutch"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["dzongkha"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["english"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["espagnol"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["esperanto"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["espéranto"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["estonian"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["estonien"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["ewe"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["éwé"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["faroese"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["féroïen"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["fidjien"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["fijian"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["finnish"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["finnois"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["français"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["french"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["frison occidental"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["fulah"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["gaélique écossais"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["galician"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["galicien"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["gallois"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["ganda"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["georgian"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["géorgien"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["german"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["goudjerati"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["grec"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["greek"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["groenlandais"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["guarani"] = { "الغوارانية", "gn"}, ["gujarati"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["haitian creole"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["haoussa"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["hausa"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["hébre"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["hebrew"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["herero"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["héréro"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["hindi"] = { "الهندية", "hi"}, ["hiri mot"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["hongrois"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["hungarian"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["icelandic"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["ido"] = { "الإيدو", "io"}, ["igbo"] = { "الإيجبو", "ig"}, ["ilocano"] = { "الإيلوكانوية", "ilo"}, ["indonesian"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["indonésien"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["interlingua"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["interlingue"] = { "الإنترلينج", "ie"}, ["inuktitut"] = { "الإنكتيتوتية", "iu"}, ["inupiaq"] = { "الإينبياك", "ik"}, ["irish"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["irlandais"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["islandais"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["italian"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["italien"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["japanese"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["japonais"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["javanais"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["javanese"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["kalaallisut"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["kannada"] = { "الكنادية", "kn"}, ["kanouri"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["kanuri"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["kashmiri"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["kazakh"] = { "القازاقية", "kk"}, ["khmer"] = { "الخميرية", "km"}, ["kikongo"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["kikuy"] = { "الكيكيو", "ki"}, ["kinyarwanda"] = { "الروندية", "rw"}, ["kirghize"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["kolsch"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["kölsch"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["komi"] = { "الكومية", "kv"}, ["kongo"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["korean"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["kuanyama"] = { "الكيونياما", "kj"}, ["kurde"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["kurdish"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["Kven"] = { "Kven", "fkv"}, ["kvensk"] = { "Kven", "fkv"}, ["kyrgyz"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["lao"] = { "اللاوية", "lo"}, ["latin"] = { "اللاتينية", "la"}, ["latvian"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["letton"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["limbourgeois"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["limburgish"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["lingala"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["lithuanian"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["lituanien"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["luba-katanga (kiluba)"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["luba-katanga"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["luxembourgeois"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["luxembourgish"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["macedonian"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["macédonien"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["malagasy"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["malais"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["malay"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["malayalam"] = { "الماليالامية", "ml"}, ["maldivien"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["malgache"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["maltais"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["maltese"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["mannois"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["manx"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["maori"] = { "الماورية", "mi"}, ["marathi"] = { "المراثية", "mr"}, ["marshallais"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["marshallese"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["moldovan"] = { "المولدوفية", "mo"}, ["mongol"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["mongolian"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["naur"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["nauruan"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["navajo"] = { "النافاجو", "nv"}, ["ndébélé du nord"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["ndébélé du sud"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["ndonga"] = { "الندونجا", "ng"}, ["néerlandais"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["népalais"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["nepali"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["north ndebele"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["northern sami"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["norvégien bokmål"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["norvégien nynorsk"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["norvégien"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["norwegian bokmål"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["norwegian nynorsk"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["norwegian"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["nyanja"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["occitan"] = { "القسطانية", "oc"}, ["odia"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["ojibwa"] = { "الأوجيبوا", "oj"}, ["oromo"] = { "الأورومية", "om"}, ["ossète"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["ossetic"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["ouïghour"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["ourdo"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["ouzbek"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["pachto"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["pali"] = { "البالية", "pi"}, ["pashto"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["pendjabi"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["persan"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["persian"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["peul"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["polish"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["polonais"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["portugais"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["portuguese"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["punjabi"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["quechua"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["ripuarian"] = { "الريبوارية", "mis-x-ripuar"}, ["romanche"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["romanian"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["romansh"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["roumain"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["roundi"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["rundi"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["russe"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["russian"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["same du nord"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["samoan"] = { "الساموية", "sm"}, ["sango"] = { "السانغوية", "sg"}, ["sanskrit"] = { "السنسكريتية", "sa"}, ["sarde"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["sardinian"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["scottish gaelic"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["serbe"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["serbian"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["serbo-croate"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["serbo-croatian"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["seselwa creole french"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["shona"] = { "الشونا", "sn"}, ["sichuan yi"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["sindhi"] = { "السندية", "sd"}, ["sinhala"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["slavon d’église"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["slovak"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["slovaque"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["slovène"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["slovenian"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["somali"] = { "الصومالية", "so"}, ["sotho du sud"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["soundanais"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["sundanese"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["south ndebele"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["southern sotho"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["spanish"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["suédois"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["swahili"] = { "السواحلية", "sw"}, ["swati"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["swedish"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["swiss high german"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", "de-ch"}, ["tadjik"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["tagalog"] = { "التاغالوغية", "tl"}, ["tahitian"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["tahitien"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["taiwanese hokkien"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["tajik"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["tamil"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["tamoul"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["tatar"] = { "التترية", "tt"}, ["tchèque"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["tchétchène"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["tchouvache"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["télougo"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["telug"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["thai"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["thaï"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["tibétain"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["tibetan"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["tigrigna"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["tigrinya"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["tongan"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["tongien"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["tosk albanian"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["tsonga"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["tswana"] = { "التسوانية", "tn"}, ["turc"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["turkish"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["turkmen"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["turkmène"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["twi"] = { "التوي", "tw"}, ["ukrainian"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["ukrainien"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["urd"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["uyghur"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["uzbek"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["valencian"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["venda"] = { "الفيندية", "ve"}, ["vietnamese"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["vietnamien"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["volapük"] = { "الفولابوكية", "vo"}, ["wallon"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["walloon"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["welsh"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["western frisian"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["wolof"] = { "الولوفية", "wo"}, ["xhosa"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["yi du sichuan"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["yiddish"] = { "اليديشية", "yi"}, ["yoruba"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, ["zhuang"] = { "الزهيونج", "za"}, ["zoulo"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["zul"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["أذرية الجنوب"] = { "أذرية الجنوب", "azb"}, ["إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية"] = { "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", "es_419"}, ["إسبانية المكسيك"] = { "إسبانية المكسيك", "es_mx"}, ["الآسامية"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["الآيسلندية"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["الآيكية"] = { "الآيكية", "ike"}, ["الأبخازية"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["الأديغية"] = { "الأديغية", "ady"}, ["الأذرية الجنوبية"] = { "أذرية الجنوب", "azb"}, ["الأذرية"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["الأراغونية"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["الأردوية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأردية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأرمنية"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["الأستورية"] = { "الأستورية", "ast"}, ["الأفريقانية"] = { "الأفريقانية", "af"}, ["الأفستية"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["الأكانية"] = { "الأكانية", "ak"}, ["الألبانية"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["الألمانية"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", "de-ch"}, ["الأمهرية"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["الأوارية"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["الأوجيبوا"] = { "الأوجيبوا", "oj"}, ["الأوردية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأورومية"] = { "الأورومية", "om"}, ["الأوريا"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["الأورية"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["الأوزبكية"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["الأوسيتية"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["الأوكرانية"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["الأويغورية"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["الأيرلندية"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["الأيمارا"] = { "الأيمارا", "ay"}, ["الإسبانية الأمريكية اللاتينية"] = { "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", "es_419"}, ["الإسبانية المكسيكية"] = { "إسبانية المكسيك", "es_mx"}, ["الإسبانية"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["الإسبرانتو"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["الإستونية"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["الإسكتلندية"] = { "الإسكتلندية", "sco"}, ["الإسكندنافية القديمة"] = { "النوردية القديمة", "non"}, ["الإسمبية"] = { "الإسمبية", "ags"}, ["الإغريقية"] = { "الإغريقية", "grc"}, ["الإنترلنغوا"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["الإنترلينج"] = { "الإنترلينج", "ie"}, ["الإنجليزية"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["الإنجليزية الأسترالية"] = { "الإنجليزية الأسترالية", "en-au"}, ["الإنجليزية الكندية"] = { "الإنجليزية الكندية", "en-ca"}, ["الإنجليزية البريطانية"] = {"الإنجليزية البريطانية", "en-gb"}, ["الإنجليزية البريطانية"] = {"الإنجليزية البريطانية", "en-uk"}, ["الإنجليزية الهندية"] = {"الإنجليزية الهندية", "en-in"}, ["الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية"] = {"الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية", "en-nz"}, ["الإنجليزية الأمريكية"] = { "الإنجليزية الأمريكية", "en-us"}, ["الإندونيسية"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["الإنكتيتوتية"] = { "الإنكتيتوتية", "iu"}, ["الإوية"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["الإيجبو"] = { "الإيجبو", "ig"}, ["الإيدو"] = { "الإيدو", "io"}, ["الإيطالية"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["الإيلوكانوية"] = { "الإيلوكانوية", "ilo"}, ["الإينبياك"] = { "الإينبياك", "ik"}, ["الاسكتلندية"] = { "الإسكتلندية", "sco"}, ["الباتاك التوبا"] = { "الباتاكية", "bbc"}, ["الباتاكية"] = { "الباتاكية", "bbc"}, ["الباشقيرية"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["البافارية"] = { "البافارية", "bar"}, ["البالية"] = { "البالية", "pi"}, ["البرتغالية البرازيلية"] = { "البرتغالية البرازيلية", "pt-br"}, ["البرتغالية"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["البريتانية"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["البريتونية"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["البسلاما"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["البشتوية"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["البشكنشية"] = { "البشكنشية", "eu"}, ["البلغارية"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["البلنسية"] = { "البلنسية", "ca-valencia"}, ["البمبرية"] = { "البمبرية", "bm"}, ["البنجابية"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["البنطسية"] = { "البنطسية", "pnt"}, ["البنغالية"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["البهارية"] = { "البهارية", "bh"}, ["البوجبورية"] = { "البوجبورية", "bho"}, ["البورمية"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["البوسنوية"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["البوسنية"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["البولندية"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["البونيقية"] = { "البونيقية", "xpu"}, ["البيسلامية"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["البيكولية الوسطى"] = { "البيكولية الوسطى", "bcl"}, ["البيلاروسية"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["التاغالوغية"] = { "التاغالوغية", "tl"}, ["التاميلية"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["التاهيتية"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["التايلندية"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["التبتية"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["التتارية القرمية"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["التترية"] = { "التترية", "tt"}, ["التركمانية"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["التركية"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["التسمورية"] = { "التسمورية", "ch"}, ["التسوانية"] = { "التسوانية", "tn"}, ["التسونجا"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["التسونجية"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["التشكتاوية"] = { "التشكتاوية", "cho"}, ["التشكطوية"] = { "التشكتاوية", "cho"}, ["التشوفاش"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["التشوفاشية"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["التشيكية"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["التشيلوبا"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["التغرينية"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["التوسك الألبانية"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["التولو"] = { "التولو", "tulu"}, ["التونغية"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["التوي"] = { "التوي", "tw"}, ["التيلوغوية"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["الجاندا"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["الجاندية"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["الجاوية"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["الجسرية"] = { "البنطسية", "pnt"}, ["الجليقية"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["الجنوبية البولشية"] = { "بلوشية الجنوب", "bcc"}, ["الجواني الكونكانية"] = { "الكونكانية", "gom"}, ["الجورجية"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["الخميرية"] = { "الخميرية", "km"}, ["الخوسية"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["الدزونكا"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["الدزونكية"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["الدنماركية"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["الديفهي"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["الروسية"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["الرومانشية"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["الرومانية"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["الروندية"] = { "الروندية", "rw"}, ["الريبوارية"] = { "الريبوارية", "mis-x-ripuar"}, ["الزهيونج"] = { "الزهيونج", "za"}, ["الزولوية"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["الساخية"] = { "الساخية", "sah"}, ["الساموية"] = { "الساموية", "sm"}, ["السامي الشمالية"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["السامية الجنوبية"] = { "سامية الجنوب", "sma"}, ["السانغوية"] = { "السانغوية", "sg"}, ["السردينية"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["السريانية"] = { "السريانية", "syc"}, ["السلافونية الكنسية القديمة"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["السلوفاكية"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["السلوفينية"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["السندية"] = { "السندية", "sd"}, ["السنسكريتية"] = { "السنسكريتية", "sa"}, ["السنهالية"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["السواحلية"] = { "السواحلية", "sw"}, ["السوازي"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["السوازية"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["السوتية"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["السوندية"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["السويدية"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["السيبونية"] = { "السيبيوانية", "ceb"}, ["الشونا"] = { "الشونا", "sn"}, ["الشيشانية"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["الصربوكرواتية"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", "sr-ec"}, ["الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", "sr-el"}, ["الصربية السيريلية"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", "sr-ec"}, ["الصربية اللاتينية"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", "sr-el"}, ["الصربية"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["الصندية"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["الصوربية السفلى"] = { "الصوربية السفلى", "dsb"}, ["الصومالية"] = { "الصومالية", "so"}, ["الصينية التقليدية"] = { "الصينية التقليدية", "zh-hant"}, ["الصينية المبسطة"] = { "الصينية المبسطة", "zh-hans"}, ["الصينية"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["الطاجيكية"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["الطبرية"] = { "الطبرية", "mzn"}, ["العبرية"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["العربية الشحية"] = { "اللهجة الشحية", "ssh"}, ["العربية الكريولية السودانية"] = { "اللهجة الكريولية", "pga"}, ["العربية"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["العفارية"] = { "العفارية", "aa"}, ["الغاليسية"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["الغرينلاندية"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["الغرينية"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["الغوارانية"] = { "الغوارانية", "gn"}, ["الغيرنزية"] = { "الغيرنزية", "nrf"}, ["الغيلية الاسكتلندية"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["الفارسية"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["الفاروية"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["الفرنسية السويسرية"] = { "فرنسية سويسرا", "fr_ch"}, ["الفرنسية الكندية"] = { "فرنسية كندا", "fr_ca"}, ["الفرنسية"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["الفريزية الغربية"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["الفريزية"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["الفلمنكية"] = { "الفلمنكية", "nl_be"}, ["الفنلندية"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["الفولابوكية"] = { "الفولابوكية", "vo"}, ["الفولانية"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["الفيتنامية"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["الفيجي الهندية"] = { "هندية فيجي", "hif"}, ["الفيجية"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["الفيندية"] = { "الفيندية", "ve"}, ["القازاقية"] = { "القازاقية", "kk"}, ["القبائلية (الجزائرية)"] = { "القبيلية", "kab"}, ["القبائلية ال(جزائرية)"] = { "القبيلية", "kab"}, ["القسطانية"] = { "القسطانية", "oc"}, ["القطلونية"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["القرغيزية"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["الكانتونية"] = { "الكانتونية", "zh-yue"}, ["الكانورية"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["الكتشوا"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["الكتشوية"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["الكجراتية"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["الكردية"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["الكرواتية"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["الكرية"] = { "الكرية", "cr"}, ["الكريولية السيشيلية"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["الكريولية الموريشية"] = { "كريولية موريشوس", "mfe"}, ["الكريولية الهايتية"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["الكشميرية الديفنغارية"] = { "ديفنغارية كشمير", "ks-deva"}, ["الكشميرية"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["الكلاسيكية الصينية"] = { "الصينية التقليدية", "zh-classical"}, ["الكنادية"] = { "الكنادية", "kn"}, ["الكنتونية"] = { "الكنتونية", "yue"}, ["الكهوار"] = { "الكهوارية", "khw"}, ["الكهوارية"] = { "الكهوارية", "khw"}, ["الكورسية"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["الكورنية"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["الكورية"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["الكولشية"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["الكولونيانية"] = { "الكولونيانية", "ksh-x-colog"}, ["الكومية"] = { "الكومية", "kv"}, ["الكونغو"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["الكونكانية"] = { "الكونكانية", "gom"}, ["الكيروندية"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["الكيكيو"] = { "الكيكيو", "ki"}, ["الكيونياما"] = { "الكيونياما", "kj"}, ["اللاتفية"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["اللاتينية"] = { "اللاتينية", "la"}, ["اللاوية"] = { "اللاوية", "lo"}, ["اللغات المتعددة"] = { "اللغات المتعددة", "mul"}, ["اللهجة الشحية"] = { "اللهجة الشحية", "ssh"}, ["اللهجة الكريولية"] = { "اللهجة الكريولية", "pga"}, ["اللوكسمبورغية"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["اللومباردية"] = { "اللومباردية", "lmo"}, ["الليتوانية"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["الليمبورغية"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["اللينغالا"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["اللينغالية"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["المابوتشية"] = { "المابوتشية", "arn"}, ["المارشالية"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["المالديفية"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["المالطية"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["الماليالامية"] = { "الماليالامية", "ml"}, ["الماورية"] = { "الماورية", "mi"}, ["المجرية"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["المراثية"] = { "المراثية", "mr"}, ["المقدونية"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["الملايوية"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["الملغاشية"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["المنغريلية"] = { "المنغريلية", "xmf"}, ["المنغولية"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["المنكية"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["المولدوفية"] = { "المولدوفية", "mo"}, ["المين-نان الصينية"] = { "مينانية الجنوب", "nan"}, ["النؤوسوية"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["النافاجو"] = { "النافاجو", "nv"}, ["الناورونية"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["الناوروية"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["الندونجا"] = { "الندونجا", "ng"}, ["النديبلي الجنوبية"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["النديبيل الشمالية"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["النرويجية البوكمول"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["النرويجية النينوشك"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["النرويجية"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["النوردية القديمة"] = { "النوردية القديمة", "non"}, ["النورمندية"] = { "الغيرنزية", "nrf"}, ["النيانجا"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["النيبالية"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["الهندية"] = { "الهندية", "hi"}, ["الهوسية"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["الهوكينة التايوانية"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["الهولندية"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["الهيري الموتو"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["الهيرية"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["الهيريرو"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["الوالونية"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["الولوفية"] = { "الولوفية", "wo"}, ["الويلزية الوسطى"] = { "الويلزية الوسطى", "wlm"}, ["الويلزية"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["اليابانية"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["اليديشية"] = { "اليديشية", "yi"}, ["اليوربا"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, ["اليونانية"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["بلوشية الجنوب"] = { "بلوشية الجنوب", "bcc"}, ["تتارية القرم"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["توسكية ألبانيا"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["ديفنغارية كشمير"] = { "ديفنغارية كشمير", "ks-deva"}, ["سامية الجنوب"] = { "سامية الجنوب", "sma"}, ["سامية الشمال"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["سلافية الكنسية"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["غير المعروفة"] = { "لغة غير معروفة", "und"}, ["غير معروفة"] = { "لغة غير معروفة", "und"}, ["غيلية إسكتنلدا"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["فرنسية سويسرا"] = { "فرنسية سويسرا", "fr_ch"}, ["فرنسية كندا"] = { "فرنسية كندا", "fr_ca"}, ["كرواتية صربيا"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["كريولية سيشيل"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["كريولية موريشوس"] = { "كريولية موريشوس", "mfe"}, ["كوسية"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["لغة وسيطة"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["مينانية الجنوب"] = { "مينانية الجنوب", "nan"}, ["نديبلي الجنوبية"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["هندية فيجي"] = { "هندية فيجي", "hif"}, ["هوكينية تايوان"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["يوروبية"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر باللغة $1 ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر بلغة أجنبية (أيزو 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['interproj-linked-name'] = 'الاستشهاد: أسماء بروابط مشاريع شقيقة interproject-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interproject link; $1 is interproject tag used as a sort key ['interwiki-linked-name'] = 'الاستشهاد:وصلات إنترويكي للأسماء|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interwiki link; $1 is interwiki tag used as a sort key; yeilds to interproject ['local-lang-source'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر باللغة $1 ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'اختبار مكان الاستشهاد', ['long-vol'] = 'الاستشهاد: قيمة المجلد طويلة', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر بخط اللغة $1 ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['tracked-param'] = 'وسيط استشهاد متتبع: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['unfit'] = 'الاستشهاد:رابط غير مناسب', -- |url-status=unfit or |url-status=usurped; used to be a maint cat ['vanc-accept'] = 'الاستشهاد:أسماء فانكوفر مع تمرير الترميز', -- for |vauthors=/|veditors= with accept-as-written markup ['year-range-abbreviated'] = "الاستشهاد: نطاق السنة المختصرة", -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form --#Added ['no_archive'] = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: استشهادات بمسارات غير مؤرشفة' } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'تقارير إعلامية', ['document'] = 'وثيقة', ['interview'] = 'مقابلة', ['mailinglist'] = 'قائمة بريد', ['map'] = 'خريطة', ['podcast'] = 'بث صوتي', ['pressrelease'] = 'بيان صحفي', ['report'] = 'تقرير', ['speech'] = 'خطاب', ['techreport'] = 'تقرير فني', ['thesis'] = 'أطروحة', } --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ K N O W N _ F R E E _ D O I _ R E G I S T R A N T S _ T A B L E >-- build a table of doi registrants known to be free-to-read In a doi, the registrant ID is the series of digits between the '10.' and the first '/': in doi 10.1100/sommat, 1100 is the registrant ID see §3.2.2 DOI prefix of the Doi Handbook p. 43 https://www.doi.org/doi-handbook/DOI_Handbook_Final.pdf#page=43 ]] local function build_free_doi_registrants_table() local registrants_t = {}; for _, v in ipairs ({ '1045', '1074', '1096', '1100', '1155', '1186', '1194', '1371', '1613', '1629', '1989', '1999', '2147', '2196', '3285', '3389', '3390', '3906', '3748', '3814', '3847', '3897', '4061', '4089', '4103', '4172', '4175', '4230', '4236', '4239', '4240', '4249', '4251', '4252', '4253', '4254', '4291', '4292', '4329', '4330', '4331', '5086', '5194', '5210', '5306', '5312', '5313', '5314', '5315', '5316', '5317', '5318', '5319', '5320', '5321', '5334', '5402', '5409', '5410', '5411', '5412', '5492', '5493', '5494', '5495', '5496', '5497', '5498', '5499', '5500', '5501', '5527', '5528', '5662', '6064', '6219', '7167', '7217', '7287', '7482', '7490', '7554', '7717', '7759', '7766', '9778', '11131', '11569', '11647', '11648', '12688', '12703', '12715', '12942', '12998', '13105', '14256', '14293', '14303', '15215', '15347', '15412', '15560', '16995', '17645', '18637', '19080', '19173', '20944', '21037', '21105', '21468', '21767', '21425', '22261', '22323', '22459', '24105', '24196', '24966', '26775', '30845', '32545', '35711', '35712', '35713', '35995', '36648', '37126', '37532', '37871', '47128', '47622', '47959', '52437', '52975', '53288', '53347', '54081', '54947', '55667', '55914', '57009', '58647', '59081', }) do registrants_t[v] = true; -- build a k/v table of known free-to-read doi registrants end return registrants_t; end -- known free registrants identifiable by the doi suffix incipit local extended_registrants_t = { -- doi suffix incipits are evaluated as lua patterns ['1002'] = {'aelm', 'leap', 'loe2%.', 'lol2%.'}, -- Advanced Electronic Materials, Learned Publishing, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Letters ['1016'] = {'j%.aace', 'j%.aed', 'j%.aiopen', 'j%.animal', 'j%.apsb', 'j%.addicn', -- AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AI Open, Animal, Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica B, Addiction Neuroscience 'j%.abrep', 'j%.gpb', 'j%.heliyon', 'j%.nlp', 'j%.patter', 'j%.proche', -- Addictive Behaviors Reports, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics after 2015, Heliyon, Natural Language Processing, Patterns, Procedia Chemistry 'j%.vgie', 'S1672-0229'}, -- VideoGIE, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics before 2015 ['1017'] = {'apj%.', 'nlp', 'mdh', 'S15574660'}, -- Natural Language Processing Journal, Medical History, Asia Pacific Journal ['1046'] = {'j%.1365-8711', 'j%.1365-246x'}, -- MNRAS, GJI ['1021'] = {'acscentsci', 'acsomega'}, -- ACS Central Science, ACS Omega ['1093'] = {'mnras', 'mnrasl', 'gji', 'pnasnexus', 'rasti'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI, PNAS Nexus, RASTI ['1098'] = {'rsbm', 'rsob', 'rsos'}, -- Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, Open Biology, Royal Society Open Science ['1099'] = {'acmi', 'mic', '00221287', 'mgen'}, -- Access Microbiology, Microbiology, Journal of General Microbiology, Microbial Genomics ['1107'] = {'S20569890', 'S20522525', 'S16005775', 'S24143146'}, -- Acta Crystallographica E, IUCrJ, Journal of Synchrotron Radiation, IUCrData ['1109'] = {'oa', 'oj'}, -- IEEE Open Access..., IEEE Open Journal... ['1111'] = {'aogs', 'j%.1365-2966', 'j%.1745-3933', 'j%.1365-246X'}, -- Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI ['1128'] = {'asmcr', 'jmbe', 'mbio', 'mra', 'spectrum', 'msphere', 'msystems'}, --ASM Case Reports, Journal of Microbiology & Biology Education, mBio, Microbiology Resource Announcements, Microbiology Spectrum, mSphere, mSystems ['1136'] = {'bmjopen'}, -- BMJ Open ['1140'] = {'epjc'}, -- European Physical Journal C ['1192'] = {'bjo'}, -- BJPsych Open ['1210'] = {'jendso','jcemcr'}, -- Journal of the Endocrine Society, JCEM Case Reports ['1215'] = {'21573689', '21573698'}, -- L&O Fluids ['1590'] = {'0102-3306'}, -- Acta Botanica Brasilica ['4171'] = {'dm','mag'}, -- Documenta Mathematica, EMS Magazine ['4319'] = {'lo%.', 'lol%.', 'lom%.'}, -- L&O, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Methods ['5852'] = {'ejt'}, -- European Journal of Taxonomy ['7155'] = {'jgaa'}, -- Journal of Graph Algorithms and Applications ['11158'] = {'saasp'}, -- Systematic and Applied Acarology Special Publications ['11646'] = {'megataxa', 'mesozoic'}, -- Megataxa, Mesozoic ['14231'] = {'ag'}, -- Algebraic Geometry ['15446'] = {'abc'}, -- Acta Biológica Colombiana ['17239'] = {'jowr'}, -- Journal of Writing Research ['22073'] = {'pja'}, -- Persian Journal of Acarology ['24310'] = {'abm'}, -- Acta Botanica Malacitana ['24425'] = {'agp'}, -- Acta Geologica Polonica ['35249'] = {'rche'}, -- Revista Chilena de Entomología ['37520'] = {'fi'}, -- Fossil Imprint ['53562'] = {'ajcb'} -- Asian Journal of Conservation Biology } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L E M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'حرف غير صالح', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= empty_str = '(نص فارغ)', -- empty unknown parameter check when cite has |= ['flag'] = 'علامة', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'تقديم غير صالح', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'معرف مجموعة غير صالح', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'بادئات', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'كود لغة غير صالح', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'دورية محكمة', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'طول', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'فاصلة مفقودة', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'بادئة مفقودة', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'قسم العنوان مفقود', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'اسم', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'حرف غير لاتيني', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'مسار', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'بادئة غير صالحة', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'علامة ترقيم', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'أمر حفظ', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'لاحقة', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'تاريخ', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'كود لغة مجهول', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'قيمة', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'سنة', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- جدول شروط الأخطاء. يتكون هذا الجدول من قسمين: أخطاء في الأعلى ، صيانة في الأسفل. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: صفحات تحتوي مراجع ويب بتاريخ وصول وبدون مسار', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'استعمال الخط المائل أو الغليظ غير مسموح: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ترميز', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code>', anchor = 'archive_date_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ-الأرشيف=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code> لا يتطابقان في الوقت، المقترح $1', anchor = 'archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ أرشيف=</code>', -- $1 is |archive-url= anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code>', -- $1 is |archive-url= anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code> غير صحيح: $1', -- a $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أرخايف', hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أرخايف', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', anchor = 'bad_asin', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code>', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: بيب كود', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> ', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code>', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'تحقق من التاريخ في: $1', --the $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: التاريخ', hidden = true }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دوي', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> القيمة: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ردمك', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code>', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code>', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code>', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: كونغرس', hidden = false }, err_bad_medrxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_medrxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: medRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code>', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أكلس', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المكتبة المفتوحة', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code>', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وصلة', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ببمد سنترال', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ببمد', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code>', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'تأكد من قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code>: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'تحقق من قيمة $1', anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المسار', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code>', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: معرف الرسالة', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 بحاجة لعنوان', -- a $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: قصور في مسار ', hidden = false }, --#Added err_wikidata_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 بحاجة لعنوان', -- a $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: من ويكي بيانات: قصور في مسار', hidden = true }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الفصل تم تجاهله', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> غير موجود أو فارغ', --a $1 is parameter name 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>' anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الافتقار إلى عنوان', hidden = false }, --#Added err_wikidata_citation_missing_title = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> غير موجود أو فارغ (من ويكي بيانات)', --a $1 is parameter name 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>' anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: من ويكي بيانات: الافتقار إلى عنوان', hidden = true }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code> غير موجود أو فارع', --a 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: يتطلب مسار', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code>', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code>', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مشاركون', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مشاركون', hidden = false }, --#Added err_date_in_hijri_date_param = { message = 'تاريخ ميلادي في <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>، استعمل وسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'date_in_hijri_date_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ ميلادي في وسيط تاريخ هجري', hidden = false }, --#Added err_date_hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded = { message = 'تاريخ ميلادي لا يتوافق مع التاريخ الهجري', anchor = 'hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: التاريخ الميلادي لا يتوافق مع التاريخ الهجري', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'الاستشهاد يستخدم وسيط مهمل <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط مستغى عنها', -- CS1 errors: hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code> غير صالح', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'إظهار-الأسماء', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: إظهار الأسماء', --display-names hidden = false }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دوي', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'استشهاد فارغ!', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: استشهاد فارغ', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: استخدام (وآخرون - et al.)', -- CS1 errors: Explicit use of et al. hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;طبعة=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: طبعة', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: العدد', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: الصفحات', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: المجلد', hidden = true }, err_first_missing_last = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يفتقد <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم مفقود', --- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: صيغة المسار ذكرت دون المسار', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> باسم عام', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم عام', hidden = false }, err_generic_title = { message = 'الاستشهاد يستخدم عنوان عام', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عنوان عام', hidden = false }, --#Added err_hijri_date_in_date_param = { message = 'تاريخ هجري في <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>، استعمل وسيط <code class="cs1-code">تاريخ هجري=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'hijri_date_in_date_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ هجري في حقل تاريخ ميلادي', -- CS1 errors: param-access hidden = false }, err_invalid_isbn_date = { message = 'لا توافق بين ردمك والتاريخ', anchor = 'invalid_isbn_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد:تاريخ ردمك', hidden = true }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code> غير صالح', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: قيمة غير صالحة لوسيط', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 في $2 في مكان $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: حروف غير مرئية', hidden = false }, err_medrxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'medrxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: medRxiv', -- same as bad medRxiv hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code> مفقود', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم مفقود', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'الاستشهاد ب$1 يطلب <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دورية مفقودة', hidden = true }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'عمود مفقود في: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عمود مفقود', hidden = false }, err_missing_publisher = { message = 'استشهاد $1 يتطلب <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical publisher parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_publisher', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الناشر مفقود', hidden = false }, err_numeric_names = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي أسماء رقمية', -- $1 is parameter name', anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أسماء رقمية', hidden = false, }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ الوصول', -- CS1 errors: param-access hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'روابط خارجية في <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: روابط خارجية', hidden = false }, err_param_has_twl_url = { message = 'وصلة مكتبة ويكيبيديا في <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_twl_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المسار', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لأنه غير معروف', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مدعومة', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لأنه غير معروف، ويقترح استخدام <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مدعومة', hidden = false }, err_periodical_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'periodical_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تجاهل الدورية', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'الوسيط $1 تكرر أكثر من مرة', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط مكررة', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'الوسيط غير صالح <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل النص "$1"', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مسماه', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> أو <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عنوان مترجم دون العنوان الأصلي', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'يحتوي الاستشهاد على وسيط غير معروف وفارغ$1: $2', --a $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير معروفة فارغة', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أسلوب فانكوفر', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'تعارض مسار مع وصلة', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تعارض مسار مع وصلة', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archive_origin = { message = nil, anchor = 'archive_origin', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مصدر الأرشيف', hidden = true, }, maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: الأرشيف كعنوان', hidden = true, }, maint_bibcode = { message = nil, anchor = 'bibcode', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: bibcode', hidden = true, }, maint_location_no_publisher = { -- cite book, conference, encyclopedia; citation as book cite or encyclopedia cite message = nil, anchor = 'location_no_publisher', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان بدون ناشر', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: BOT: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تنسيق التاريخ', hidden = true }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: التاريخ والسنة', hidden = true }, maint_deprecated_archive = { message = nil, anchor = 'deprecated_archive', category = 'صيانة الأرشيف:خدمة أرشيف مستغنى عنها', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ دوي', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وصلة دوي غير نشطة', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وصلة دوي غير نشطة منذ $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_doi_unflagged_free = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_unflagged_free', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: دوي مجاني غير معلم', hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: علامات ترقيم زائدة', hidden = true, }, maint_id_limit_load_fail = { -- applies to all cs1|2 templates on a page; message = nil, -- maint message (category link) never emitted anchor = 'id_limit_load_fail', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:فشل في تحميل حد المعرف', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ ردمك', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ ISSN', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان', hidden = true, }, maint_missing_class = { message = nil, anchor = 'missing_class', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:تصنيف مفقود', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: أسماء متعددة: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: أسماء عددية: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: آخرون', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true }, maint_overridden_setting = { message = nil, anchor = 'overridden', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: overridden setting', hidden = true, }, maint_page_art_num = { message = nil, anchor = 'page_art_num', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: رقم المقال على أنه رقم صفحة', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تنسيق PMC', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_publisher_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'publisher_location', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان الناشر', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_shortened_archive_url = { message = nil, anchor = 'shortened_archive_url', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مسار أرشيف مختصر', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: لغة غير مدعومة', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: دورية دون عنوان', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_work_isbn = { message = nil, anchor = 'work_isbn', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وسيط العمل ردمك', hidden = true, }, maint_year= { message = nil, anchor = 'year', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:السنة', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ L I M I T S _ D A T A _ T >---------------------------------------------- fetch id limits for certain identifiers from c:Data:CS1/Identifier limits.tab. This source is a json tabular data file maintained at wikipedia commons. Convert the json format to a table of k/v pairs. The values from <id_limits_data_t> are used to set handle.id_limit. From 2025-02-21, MediaWiki is broken. Use this link to edit the tablular data file: https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab&action=edit See Phab:T389105 ]] local id_limits_data_t = {}; local use_commons_data = true; -- set to false if your wiki does not have access to mediawiki commons; then, if false == use_commons_data then -- update this table from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab; last update: 2025-02-21 id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = 10450000000, ['OSTI'] = 23010000, ['PMC'] = 11900000, ['PMID'] = 40400000, ['RFC'] = 9300, ['SSRN'] = 5200000, ['S2CID'] = 276000000}; -- this table must be maintained locally else -- here for wikis that do have access to mediawiki commons local load_fail_limit = 99999999999; -- very high number to avoid error messages on load failure id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = load_fail_limit, ['OSTI'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMC'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMID'] = load_fail_limit, ['RFC'] = load_fail_limit, ['SSRN'] = load_fail_limit, ['S2CID'] = load_fail_limit}; local id_limits_data_load_fail = false; -- flag; assume that we will be successful when loading json id limit tabular data if mw.ext.data == nil then id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- safeguard against Lua errors if mw.ext.data is not available for some reason else local tab_data_t = mw.ext.data.get ('CS1/Identifier limits.tab'); -- attempt to load the tabular data from commons into <tab_data_t> if false == tab_data_t then -- undocumented 'feature': mw.ext.data.get() sometimes returns false id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- set the flag so that Module:Citation/CS1 can create an unannotated maint category else for _, limit_t in ipairs (tab_data_t.data) do -- overwrite default <load_fail_limit> values from the data table in the tabular data id_limits_data_t[limit_t[1]] = limit_t[2]; -- <limit[1]> is identifier; <limit[2]> is upper limit for that identifier end end end end --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'أرخايف', 'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'أرخايف', redirect = 'أرخايف', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = {'asin', 'ASIN'}, link = 'رقم_تعريف_أمازون_القياسي', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = ':', encode = false }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'بيب_كود', 'bibcode'}, link = 'بيب_كود', redirect = 'بيب كود', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'بيوركسيف', redirect = 'بيوركسيف', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'سايت سير إكس', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'دوي', 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'معرف الغرض الرقمي', redirect = 'معرف الغرض الرقمي', q = 'Q25670', label = 'DOI', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'الرقم الدولي الموحد للدوريات', redirect = 'رقم الدوريات المعياري الدولي', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://portal.issn.org/resource/ISSN/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = {'hdl', 'HDL'}, link = 'نظام المقبض', redirect = 'نظام المقبض', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN', 'ردمك'}, link = 'النظام القياسي الدولي لترقيم الكتب', redirect = 'النظام القياسي الدولي لترقيم الكتب', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = ':', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'اسمن', 'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'رقم دولي معياري للموسيقى', redirect = 'رقم دولي معياري للموسيقى', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = ':' }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'الرقم التسلسلي القياسي الدولي', redirect = 'الرقم التسلسلي القياسي الدولي', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://portal.issn.org/resource/ISSN/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = ':' }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', redirect = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'جايستور', 'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'جايستور', redirect = 'جايستور', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'كونغرس', 'LCCN', 'lccn'}, link = 'رقم الضبط في مكتبة الكونغرس', redirect = 'رقم الضبط في مكتبة الكونغرس', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['MEDRXIV'] = { parameters = {'medrxiv'}, link = 'medRxiv', redirect = 'medRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q58465838', label = 'medRxiv', prefix = 'https://www.medrxiv.org/content/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'المراجعات_الرياضياتية', redirect = 'المراجعات الرياضياتية', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'أكلس', 'OCLC', 'oclc'}, link = 'مركز_المكتبة_الرقمية_على_الإنترنت', redirect = 'مركز المكتبة الرقمية على الإنترنت', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OCLC or 0, }, ['OL'] = { parameters = {'المكتبة_المفتوحة', 'ol', 'OL'}, link = 'المكتبة_المفتوحة', redirect = 'المكتبة المفتوحة', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OSTI or 0, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'ببمد_سنترال', 'PMC', 'pmc'}, link = 'ببمد_سنترال', redirect = 'ببمد سنترال', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'ببمد', redirect = 'ببمد', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMID or 0, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'طلب_تعليقات', 'RFC', 'rfc'}, link = 'طلب_تعليقات', redirect = 'طلب تعليقات', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.RFC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'رقم الكتاب المعياري الدولي', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'رقم الكتاب المعياري الدولي', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = ':' }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'شبكة أبحاث العلوم الاجتماعية', redirect = 'شبكة أبحاث العلوم الاجتماعية', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.SSRN or 0, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'سيمانتك سكولر', redirect = 'سيمانتك سكولر', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.S2CID or 0, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'يوزنت', redirect = 'يوزنت', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = ':', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL'}, link = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', redirect = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = false, -- booleans defined in the settings at the top of this module local_lang_cat_enable = false, date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false, date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false, enable_sort_keys = enable_sort_keys, suppress_archive_today_urls = suppress_archive_today_urls, -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded dependencies_t = dependencies_t, -- used to suppress parameters dependent on url-holding parameters holding archive.today urls enum_needs_xlation = '1' ~= date_names.xlate_digits['1'], -- to avoid unnecessary enumerator translation --#Modified global_df = 'dmy-ly',--get_date_format(), -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded global_cs1_config_t = global_cs1_config_t, -- global settings from {{cs1 config}} id_limits_data_load_fail = id_limits_data_load_fail, -- true when commons tabular identifier-limit data fails to load known_free_doi_registrants_t = build_free_doi_registrants_table(), punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), archive_today_tlds_t = {['today'] = true, ['ph'] = true, ['is'] = true, ['md'] = true, ['li'] = true, ['fo'] = true, ['vn'] = true}; -- used by is_archive_today_url() name_space_sort_keys = name_space_sort_keys, aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, extended_registrants_t = extended_registrants_t, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_tag_remap = lang_tag_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, url_access_map_t = url_access_map_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } ow2wvkwoar4sizi651rvj8uz47i2x8p 828 214428 1097952 1003814 2026-08-03T19:34:54Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث من الملعب 1097952 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments_t = { ['noltr'] = true, --# Added by Mr. Ibrahem to stop ltr formatting ['access-date'] = true, ['accessdate'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value ['article-url-access'] = true, ['article-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin-tld'] = true, ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hijri-date'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['medrxiv'] = true, -- cite medrxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['script-encyclopedia'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title-link'] = true, ['title-note'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['trans-encyclopedia'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['wikidatacite'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, ["air-date"] = true, ["airdate"] = true, ["credits"] = true, ["episode-link"] = true, ["mailing-list"] = true, ["nopp"] = true, ["آخرون"] = true, ["أخير"] = true, ["أرخايف"] = true, ["أرقام الصفحات"] = true, ["أرقم صفحات"] = true, ["أشخاص"] = true, ["أكلس"] = true, ["أول"] = true, ["إصدار"] = true, ["إظهار المؤلفين"] = true, ["إظهار المحررين"] = true, ["إظهار-المؤلفين"] = true, ["إظهار-المحررين"] = true, ["اخير"] = true, ["اسم الصحيفة"] = true, ["اسم المجلة"] = true, ["اسم المعجم"] = true, ["اسم الموسوعة"] = true, ["اسمن"] = true, ["اصدار"] = true, ["اقتباس"] = true, ["الأخير"] = true, ["الأول"] = true, ["الإصدار"] = true, ["الاصدار"] = true, ["الاول"] = true, ["التاريخ"] = true, ["التاريخ الهجري"] = true, ["التسجيل"] = true, ["التنسيق"] = true, ["الجزء"] = true, ["السنة"] = true, ["الصفحات"] = true, ["الصفحة"] = true, ["الصيغة"] = true, ["الطبعة"] = true, ["العدد"] = true, ["العمل"] = true, ["العنوان الأجنبي"] = true, ["العنوان المترجم"] = true, ["العنوان بالعربي"] = true, ["العنوان"] = true, ["الفصل"] = true, ["القائمة البريدية"] = true, ["اللغة"] = true, ["المؤسسة"] = true, ["المؤلف"] = true, ["المؤلفون"] = true, ["المؤلفين"] = true, ["المترجم-الأخير"] = true, ["المترجم-الأول"] = true, ["المترجم-وصلة"] = true, ["المترجم"] = true, ["المجلد"] = true, ["المحاور"] = true, ["المحاورون"] = true, ["المحرر"] = true, ["المحقق"] = true, ["المسار"] = true, ["المصدر"] = true, ["المعرف"] = true, ["المقر"] = true, ["المقياس"] = true, ["المكان"] = true, ["المكتبة_المفتوحة"] = true, ["الموزع"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["الموقع"] = true, ["الناشر"] = true, ["النوع"] = true, ["الوقت"] = true, ["اول"] = true, ["ببمد_سنترال"] = true, ["بيب_كود"] = true, ["تاريخ أرشيف"] = true, ["تاريخ الأرشيف"] = true, ["تاريخ النشر"] = true, ["تاريخ الوصول"] = true, ["تاريخ هجري"] = true, ["تاريخ وصول"] = true, ["تاريخ-الأرشيف"] = true, ["تاريخ-النشر"] = true, ["تاريخ-الوصول"] = true, ["تاريخ"] = true, ["تنسيق الفصل"] = true, ["تنسيق"] = true, ["ج"] = true, ["جايستور"] = true, ["جريدة"] = true, ["حالة المسار"] = true, ["دقيقة"] = true, ["دورية محكمة"] = true, ["دورية"] = true, ["دوي"] = true, ["ردمك"] = true, ["رقم الصفحة"] = true, ["رقم الطبعة"] = true, ["رقم صفحة"] = true, ["رقم-المقالة"] = true, ["سلسلة"] = true, ["سنة النشر الأصلية"] = true, ["سنة"] = true, ["ص"] = true, ["صحيفة"] = true, ["صفحات"] = true, ["صفحة"] = true, ["صيغة الأرشيف"] = true, ["صيغة الفصل"] = true, ["صيغة-الأرشيف"] = true, ["صيغة-الفصل"] = true, ["صيغة"] = true, ["طبعة"] = true, ["طلب_تعليقات"] = true, ["عبر"] = true, ["عدة مؤلفين"] = true, ["عدة محررين"] = true, ["عمل"] = true, ["عنوان أجنبي"] = true, ["عنوان مترجم"] = true, ["عنوان"] = true, ["في"] = true, ["كونغرس"] = true, ["لغة"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف-قناع"] = true, ["مؤلف-وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف"] = true, ["مترجم الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم الأول"] = true, ["مترجم وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم-الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم-الأول"] = true, ["مترجم-قناع"] = true, ["مترجم-وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم"] = true, ["مجلة"] = true, ["محرر الأخير"] = true, ["محرر الأول"] = true, ["محرر وصلة"] = true, ["محرر-الأخير"] = true, ["محرر-الأول"] = true, ["محرر-قناع"] = true, ["محرر-وصلة"] = true, ["محرر"] = true, ["مرجع"] = true, ["مسار أرشيف"] = true, ["مسار الأرشيف"] = true, ["مسار الفصل"] = true, ["مسار-الأرشيف"] = true, ["مسار-الفصل"] = true, ["مسار"] = true, ["مشارك-الأخير"] = true, ["مشارك-الأول"] = true, ["مشارك-قناع"] = true, ["مشارك-وصلة"] = true, ["مشارك"] = true, ["مصدر"] = true, ["مقر"] = true, ["مكان النشر"] = true, ["مكان-النشر"] = true, ["مكان"] = true, ["من عمل"] = true, ["موسوعة"] = true, ["موقع"] = true, ["ناشر"] = true, ["وصلة الحلقة"] = true, ["وصلة العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة المؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة المترجم"] = true, ["وصلة المحرر"] = true, ["وصلة مؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة مترجم"] = true, ["وصلة محرر"] = true, ["وصلة-العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة-المؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة-المترجم"] = true, ["وصلة-المحرر"] = true, ["وصلة-مؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة-مترجم"] = true, ["وصلة-محرر"] = true, ["وصلة"] = true, ["وكالة"] = true, } local numbered_arguments_t = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, ["أخير#"] = true, ["أول#"] = true, ["اخير#"] = true, ["الأخير#"] = true, ["الأول#"] = true, ["الاول#"] = true, ["المؤلف#"] = true, ["المترجم#"] = true, ["المترجم#-الأخير"] = true, ["المترجم#-الأول"] = true, ["المترجم#-وصلة"] = true, ["المترجم-الأخير#"] = true, ["المترجم-الأول#"] = true, ["المحرر#"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["اول#"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير#"] = true, ["مؤلف الأول#"] = true, ["مؤلف#"] = true, ["مؤلف# الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف# الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف# وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف#-الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف#-الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف#-قناع"] = true, ["مؤلف#-وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير#"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأول#"] = true, ["مترجم الأخير#"] = true, ["مترجم الأول#"] = true, ["مترجم#"] = true, ["مترجم# الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم# الأول"] = true, ["مترجم# وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم#-الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم#-الأول"] = true, ["مترجم#-قناع"] = true, ["مترجم#-وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم-الأخير#"] = true, ["مترجم-الأول#"] = true, ["محرر الأخير#"] = true, ["محرر الأول#"] = true, ["محرر#"] = true, ["محرر# الأخير"] = true, ["محرر# الأول"] = true, ["محرر# وصلة"] = true, ["محرر#-الأخير"] = true, ["محرر#-الأول"] = true, ["محرر#-قناع"] = true, ["محرر#-وصلة"] = true, ["محرر-الأخير#"] = true, ["محرر-الأول#"] = true, ["محرر-وصلة#"] = true, ["مشارك#"] = true, ["مشارك#-الأخير"] = true, ["مشارك#-الأول"] = true, ["مشارك#-قناع"] = true, ["مشارك#-وصلة"] = true, ["مشارك-الأخير#"] = true, ["مشارك-الأول#"] = true, ["وصلة المؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة المترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة المحرر#"] = true, ["وصلة مؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة مترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة محرر#"] = true, ["وصلة-المؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة-المترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة-المحرر#"] = true, ["وصلة-مؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة-مترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة-محرر#"] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments_t = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ["أرخايف"] = true, ["صنف"] = true, ["صنف الأرشيف"] = true, }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, medrxiv = { ['medrxiv'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. This list of parameters also used by {{cite document}} Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments_t = { ['at'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, ["air-date"] = true, ["airdate"] = true, ["credits"] = true, ["display-subjects"] = true, ["host"] = true, ["lang"] = true, ["people"] = true, ["subject-link"] = true, ["subject-mask"] = true, ["subject"] = true, ["أخير"] = true, ["أرقام الصفحات"] = true, ["أرقم صفحات"] = true, ["أشخاص"] = true, ["أول"] = true, ["إظهار المؤلفين"] = true, ["إظهار-المؤلفين"] = true, ["اخير"] = true, ["اقتباس"] = true, ["الأخير"] = true, ["الأول"] = true, ["الاول"] = true, ["التاريخ"] = true, ["السنة"] = true, ["الصفحات"] = true, ["الصفحة"] = true, ["العنوان الأجنبي"] = true, ["العنوان المترجم"] = true, ["العنوان بالعربي"] = true, ["العنوان"] = true, ["اللغة"] = true, ["المؤلف"] = true, ["المؤلفون"] = true, ["المؤلفين"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["اول"] = true, ["تاريخ"] = true, ["رقم الصفحة"] = true, ["رقم صفحة"] = true, ["سنة"] = true, ["ص"] = true, ["صفحات"] = true, ["صفحة"] = true, ["عدة مؤلفين"] = true, ["عنوان أجنبي"] = true, ["عنوان مترجم"] = true, ["عنوان"] = true, ["في"] = true, ["لغة"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف-قناع"] = true, ["مؤلف-وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف"] = true, ["مرجع"] = true, ["وصلة المؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة مؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة-المؤلف"] = true, ["وصلة-مؤلف"] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments_t = { ['author-first#'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ["host#"] = true, ["subject-link#"] = true, ["subject-mask#"] = true, ["subject#-link"] = true, ["subject#-mask"] = true, ["subject#"] = true, ["أخير#"] = true, ["أول#"] = true, ["اخير#"] = true, ["الأخير#"] = true, ["الأول#"] = true, ["الاول#"] = true, ["المؤلف#"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["اول#"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير#"] = true, ["مؤلف الأول#"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير#"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأول#"] = true, ["مؤلف# الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف# الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف# وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف#-الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف#-الأول"] = true, ["مؤلف#-قناع"] = true, ["مؤلف#-وصلة"] = true, ["مؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة المؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة مؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة-المؤلف#"] = true, ["وصلة-مؤلف#"] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments_t = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ["booktitle"] = true, ["اسم المؤتمر"] = true, ["اسم-المؤتمر"] = true, ["عنوان الكتاب"] = true, ["عنوان المؤتمر"] = true, ["مسار المؤتمر"] = true, ["مسار-المؤتمر"] = true, }, episode = { ['air-date'] = true, ['airdate'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ["authors"] = true, ["date"] = true, ["host"] = true, ["people"] = true, ["title-link"] = true, ["أشخاص"] = true, ["التاريخ"] = true, ["الشبكة"] = true, ["المؤلفون"] = true, ["المؤلفين"] = true, ["الموسم"] = true, ["تاريخ"] = true, ["رقم سلسلة"] = true, ["رقم-سلسلة"] = true, ["محطة"] = true, ["مسار المسلسل"] = true, ["وصلة الحلقة"] = true, ["وصلة العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة سلسلة"] = true, ["وصلة-العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة-سلسلة"] = true, ["author"] = true, ["author-last"] = true, ["author-surname"] = true, ["last"] = true, ["subject"] = true, ["surname"] = true, ["أخير"] = true, ["اخير"] = true, ["الأخير"] = true, ["المؤلف"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["مؤلف"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير"] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, ["القائمة البريدية"] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, ["أوراق"] = true, ["الأقسام"] = true, ["الخريطة"] = true, ["صيغة الخريطة"] = true, ["مجموعة"] = true, ["مسار الخريطة"] = true, ["ورقة"] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, ["اسم المجموعة"] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['air-date'] = true, ['airdate'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['network'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, ["authors"] = true, ["date"] = true, ["host"] = true, ["people"] = true, ["title-link"] = true, ["أشخاص"] = true, ["التاريخ"] = true, ["الحلقة"] = true, ["الشبكة"] = true, ["المؤلفون"] = true, ["المؤلفين"] = true, ["تاريخ"] = true, ["محطة"] = true, ["مسار المسلسل"] = true, ["وصلة الحلقة"] = true, ["وصلة العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة سلسلة"] = true, ["وصلة-العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة-سلسلة"] = true, ["author"] = true, ["author-last"] = true, ["author-surname"] = true, ["last"] = true, ["subject"] = true, ["surname"] = true, ["أخير"] = true, ["اخير"] = true, ["الأخير"] = true, ["المؤلف"] = true, ["الموضوع"] = true, ["مؤلف"] = true, ["مؤلف الأخير"] = true, ["مؤلف-الأخير"] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ["اسم المؤتمر"] = true, ["مسار المؤتمر"] = true, ["اسم-المؤتمر"] = true, ["مسار-المؤتمر"] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, ["الدرجة"] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ D O C U M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Special case for cite document. This template takes the limited basic and limited enumerated parameters plus others that are apply only to standalone published sources that cannot be cited any other way; no url, book, periodical, etc parameters; limited support for name lists and named identifiers. when validating parameters in {{cite document}} templates, the basic and ]] local document_arguments_t = { ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, ["episode-link"] = true, ["institution"] = true, ["language"] = true, ["medium"] = true, ["nopp"] = true, ["اللغة"] = true, ["المؤسسة"] = true, ["المترجم-الأخير"] = true, ["المترجم-الأول"] = true, ["المترجم-وصلة"] = true, ["المترجم"] = true, ["المصدر"] = true, ["المعرف"] = true, ["المقر"] = true, ["المكان"] = true, ["الموزع"] = true, ["الناشر"] = true, ["النوع"] = true, ["بيب_كود"] = true, ["دوي"] = true, ["سنة النشر الأصلية"] = true, ["لغة"] = true, ["مترجم الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم الأول"] = true, ["مترجم وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم-الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم-الأول"] = true, ["مترجم-قناع"] = true, ["مترجم-وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم"] = true, ["مصدر"] = true, ["مقر"] = true, ["مكان"] = true, ["ناشر"] = true, ["وصلة الحلقة"] = true, ["وصلة العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة المترجم"] = true, ["وصلة مترجم"] = true, ["وصلة-العنوان"] = true, ["وصلة-المترجم"] = true, ["وصلة-مترجم"] = true, } local document_numbered_arguments_t = { ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, ["المترجم#"] = true, ["المترجم#-الأخير"] = true, ["المترجم#-الأول"] = true, ["المترجم#-وصلة"] = true, ["المترجم-الأخير#"] = true, ["المترجم-الأول#"] = true, ["مترجم الأخير#"] = true, ["مترجم الأول#"] = true, ["مترجم#"] = true, ["مترجم# الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم# الأول"] = true, ["مترجم# وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم#-الأخير"] = true, ["مترجم#-الأول"] = true, ["مترجم#-قناع"] = true, ["مترجم#-وصلة"] = true, ["مترجم-الأخير#"] = true, ["مترجم-الأول#"] = true, ["وصلة المترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة مترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة-المترجم#"] = true, ["وصلة-مترجم#"] = true, } --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ C O M B I N E >------------------------------------------------------ makes one table from a list of tables. <lists_t> is a sequence of tables to be combined ]] local function list_combine (lists_t) local out_t = {}; for _, list_t in ipairs (lists_t) do -- for each list in <lists_t> for k, v in pairs (list_t) do -- extract each k/v pair out_t[k] = v; -- add to <out_t> end end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out_t = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out_t, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { preprint_arguments_t = preprint_arguments_t, preprint_template_list_t = template_list_get (preprint_arguments_t), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments_t = unique_arguments_t, unique_param_template_list_t = template_list_get (unique_arguments_t), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table document_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t, document_arguments_t, document_numbered_arguments_t}); common_parameters_t = list_combine ({basic_arguments_t, numbered_arguments_t}); limited_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t}); }; a3attzzau1uv7r9zyewj5msvzziswc8 828 214430 1097953 1095057 2026-08-03T19:35:18Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث من الملعب 1097953 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --#Added local hijricore; --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --#Added local hijri_year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month, ishijri) --#Midifed to get syrain months if ishijri then return cfg.date_names['local']['hijri'][month] or 0; end return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month] or cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R and cal >---------------------------------------------- ##Adeed function returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number_and_cal (month) local ret = get_month_number (month, true) if ret > 0 then return ret, true; else return get_month_number (month, false), false; end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, ishijri, param) local num; --##Added block num = get_month_number (element, ishijri, param); -- first check for month if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end local funcs = {get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_year (year) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end if not is_set (hijri_year_limit) then hijri_year_limit = hijricore.gregorian2hijri(tonumber(os.date('%Y')),12,31); -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once hijri_year_limit = hijri_year_limit + 1; end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (0 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end return year and (year <= hijri_year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, is_hijri, param) --#Added block if is_hijri then return is_valid_hijri_year (year); end if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day) if not is_valid_hijri_year (tonumber(year)) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates day = tonumber(day); if month>12 or month<1 then return false; elseif day > 30 or day<1 then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, ishijri) --#added block if ishijri then return is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day, param); end local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; --#modified if not is_valid_year (year, false, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month] or 0; -- invalid month number is nil so default <month_length> to 0 end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded >---------------------------------------------------- #Added function ]] local function hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded(hijri, gregorian) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end local function western2jd(year, month, day) local func = (year < 1583) and hijricore.julian2jd or hijricore.gregorian2jd return func(year, month, day) end local function set_period_jd(period_t, isHijri) local seasons = { [33] = {{day=1,month=1},{day=31,month=3}}, [34] = {{day=1,month=4},{day=30,month=6}}, [35] = {{day=1,month=7},{day=30,month=9}}, [36] = {{day=1,month=10},{day=31,month=12}}, } local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local func = isHijri and hijricore.hijri2jd or western2jd if period_t[1].day == 0 then if period_t[1].month > 0 and period_t[1].month < 13 then period_t[1].day = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[2].month] else period_t[2] = {day=isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[1].month],month=period_t[1].month,year=period_t[1].year} end elseif seasons[period_t[1].month] then local periodmonth = period_t[1].month period_t[1].day = seasons[periodmonth][1].day period_t[1].month = seasons[periodmonth][1].month if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].day period_t[2].month = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].month else period_t[2] = {day = seasons[periodmonth][2].day, month = seasons[periodmonth][2].month, year = period_t[1].year} end else period_t[1].day = 1 period_t[1].month = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or 31 period_t[2].month = 12 else period_t[2] = {day = isHijri and 30 or 31, month = 12, year=period_t[1].year} end end end for i, period in ipairs(period_t) do period_t[i].jd = func(tonumber(period.year), tonumber(period.month), tonumber(period.day)) end return period_t end hijri = set_period_jd(hijri, true); gregorian = set_period_jd(gregorian, false); local h1, h2 = hijri[1].jd, hijri[2] and hijri[2].jd or hijri[1].jd local g1, g2 = gregorian[1].jd, gregorian[2] and gregorian[2].jd or gregorian[1].jd if (h2 + 3 < g1) or (h1 - 3 > g2) then set_message ('err_date_hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded'); return false end return true end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) --#modified if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month1] and cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) --#Modified local range_start_number, ishijri = get_month_number_and_cal (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month --#Modified range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end, ishijri); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber() input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only return; -- done end -- here for all forms of Gregorian dates if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range end local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only end else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year if 0 ~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date); return; -- done end -- here for gregorian calendar dates if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S _ T >---------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns_t = { --#Added block: for Hijri dates ['H-dMy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)[%-/]([0-1]?%d)[%-/]((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-My'] = {'^([^%d–]+)[ %-]+((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'a','y'}, --#Added END --#modified تساهل في الأصفار الدليلية -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([0-3]?%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, --#Added مستعملة في اللغات العربية 15-10-2022 -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([1-9]%d%d%d)$', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, --#Mdofied to allow 01 يناير -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^(%d%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) --#hardly modified local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; --#Added flag for hijri date local hijri_date; local hijri_param = ('hijri-date' == param); --#Added Hijri Date Validtion if mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end anchor_year = year; hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]) then day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); if 0 == month then return false; end hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]) then month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]) then anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end --#Added END elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; --#Added used in Arabic elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]); if not is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month,hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2,hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2, hijri_date) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, hijri_date, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates end end if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); end if false == result then return false; end --#Modified check Hijri Date if nil ~= tCOinS_date and not (hijri_date or hijri_param) then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end local tt = {{year=year, month=month, day=day}}; -- return table of date parts if 0 ~= year2 or 0 ~= month2 or 0 ~= day2 then table.insert(tt, {year=year2, month=month2, day=day2}); end return true, anchor_year, hijri_date, tt; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list local good_date = false; if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '(%d) ?هـ?$', '%1'); if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); else good_date = false; end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= --#Modified block for _,nd_pattern in ipairs(cfg.date_names.nd_patterns) do if v.val:match(nd_pattern[1]) then good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(nd_pattern[2]); date_parameters_list[k].val = "nd" break; end end if not good_date then good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end --#Added block for Hijri Date elseif 'hijri-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if good_date and not date_parameters_list[k].isHijri then set_message ('err_date_in_hijri_date_param', v.name); good_date = false; end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); else good_date = false; end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter --#Modified good_date, _, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end --#Added block if date_parameters_list[k].isHijri and 'hijri-date' ~= k then set_message ('err_hijri_date_in_date_param', v.name); end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------------- Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values: YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators. When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message. This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or- less useless ]] local function year_check (year) year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year> for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year' end end set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns_t{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dmy'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len, isHijri) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'dmy', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki --if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end --#Modified if 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = mw.ustring.gsub(t.y,'%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end if tonumber(t.m) then t.m = string.format ('%02d', tonumber(t.m)) else t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m, isHijri)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits end t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if isHijri then t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name elseif 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both --#Modified Block if t[mon] then local isHijri; t[mon], isHijri = get_month_number_and_cal (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = isHijri and cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][t[mon]] or ((('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]); -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p, param_val.isHijri); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made break; end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match the timestamp. this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either |df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are. The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format is not changed. ]] local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df) local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy? if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match? archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table break; end end local dates_t = {}; dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same return; -- yes, done else dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date= archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val; set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions archive_date_check = archive_date_check, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, dates = dates, is_valid_date = is_valid_date, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, year_check = year_check, year_date_check = year_date_check, hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded = hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded, } kedr5brrwmsrj2p21fqk60hw4ziulr6 1097955 1097953 2026-08-03T19:38:25Z حبيشان 31560 1097955 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --#Added local hijricore; --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --#Added local hijri_year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month, ishijri) --#Midifed to get syrain months if ishijri then return cfg.date_names['local']['hijri'][month] or 0; end return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month] or cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R and cal >---------------------------------------------- ##Adeed function returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number_and_cal (month) local ret = get_month_number (month, true) if ret > 0 then return ret, true; else return get_month_number (month, false), false; end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, ishijri, param) local num; --##Added block num = get_month_number (element, ishijri, param); -- first check for month if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end local funcs = {get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_year (year) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end if not is_set (hijri_year_limit) then hijri_year_limit = hijricore.gregorian2hijri(tonumber(os.date('%Y')),12,31); -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once hijri_year_limit = hijri_year_limit + 1; end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (0 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end return year and (year <= hijri_year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, is_hijri, param) --#Added block if is_hijri then return is_valid_hijri_year (year); end if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day) if not is_valid_hijri_year (tonumber(year)) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates day = tonumber(day); if month>12 or month<1 then return false; elseif day > 30 or day<1 then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, ishijri) --#added block if ishijri then return is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day, param); end local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; --#modified if not is_valid_year (year, false, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month] or 0; -- invalid month number is nil so default <month_length> to 0 end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded >---------------------------------------------------- #Added function ]] local function hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded(hijri, gregorian) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end local function western2jd(year, month, day) local func = (year < 1583) and hijricore.julian2jd or hijricore.gregorian2jd return func(year, month, day) end local function set_period_jd(period_t, isHijri) local seasons = { [33] = {{day=1,month=1},{day=31,month=3}}, [34] = {{day=1,month=4},{day=30,month=6}}, [35] = {{day=1,month=7},{day=30,month=9}}, [36] = {{day=1,month=10},{day=31,month=12}}, } local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local func = isHijri and hijricore.hijri2jd or western2jd if period_t[1].day == 0 then if period_t[1].month > 0 and period_t[1].month < 13 then period_t[1].day = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[2].month] else period_t[2] = {day=isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[1].month],month=period_t[1].month,year=period_t[1].year} end elseif seasons[period_t[1].month] then local periodmonth = period_t[1].month period_t[1].day = seasons[periodmonth][1].day period_t[1].month = seasons[periodmonth][1].month if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].day period_t[2].month = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].month else period_t[2] = {day = seasons[periodmonth][2].day, month = seasons[periodmonth][2].month, year = period_t[1].year} end else period_t[1].day = 1 period_t[1].month = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or 31 period_t[2].month = 12 else period_t[2] = {day = isHijri and 30 or 31, month = 12, year=period_t[1].year} end end end for i, period in ipairs(period_t) do period_t[i].jd = func(tonumber(period.year), tonumber(period.month), tonumber(period.day)) end return period_t end hijri = set_period_jd(hijri, true); gregorian = set_period_jd(gregorian, false); local h1, h2 = hijri[1].jd, hijri[2] and hijri[2].jd or hijri[1].jd local g1, g2 = gregorian[1].jd, gregorian[2] and gregorian[2].jd or gregorian[1].jd if (h2 + 3 < g1) or (h1 - 3 > g2) then set_message ('err_date_hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded'); return false end return true end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) --#modified if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month1] and cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) --#Modified local range_start_number, ishijri = get_month_number_and_cal (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month --#Modified range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end, ishijri); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber() input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only return; -- done end -- here for all forms of Gregorian dates if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range end local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only end else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year if 0 ~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date); return; -- done end -- here for gregorian calendar dates if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S _ T >---------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns_t = { --#Added block: for Hijri dates ['H-dMy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)[%-/]([0-1]?%d)[%-/]((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-My'] = {'^([^%d–]+)[ %-]+((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'a','y'}, --#Added END --#modified تساهل في الأصفار الدليلية -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([0-3]?%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, --#Added مستعملة في اللغات العربية 15-10-2022 -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([1-9]%d%d%d)$', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, --#Mdofied to allow 01 يناير -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^(%d%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) --#hardly modified local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; --#Added flag for hijri date local hijri_date; local hijri_param = ('hijri-date' == param); --#Added Hijri Date Validtion if mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end anchor_year = year; hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]) then day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); if 0 == month then return false; end hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]) then month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]) then anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end --#Added END elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; --#Added used in Arabic elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]); if not is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month,hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2,hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2, hijri_date) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, hijri_date, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates end end if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); end if false == result then return false; end --#Modified check Hijri Date if nil ~= tCOinS_date and not (hijri_date or hijri_param) then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end local tt = {{year=year, month=month, day=day}}; -- return table of date parts if 0 ~= year2 or 0 ~= month2 or 0 ~= day2 then table.insert(tt, {year=year2, month=month2, day=day2}); end return true, anchor_year, hijri_date, tt; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list local good_date = false; if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '(%d) ?هـ?$', '%1'); if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); else good_date = false; end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= --#Modified block for _,nd_pattern in ipairs(cfg.date_names.nd_patterns) do if v.val:match(nd_pattern[1]) then good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(nd_pattern[2]); date_parameters_list[k].val = "nd" break; end end if not good_date then good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end --#Added block for Hijri Date elseif 'hijri-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if good_date and not date_parameters_list[k].isHijri then set_message ('err_date_in_hijri_date_param', v.name); good_date = false; end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); else good_date = false; end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter --#Modified local _ good_date, _, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end --#Added block if date_parameters_list[k].isHijri and 'hijri-date' ~= k then set_message ('err_hijri_date_in_date_param', v.name); end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------------- Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values: YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators. When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message. This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or- less useless ]] local function year_check (year) year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year> for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year' end end set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns_t{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dmy'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len, isHijri) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'dmy', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki --if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end --#Modified if 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = mw.ustring.gsub(t.y,'%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end if tonumber(t.m) then t.m = string.format ('%02d', tonumber(t.m)) else t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m, isHijri)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits end t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if isHijri then t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name elseif 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both --#Modified Block if t[mon] then local isHijri; t[mon], isHijri = get_month_number_and_cal (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = isHijri and cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][t[mon]] or ((('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]); -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p, param_val.isHijri); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made break; end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match the timestamp. this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either |df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are. The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format is not changed. ]] local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df) local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy? if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match? archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table break; end end local dates_t = {}; dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same return; -- yes, done else dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date= archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val; set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions archive_date_check = archive_date_check, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, dates = dates, is_valid_date = is_valid_date, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, year_check = year_check, year_date_check = year_date_check, hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded = hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded, } mqm21z3v22fsp1rj59dweobldza96tb 10 229940 1097949 999762 2026-08-03T19:31:07Z حبيشان 31560 إصلاح قوالب 1097949 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" width="100%" |+وحدات cs1 {{pipe}} cs2 {{وصلات قالب|وحدات CS1}} |- !&nbsp; ! مفعلة ! فرق !colspan="2"|ملاعب ! en ! الوصف |- | rowspan="9"| [[ملف:Extended-protection-shackle-no-text.svg|20x20px|link=|sysop]] | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1|وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1|en]] | وظائف التقديم والدعم. |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration|en]] | جداول الترجمة، ومعالجات الأخطاء والمعرفات. |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Configuration_ltr/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | | جداول تقديم للغات اليسار إلى اليمين. |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Whitelist]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Whitelist|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist|en]] | قائمة وسائط cs1{{pipe}}2 المسموح بها. |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Date validation]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Date validation|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Date validation/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Date validation/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation|en]] | وظائف التحقق من صحة تنسيق التاريخ |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Identifiers]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Identifiers|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers|en]] | الوظائف التي تدعم أسماء المعرفات مثل (ISBN، وdoi، وPMID، ..الخ) |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Utilities]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Utilities|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Utilities/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Utilities/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Utilities/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities|en]] | الوظائف العامة والجداول |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/COinS]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/COinS|وحدة:Citation/CS1/COinS/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/COinS/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/COinS/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/COinS|en]] | الوظائف التي تصدر بيانات تعريف قوالب cs1 وcs2. |- | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/styles.css]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/styles.css|وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب/styles.css}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب/styles.css|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/ملعب/styles.css&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css|en]] | ملف الأنماط |- | [[ملف:Padlock-silver.svg|20x20px|link=|auto confirmed]] | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Suggestions]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Suggestions|وحدة:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions|en]] | القائمة التي تعين أسماء المعلمات القديمة والخاطئة، إلى أسماء المعلمات الصالحة. |- | | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang]] | {{وصلة مقارنة الصفحات|وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang|وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang/ملعب}} | [[وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang/ملعب|ملعب]] | {{وصلة بسيطة|url=https://ar.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang/ملعب&action=edit|name=[تعديل<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} | [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/lang|en]] | وحدة مساعدة في اللغات |} *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر|اختبار]]) *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر1]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر1|اختبار]]) *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/errors]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/errors|اختبار]]) *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/dates]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/dates|اختبار]]) *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/identifiers]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/identifiers|اختبار]]) *[[وحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/anchor]] ([[نقاش الوحدة:Citation/CS1/مختبر/anchor|اختبار]]) ly4ezxqikmkna9ff14rpk60yw27hc23 828 229942 1097950 1095054 2026-08-03T19:33:16Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث من الملعب 1097950 Scribunto text/plain --[[-------------------LEFT to RIGHT configurations------------------------]] --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' (inactive $1)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = '$1 character', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'Wikidata', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'Wikipedia', wikisource = 'Wikisource', ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(ب$1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = ' $1 minutes in', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[تصنيف:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[تصنيف:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:تصنيف:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] به أخطاء</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).', -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] بحاجة لصيانة</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).' -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[ب$1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[في $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} ['thesis-degree'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is degree, $2 is thesis } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['document'] = 'Document', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } return { messages = messages, presentation = presentation, title_types = title_types, global_df = 'dmy-sy' } j1s8osty4e5nb6nuduiy13tin7wupn5 2 230581 1097933 1097928 2026-08-03T13:37:01Z ForzaGreen 28665 /* صيغة الفعل */ 1097933 wikitext text/x-wiki = معاني = {{معجمية|L1480727|معاني}} ----- {{معجمية|L1372434|معاني}} ----- {{معجمية|L12100|معاني}} ----- === [[أَدْرَجَ]] === {{معجمية|L1478139|معاني}} ----- * مثال مع الجزء والصفحة: {{استشهاد بويكي بيانات/ملعب|Q114878607|ج=14|ص=333}} * مثال مع الصفحة فقط: {{استشهاد بويكي بيانات/ملعب|Q108408025|ص=222}} * مثال آخر: {{استشهاد بويكي بيانات/ملعب|Q136804659|ج=7|ص=171}} تجريب إضافة الاستشهاد<ref>{{استشهاد بويكي بيانات|qid=Q136804659|ص=208|ج=9|المسار=https://archive.org/details/mhtalmktb/09_71568/page/n207/mode/1up}}</ref> === مراجع === {{مراجع}} = صيغة الفعل = == اقتراح: إنشاء صفحات صيغ الأفعال المُصَرَّفة == أقترح إنشاء صفحة لكل صيغة مصرَّفة من صيغ الأفعال العربية بالبوت. الوضعية الحالية: توجد اليوم نحو 7,483 صفحة صيغة أُنشئت يدويا. مثلا: [[أَكَلْتُ]]، [[يَكْتُبُونَ]]، [[اُكْتُبْ]]. تعتمد هذه الصفحات على قالب التصريف القديم. سنقتصر على الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس، وعددها تقريبا 7,363. مثلا توجد صفحة الفعل [[اِسْتَبْتَلَ]]، إذن سننشئ الصفحات [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُ]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْنَا]]، [[اِسْتَبْتَلْتُمْ]]... بينما لا توجد اليوم صفحة [[زَمَجَ]]، وبالتالي لن ننشئ صفحاتها الفرعية. هذه أمثلة لشكل الصفحات المُقْتَرَح إنشاؤها: [[قُلْنَا]]، [[اُكْتُبِي]]، [[رَمَوْا]]، [[دَحْرَجْتُمَا]]، [[آتَتْ]]. سيكون شكل الصفحات الجديدة قريبا من النسق القديم مع بعض التحسينات: * إضافة بطاقة معلومات صيغة الفعل، وتحتوي على إحالة واضحة إلى صفحة الفعل الرئيسية ("''المعاني والشواهد والمراجع على صفحة الفعل''") والجذر ووزن الفعل ووزن الصيغة. * إضافة طريقة النطق بنظام الألفبائية الصوتية الدولية، باستعمال قالب {{قا|أصد-عر}}. * استعمال قالب التصريف الجديد {{قا|تصريف}} مع فتح الجدول تلقائيا وإظهار كل صيغ التصاريف (المبني للمجهول، المُضارع المرفوع والمنصوب والمجزوم)، ثم تأطير الكلمة بعنوان أصفر وخط غليظ لتبيين موضعها في تصريف الفعل. * إضافة التصانيف آليا. سيكون مُحتوى الصفحة بسيطا ومُولَّدا آليا لتقليل كلفة الصيانة وتركيزها في [[وحدة:ar-verb-form]] وفي قالب {{قا|صيغة فعل}}. نص الويكي فيه سطران لا غير: <pre> == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صيغة فعل|جذر=أكل|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} </pre> وهذا يُوَلِّد كل الفقرات. توجد إمكانية توليد الفقرات منفصلة (انظر شرح {{قا|صيغة فعل}})، كما في صفحة [[اِرْمِ]]، لمن أراد إضافة محتوى آخر بين الفقرات، مع أننا ننصح بإبقاء هذه الصفحات بسيطة وثانوية، وكتابة المعاني والأمثلة في صفحة الفعل الرئيسية. سأنشئ وأعدل الصفحات، باستعمال البوت {{مس|ForzaGreenBot}}، على مراحل: * إنشاء صيغ الأفعال المبنية للمعلوم لكل الأفعال الموجودة في ويكاموس => ستكون النتيجة تقريبا 200 ألف صفحة جديدة. * تعديل صفحات صيغ الأفعال الموجودة => تعديل حوالي 7 آلاف صفحة. * زيادة عدد [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|اختبارات]] [[وحدة:ar-verb]] للتأكد من صحة تصريفات المبني للمجهول. نُشير إلى أن [[نقاش الوحدة:ar-verb/مختبر|مختبر]] الوحدة يحتوي حاليا على أكثر من 230 اختبارا للتأكد من صحة خوارزمية التصريف. * إنشاء الصيغ المبنية للمجهول => بضع عشرات الآلاف من الصفحات. * كُلَّما أُضيفت أفعال جديدة إلى ويكاموس، تُنشؤ صفحات تصريفاتها. ولاحقا، إنشاء هذه الصفحات آليا. = بطاقات = {{#function:Z20744|30 June 2020|15 April 2025}} {{#function:Z10018|Hello from Thessaloniki}} {{تصريف|جذر=رأي|وزن=فعَل يفعَل}} - إضافة نوع الفعل في العنوان الفرعي: فعل ثلاثي مُجرَّد صحيح مهموز العين، إلخ... {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L12100}} {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1324790}} {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1487095}} {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1372434}} {{بطاقة عامة|wikidata=L12100}} {{-}} -------- = القالب - تصريف = {{تصريف|جذر=تيس|وزن=أفعل}} {{تصريف|جذر=خيل|وزن=أفعل}} {{تصريف|جذر=كتب|وزن=فعَل يفعِل|كامل=1}} {{تصريف|جذر=جلس|وزن=فعَل يفعِل|كامل=1}} {{تصريف|جذر=وجل|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} {{تصريف|جذر=يمن|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} {{تصريف|جذر=أخذ|وزن=فعَل يفعُل}} {{تصريف|جذر=أمن|وزن=أفعل}} {{تصريف|جذر=درك|وزن=استفعل}} {{تصريف|جذر=يأس|وزن=فعِل يفعَل}} {{تصريف|جذر=دحرج|وزن=فعلل}} {{تصريف|جذر=بتت|وزن=فعَل يفعِل}} {{تصريف|جذر=و ع ي|وزن=فعَل يفعِل|كامل=0}} {{تصريف|جذر=قدم|وزن=فعّل}} [[w:مزيد|مزيد]] === القالب - تصريف - الجدول كاملا === {{تصريف|جذر=حسب|وزن=فعِل يفعِل|كامل=1}} {{تصريف|جذر=أمم|وزن=فعَل يفعَل|كامل=1}} {{تصريف|ردد<II.pass>|كامل=1}} {{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{تصريف|جذر=كتب|وزن=فعَل يفعِل|json=1}}|lang=json}} == القالب - ar-conj == {{ar-conj|ردد<II.pass>}} {{ar-conj|I/a~u|pagename=ترك}} {{ar-conj|VIII|pagename=اضطر}} {{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{ar-conj|I/i~a|pagename=يأس|json=1}}|lang=json}} {{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{ar-conj|I/a~u.pass|pagename=حسب|json=1}}|lang=json}} {{ar-conj|I/i~a|pagename=يأس}} == الوحدة == {{#استدعاء:ar-verb |do_generate_forms |كتب<I/a~u>}} <!-- {{#invoke:ar-verb |show |1="كتب<I/a~u.pass>"}} {{#استدعاء:ar-verb |show |ردد<II.pass> }} {{#استدعاء:ar-verb |show |كتب<I/a~u.pass> }} {{#استدعاء:ar-verb |show |I/a~u.pass |pagename=حسب}} --> ------- {{قائمة صفحات فرعية}} صفحات أخرى: * [[وحدة:مستخدم:ForzaGreen/ملعب/ar-verb]] * [[وحدة:مستخدم:ForzaGreen/ملعب/mymodule]] phykk2250oq45u1d9vq1e8qji0gogk9 828 231228 1097959 1089000 2026-08-03T19:48:10Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث 1097959 Scribunto text/plain --[[ Cite Q النسخة العربية مشتق من النسخة الإنجليزية ]] require('strict') local sandbox = '/ملعب' local WdItem = require('Module:WdItem' .. sandbox) local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Cite Q/config' .. sandbox) local ref_cash = {} local rtl_lang = { ar = true, fa = true, ur = true, ku = true, he = true, arc = true, dv = true, ha = true, khw = true, ks = true, ps = true, yi = true, ota = true } -- ________________________________ General Utility Functions ______________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with cfg.i18n_t -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local card = tonumber(cardinal) if not card then return cardinal end local ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default if card % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[1] elseif card % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[2] elseif card % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (card % 100 == 11) or (card % 100 == 12) or (card % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default end return card .. ordsuffix end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set(var) return not (var == nil or var == '') end local function has_value(var) return not (var == nil or var == '' or var == 'novalue' or var == 'somevalue') end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack (taken from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities) ]] local function in_array(needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false end for n, v in ipairs(haystack) do if v == needle then return n end end return false end -- wraps a string in nowiki unless disable flag is set local function wrap_nowiki(str, disable) if disable then return str or '' end return mw.text.nowiki(str or '') end -- sort sequence table whose values are key-value pairs by key local function comp_key(a, b) local param_a, enum_a = a[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <a> local param_b, enum_b = b[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <b> if enum_a and enum_b then -- if both parameters have neumerators if param_a == param_b then -- are parameter names the same? return tonumber(enum_a) < tonumber(enum_b); -- yes: compare enumerators end end return a[1] < b[1]; -- alpha sort if here end local function set_archive_args(arcurl, args) if has_value(arcurl) then local arcy, arcm, arcd = arcurl:match("(20%d%d)%p?(%d%d)%p?(%d%d)") if arcy and arcm and arcd then args["archive-url"] = arcurl args["archive-date"] = arcy .. '-' .. arcm .. '-' .. arcd end end end --________________________________ Language Functions ______________________________________ local function getLanguages(languageArg) local langcodes = {} if languageArg then -- check these are a supported language codes for lc in mw.text.gsplit(languageArg, "[,، ]+", false) do --modified langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage(lc) and lc end end return langcodes end local function simplify_langauges(langs_t) local newlangs = {} for k,v in ipairs(langs_t) do newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = v local main_lang = v:match("^[^_-]+") if main_lang ~= v then newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = main_lang; end end return newlangs end local function _getLangOfSnakProp(snak, pid) if not pid or not snak then return {} end local out = {} local props = snak[pid] for i, v in ipairs(props) do if v.datatype == "monolingualtext" and v.datavalue then out[#out + 1] = v.datavalue.value.language end end return out end local function getLangOfProp(frame) local pid = frame.args.pid or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if pid == "" then return end local qid = frame.args.qid if qid == "" then qid = nil end local Q = WdItem.new(qid, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true }) return table.concat(Q:getLangOfProp(pid), ", ") end -- gets the language codes of a Wikidata entry as a table local function _lang_code(Qitem) local lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P424") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P218") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end return Qitem:getLangOfProp("P1476") end --________________________________ Author/Editor Display Functions ______________________________________ local function set_display_authors(args, contribtype) local contrib_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if k:find("^" .. contribtype .. "%d+$") then contrib_count = contrib_count + 1 end end local key = 'display-' .. contribtype .. 's' if contrib_count > 8 then -- convention in astronomy journals, optional mode for this? if 'all' == args[key] then args[key] = nil; -- unset because no longer needed else args[key] = args[key] or 3 -- limit to three displayed names end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- get_name_list -- adapted from getAuthors code taken from Module:RexxS arguments: nl_type - type of name list to fetch: nl_type = 'author' for authors; 'editor' for editors; 'translator' for translators args - pointer to the parameter arguments table from the template call qid - value from |qid= parameter; the Q-id of the source (book, etc.) in qid wdlinks - value from the |wdlinks= parameter; a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists returns nothing; modifies the args table ]=] local function get_name_list(nl_type, args, Q, wdlinks, lang) local propertyID = "P50" local fallbackID = "P2093" -- author name string if nl_type == "author" then propertyID = 'P50' -- for authors fallbackID = 'P2093' -- author-string elseif nl_type == "editor" then propertyID = 'P5769' -- "editor-in-chief" fallbackID = 'P98' -- for editors - So-called "fallbacks" are actually a second set of properties processed -- TBD. Take book series editors into account as well (if they have a separate P code as well)? elseif nl_type == "translator" then propertyID = 'P655' -- for translators fallbackID = nil -- elseif 'contributor' == nl_type then -- f.e. author of forewords (P2679) and afterwords (P2680); requires |contribution=, |title= and |author= -- propertyID = 'P' -- for contributors -- fallbackID = nil else return -- not specified so return end -- wdlinks is a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false if wdlinks and (#wdlinks > 0) then wdlinks = wdlinks:lower() wdlinks = in_array(wdlinks, { "false", "no", "0" }) else -- wdlinks is empty, so wdlinks = false end local statements = Q:getStatements(propertyID) if statements:count() == 0 and fallbackID then statements = Q:getStatements(fallbackID) end -- Make sure it actually has at least one of the properties requested if statements:count() == 0 then return nil end -- So now we have something to return: -- table 'out' is going to store the names(s): -- and table 'link' will store any links to the name's article local out = {} local link = {} local maxpos = 0 for _, s in statements:iter() do -- maxpos = makelink(v, out, link, maxpos, wdlinks, lang) local qnumber = s:getRawValue() if qnumber ~= 'novalue' then local label = s:getValue({ linked = false }) local slink if label == 'somevalue' or label == 'Unknown' then label = cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"][lang] or cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"]["ar"] elseif mw.ustring.match(qnumber, '^Q%d+$') and qnumber ~= 'Q2818964' then slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qnumber, cfg.config_t.linksproject) end local position = maxpos + 1 -- Default to 'next' author. position = tonumber(s:getRawQual("P1545")[1]) or position maxpos = math.max(maxpos, position) out[position] = label if slink then link[position] = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix .. slink; end end end -- if there's anything to return, then insert the additions in the template arguments table -- in the form |author1=firstname secondname |author2= ... -- Renumber, in case we have inconsistent numbering local keys = {} for k, v in pairs(out) do keys[#keys + 1] = k end table.sort(keys) -- as they might be out of order for i, k in ipairs(keys) do out[k] = out[k]:gsub('&#39;', '\''); -- prevent cs1|2 multiple names categorization; replace html entity with the actual character if args[nl_type .. i] then -- name gets overwritten -- pull corresponding -link only if overwritten name is same as WD name if link[k] and (args[nl_type .. i] == out[k]) then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end else -- name does not get overwritten, so pull name from WD args[nl_type .. i] = out[k] if link[k] then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end end end end --________________________________ filtering functions ______________________________________ -- ref filtering for citing from wikidata local function is_rejected(item) -- rejected Q if cfg.rejected_t.sources[item] == true then return true; end -- rejected Properties local item_entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item); for _, v in pairs(cfg.rejected_t.properties) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(v) > 0) then return true; end end -- Rejected InatanceOf local instance = item_entity:getAllStatements("P31") for _, v in pairs(instance) do local vsnak = v.mainsnak or v if cfg.rejected_t.instances[vsnak.datavalue.value.id] then return true; end end --No used Properties local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(k) > 0) then has_properties = true; break; end end return not has_properties; end --________________________________ main functions ______________________________________ --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ W E B >------------------------------------------------------------------ used to pass wikidata reference claims to cite web template. --]] local function _cite_web(citeq_args) local Q local refsnak = citeq_args.snak citeq_args.snak = nil -- retrieve all the parameters local pqid = citeq_args.pqid citeq_args.pqid = nil local wdlinks = false local qid = nil local multi_args = { P50 = "author", P2093 = "author", P5769 = "editor", P98 = "editor", P655 = "translator", } local fallbackurls = {} Q = WdItem.newSnakItem(refsnak, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg .config_t.wikilinkprefix }) -- find language local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if refsnak["P1476"] then langcodes = _getLangOfSnakProp(refsnak, "P1476") citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") end langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) for _, l in ipairs({ 'ar', 'en', 'mul' }) do if not in_array(l, langcodes) then langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = l end end Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }) local labellang = langcodes[1] local rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false local oth = {} for i in pairs(refsnak) do local label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if refsnak[i][1].snaktype ~= 'novalue' then if multi_args[i] then get_name_list(multi_args[i], citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] and type(cfg.used_properties_t[i]) == "table" then local data = cfg.used_properties_t[i] local langidx = 1 citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, rank = data.rank or "best" }) if not citeq_args[data.arg] or citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned -- try fallback to qid's native language local qid_languages = _lang_code(WdItem.newItem(citeq_args[data.arg], { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true })) citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, langs = qid_languages }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned again citeq_args[data.arg] = nil else -- record the language found if no lang specified citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or qid_languages[1] end end end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[data.arg] == "Unknown" then if rtl then citeq_args[data.arg] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. data.arg] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] else citeq_args[data.arg] = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang("Q4233718", langcodes[1]):gsub("^%l", mw.ustring.upper) end end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[data.arg] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[data.arg] or data.arg:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[data.arg]) citeq_args[data.arg] = nil end elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] then if i == "P648" then citeq_args.ol = (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end elseif i == "P957" then citeq_args.isbn = Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif in_array(i, { "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) then local url; for _, pr in ipairs({ "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) do url = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url break; end end end end if refsnak[i][1].datatype == "external-id" then fallbackurls[#fallbackurls+1] = { url = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = 1, fullidurl=true}), arg = cfg.used_properties_t[i] and cfg.used_properties_t[i].arg } end end end if not citeq_args.url and #fallbackurls>0 then for _,v in ipairs(fallbackurls) do if not v.arg then citeq_args.url = v.url break; end end if not citeq_args.url then citeq_args.url = fallbackurls[1].url citeq_args[fallbackurls[1].arg] = nil end end if citeq_args.url then if refsnak["P813"] then citeq_args.accessdate = Q:getValue("P813", { maxvals = 1 }) end if refsnak["P1065"] and refsnak["P2960"] then citeq_args["archive-url"] = Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }) citeq_args["archive-date"] = Q:getValue("P2960", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif refsnak["P1065"] then set_archive_args(Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }), citeq_args) end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) -- if url then see if there's an archive: citeq_args.url local url local title_display = citeq_args.title if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end -- TBD: incorporate |at, |sheets= and |sheet= here as well -- Sort out what should happen if several of them are given at the same time if citeq_args.page or citeq_args.p then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) local template = "بويب" -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد " .. template else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end citeq_args['no-tracking'] = 'true' -- لإيقاف ظهور تصانيف التتبع return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } -- render the template end --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ Q >------------------------------------------------------------------ Takes standard CS1|2 template parameters and passes all to {{citation}}. If neither of |author= and |author1= are set, calls get_authors() to try to get an author name-list from Wikidata. The result is passed to {{citation}} for rendering. --]] local function _cite_q(in_citeq_args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local citeq_args = {} local origin_args = {} local Q -- parameters that don't get passed to Citation local expand = in_citeq_args.expand -- when set to anything, causes {{cite q}} to render <code><nowiki>{{citation|...}}</nowiki></code> local qid = in_citeq_args.qid or in_citeq_args[1] local wdlinks = in_citeq_args.wdlinks local template = in_citeq_args.template local cite_class = 'citation' local rtl = true local snak = in_citeq_args.snak or {} local pqid = in_citeq_args.pqid local page_offset = 0 in_citeq_args.expand = nil in_citeq_args[1] = nil in_citeq_args.qid = nil in_citeq_args.wdlinks = nil in_citeq_args.template = nil in_citeq_args.snak = nil in_citeq_args.pqid = nil if in_citeq_args.wikidatacite then citeq_args = in_citeq_args else local A = require("Module:Argument Wrapper")(cfg.aliases_t, { in_citeq_args }, cfg.numbered_aliases_t) -- local A = argument_wrapper(in_citeq_args) local loaded_args = {} for _, args_table in pairs({ cfg.simple_properties_t, cfg.used_args_t }) do for k, _ in pairs(args_table) do if A[k] then citeq_args[k] = A[k] if k ~= A:ORIGIN(k) then origin_args[k] = A:ORIGIN(k) loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = A:ORIGIN(k) else loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = k end end end end for k, v in pairs(in_citeq_args) do if not in_array(k, loaded_args) then citeq_args[k] = v end end end -- if title supplied, flag to not read html title local titleforced = (citeq_args.title ~= nil) local default_opt = { rank = "preferred normal", fetchwikidata = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix } if citeq_args.volume or citeq_args.volume then local qualifiedaspossible = {} if citeq_args.volume then qualifiedaspossible['P478'] = citeq_args.volume end if citeq_args.chapter then qualifiedaspossible['P792'] = citeq_args.chapter end default_opt.qualifiedaspossible = qualifiedaspossible end Q = WdItem.WdItem:new(qid, default_opt, snak) local oth = {} -- put the language codes into a sequential table langcodes[] local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if not langcodes[1] then -- try to find language of work langcodes = _lang_code(Q) end if not langcodes[1] then -- try fallback to journal's language local journal_qid = Q:followQid("P1433") langcodes = journal_qid and _lang_code(journal_qid) or {} end citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }); local labellang = langcodes[1] or 'ar' rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false -- loop through list of simple properties and get their values in citeq_args for name, data in pairs(cfg.simple_properties_t) do local opt = { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, qual = data.qual, hijri = data.hijri } if data.no_vol_qual then opt.qualifiedaspossible = {}; end citeq_args[name] = citeq_args[name] or Q:getValue(data.id, opt) if not citeq_args[name] and data.populate_from_journal then local publishedin = Q:getValue("P1433", { maxvals = 0, qual = data.id, qualsonly = true }) citeq_args[name] = publishedin or Q:getPropOfProp("P1433", data.id, { maxvals = data.maxvals }) end if citeq_args[name] and snak[data.id] then snak[data.id] = nil end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[name] == "Unknown" and rtl then mw.log(name,"unknown") citeq_args[name] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. name] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[name] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[name] or name:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[name]) citeq_args[name] = nil end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.journal = citeq_args.journal and citeq_args.journal:gsub("^''", ""):gsub("''$", ""):gsub("|''", "|"):gsub("'']]", "]]") citeq_args.ol = citeq_args.ol or (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end -- TBD. Take care of |ol-access=? citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) citeq_args.isbn = citeq_args.isbn or Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1, rank = "best" }) -- try ISBN 10 (only one value accepted) if citeq_args.page then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- Orginal Date if not citeq_args['orig-date'] then local work, origdate, origDateS = Q:getStatements('P629'):getBestOne():getRawValue() local origOpt = { rank = "best", maxvals = 1, onlysourced = false, noicon = true } local ishijri = false; if has_value(work) then local workQ = WdItem.newItem(work, origOpt) origDateS = workQ:getStatements('P577', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }):getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if origdate then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end if not has_value(origdate) then local author = Q:getStatements('P50'):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(author) then local authorQ = WdItem.newItem(author, origOpt) origDateS = authorQ:getStatements('P570', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if has_value(origdate) then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end end if has_value(origdate) then local printDateS, printDate = Q:getStatements("P577", { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() if ishijri then printDate = printDateS:getValue({ hijri = true }) if has_value(printDate) then if (tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end else if (tonumber(origDateS:getValue()) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDateS:getValue()) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end end else printDate = printDateS:getValue() if (has_value(printDate) and ((tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0))) or not has_value(printDate) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate end end end end local url --find formatted url if citeq_args.url == nil then if snak ~= {} then for k, v in pairs(snak) do if (v[1].datatype == "external-id") then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.match(mw.wikibase.formatValue(v[1]), "%[(https?://[^%s%]]+)") snak[k] = nil break; end end end if citeq_args.url == nil and pqid and qid then local refproperty = Q:getStatements("P1687"):getRawValue() for k, p in ipairs(refproperty) do if has_value(p) then local refval = WdItem.WdItem:new(pqid):getValue(p, {fullidurl=true}) if has_value(refval) then citeq_args.url = refval break; end end end end end if not citeq_args.url then local S953 = Q:getStatements("P953"):getBestOne() local S953_val = S953:getRawValue() citeq_args.url = has_value(S953_val) and S953_val or nil if citeq_args.url then if mw.ustring.match(citeq_args.url, "archive.org/details/") and citeq_args.page then page_offset = tonumber(S953:getRawQual('P8330')[1]) or 0 if not citeq_args.volume or (citeq_args.volume and (citeq_args.volume == S953:getRawQual('P478')[1])) then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.url, "/?$", "") .. "/page/n" .. (tonumber(citeq_args.page) + page_offset - 1) .. "/mode/1up" end end set_archive_args(S953:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) end end if not citeq_args.url then for i, pr in ipairs({ "P856", "P2699" }) do local surl = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne() if surl then local url = surl:getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url set_archive_args(surl:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) break; end end end end if not titleforced then -- Handle subtitle. if citeq_args.title then local subtitle = Q:getValue('P1680'); if subtitle then citeq_args.title = citeq_args.title .. ": " .. subtitle end end local htmltitle = Q:getValue("P1476", { qual = "P6833", maxvals = 1, qualsonly = true }) if htmltitle then citeq_args.title = htmltitle:gsub("</?i>", "''") else local title_display = citeq_args.title or (langcodes[1] and mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid, langcodes[1])) or mw.wikibase.getLabel(qid) if title_display and snak and snak.P1810 then title_display = title_display .. " | " .. snak.P1810[1].datavalue.value snak.P1810 = nil end title_display = title_display or ("No label or title -- debug: " .. qid) if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) else local slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.config_t.linksproject) local slink_flag = false local wrap_title = '' local wslink = false if not slink then -- See if we have wikisource if not citeq_args.url then local wikisource_sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.i18n_t.wikisource) or nil if wikisource_sitelink then slink = ':s:' .. wikisource_sitelink wslink = true end end end if citeq_args.title then if slink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) end else if slink and not wslink then if slink:lower() == title_display:lower() then citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")) slink_flag = true end elseif wslink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end end if slink_flag then if slink == wrap_title and not wslink then -- direct link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else -- piped link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. '|' .. wrap_title .. ']]' end end end end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end if is_set(qid) then if not is_set(citeq_args.author) and not is_set(citeq_args.author1) then -- if neither are set, try to get authors from Wikidata get_name_list('author', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with authors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.editor) and not is_set(citeq_args.editor1) then -- if neither are set, try to get editors from Wikidata get_name_list('editor', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with editors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.translator) and not is_set(citeq_args.translator1) then -- if neither are set, try to get translators from Wikidata get_name_list('translator', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with translators from Wikidata end end for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if in_array(v, { '(())', 'unset', 'ignore' }) or 'string' ~= type(k) then -- empty accept-as-is-written (()) markup to indicate an empty/unused parameter value, other ((...)) markups are deliberately passed down to {{citation}} citeq_args[k] = nil elseif in_array(v, { '((unset))', '((ignore))' }) then -- strip off markup for free-text values clashing with local keywords citeq_args[k] = 'unset' end end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- change edition to ordinal if it's set and numeric if (rtl == false) then citeq_args.edition = citeq_args.edition and makeOrdinal(citeq_args.edition) end -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) if citeq_args.journal then template = template or "بدورية محكمة" elseif citeq_args.isbn then template = template or "بكتاب" citeq_args.asin = nil -- suppress ASIN if ISBN exists elseif citeq_args.website then template = template or "بويب" end -- template is CS1 designator: journal, web, news, etc. if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous local citeclasses = { ["بدورية محكمة"] = 'journal', ["بكتاب"] = "book", ["بويب"] = "web" } cite_class = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] and template or citeclasses[template] template = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] or ("استشهاد " .. template) else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end local id = cfg.i18n_t.wdq .. ':[[:d:' .. qid .. '|' .. qid .. ']]' local old_id = citeq_args.id if wdlinks then -- show WD logo id = id .. '[[ملف:Wikidata-logo.svg|16px|alt=|link=]]' -- possibly replace by WD edit icon? end if is_set(old_id) then citeq_args.id = old_id .. list_sep .. id -- append to user-specified contents else citeq_args.id = id end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- use real param names for CS1 messages for k, v in pairs(origin_args) do if citeq_args[k] and citeq_args[k] == in_citeq_args[v] then citeq_args[v] = citeq_args[k] citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- if |expand=<anything>, write a nowiki'd version to see what the {{citation}} template call looks like if expand then local expand_args = { "{{" .. template .. "\n" } -- init with citation template if expand == "self" then citeq_args.id = old_id -- restore original |id= parameter expand_args = { cfg.i18n_t.cite_q .. qid } -- expand to itself end -- make a sortable table and sort it by param name local sorttable = {} for param, val in pairs(citeq_args) do sorttable[#sorttable + 1] = { param, val } end table.sort(sorttable, comp_key) -- add contents to expand_args for idx, val in ipairs(sorttable) do expand_args[#expand_args + 1] = val[1] .. '=' .. val[2] .. "\n" end -- make the nowiki'd string and done return frame:preprocess(table.concat({ '<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="1">', table.concat(expand_args, ' |') .. '}}', '</syntaxhighlight>' })); end local erratumid = Q:getPropertyIDs("P2507", { maxvals = 1 }) if erratumid then erratumid = " [[d:" .. erratumid .. "|" .. cfg.i18n_t.erratum .. "]]" .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.erratum else erratumid = "" end local opt_cat = '' if Q:getValue("P5824") then opt_cat = cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.retracted end if Q:getValue("P1366") then opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.replaced end if not citeq_args.title then -- emit category link if missing title opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats['no-label-or-title']; end if citeq_args.wikidatacite then return frame:expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } .. erratumid .. opt_cat -- render the template else local CS = require("Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox) return CS._citation(frame, citeq_args, { ['CitationClass'] = cite_class }) .. erratumid .. opt_cat end end --[[-------------------------< C I T E W I K I D A T A >------------------------------------------------------------------ format wikidata reference --]] local function _cite_wikidata(ref, pqid, expand) -- early exit if not ref then return nil end local snak = ref.snaks -- مراجع غير مقبولة if snak.P143 or snak.P3452 then return nil end local hash = ref.hash if not is_set(hash) then mw.log ("hash is not set") return nil end local hashpre = (is_set(sandbox) and 'wikidata-s-' or 'wikidata-') local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if ref_cash[hash] ~= nil then if ref_cash[hash] == false then return nil end return frame:extensionTag("ref", '' , { name = hashpre .. hash }) end local citeq_args = {} -- مذكور في if snak.P248 then for _, prop in pairs(snak.P248) do if prop.snaktype == "value" then citeq_args.qid = prop.datavalue.value.id break; end end snak.P248 = nil; end if citeq_args.qid and is_rejected(citeq_args.qid) == true then return nil end local reference citeq_args.snak = snak citeq_args.pqid = pqid citeq_args.wikidatacite = 1 citeq_args.expand = expand if citeq_args.qid then reference = _cite_q(citeq_args) else local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if snak[k] then has_properties = true; break; end end reference = (has_properties and _cite_web(citeq_args) or nil) end if is_set(reference) then reference = frame:extensionTag("ref", reference, { name = hashpre .. hash }) ref_cash[hash] = true else ref_cash[hash] = false end return reference end local function cite_q(frame) local args = {} for k, v in pairs(frame:getParent().args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end args.qid = args.qid or args[1] or "" if args.qid == "" then return nil end args[1] = nil local citesep = (args.citesep or "") if citesep == "" then citesep = ", " end citesep = citesep:gsub('"', '') -- strip double quotes after setting default to allow |citesep="" as a blank separator args.citesep = nil local tag = args.tag or "" if tag == "" then tag = nil end args.tag = nil local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end args.list = nil args.language = args.language or args.lang args.lang = nil local cites = {} for q in args.qid:gmatch("Q%d+") do -- make a new copy of the arguments local newargs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k ~= "qid" then newargs[k] = v end end newargs.qid = q if tag == "ref" then cites[#cites + 1] = frame:callParserFunction { name = "#tag:ref", args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = q } } -- expand like this: args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = 'foo', group = 'bar' } else cites[#cites + 1] = _cite_q(newargs) end end if list then return frame:expandTemplate { title = list, args = cites } else return table.concat(cites, citesep) end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { makeOrdinal = makeOrdinal, getLangOfProp = getLangOfProp, _cite_wikidata = _cite_wikidata, _cite_q = _cite_q, cite_q = cite_q } 4xp1yrmefof28m78yk71qeayzf7ohbq 1097960 1097959 2026-08-03T19:52:20Z حبيشان 31560 1097960 Scribunto text/plain --[[ Cite Q النسخة العربية مشتق من النسخة الإنجليزية ]] require('strict') local sandbox = '' local WdItem = require('Module:WdItem' .. sandbox) local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Cite Q/config' .. sandbox) local ref_cash = {} local rtl_lang = { ar = true, fa = true, ur = true, ku = true, he = true, arc = true, dv = true, ha = true, khw = true, ks = true, ps = true, yi = true, ota = true } -- ________________________________ General Utility Functions ______________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with cfg.i18n_t -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local card = tonumber(cardinal) if not card then return cardinal end local ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default if card % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[1] elseif card % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[2] elseif card % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (card % 100 == 11) or (card % 100 == 12) or (card % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default end return card .. ordsuffix end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set(var) return not (var == nil or var == '') end local function has_value(var) return not (var == nil or var == '' or var == 'novalue' or var == 'somevalue') end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack (taken from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities) ]] local function in_array(needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false end for n, v in ipairs(haystack) do if v == needle then return n end end return false end -- wraps a string in nowiki unless disable flag is set local function wrap_nowiki(str, disable) if disable then return str or '' end return mw.text.nowiki(str or '') end -- sort sequence table whose values are key-value pairs by key local function comp_key(a, b) local param_a, enum_a = a[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <a> local param_b, enum_b = b[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <b> if enum_a and enum_b then -- if both parameters have neumerators if param_a == param_b then -- are parameter names the same? return tonumber(enum_a) < tonumber(enum_b); -- yes: compare enumerators end end return a[1] < b[1]; -- alpha sort if here end local function set_archive_args(arcurl, args) if has_value(arcurl) then local arcy, arcm, arcd = arcurl:match("(20%d%d)%p?(%d%d)%p?(%d%d)") if arcy and arcm and arcd then args["archive-url"] = arcurl args["archive-date"] = arcy .. '-' .. arcm .. '-' .. arcd end end end --________________________________ Language Functions ______________________________________ local function getLanguages(languageArg) local langcodes = {} if languageArg then -- check these are a supported language codes for lc in mw.text.gsplit(languageArg, "[,، ]+", false) do --modified langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage(lc) and lc end end return langcodes end local function simplify_langauges(langs_t) local newlangs = {} for k,v in ipairs(langs_t) do newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = v local main_lang = v:match("^[^_-]+") if main_lang ~= v then newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = main_lang; end end return newlangs end local function _getLangOfSnakProp(snak, pid) if not pid or not snak then return {} end local out = {} local props = snak[pid] for i, v in ipairs(props) do if v.datatype == "monolingualtext" and v.datavalue then out[#out + 1] = v.datavalue.value.language end end return out end local function getLangOfProp(frame) local pid = frame.args.pid or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if pid == "" then return end local qid = frame.args.qid if qid == "" then qid = nil end local Q = WdItem.new(qid, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true }) return table.concat(Q:getLangOfProp(pid), ", ") end -- gets the language codes of a Wikidata entry as a table local function _lang_code(Qitem) local lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P424") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P218") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end return Qitem:getLangOfProp("P1476") end --________________________________ Author/Editor Display Functions ______________________________________ local function set_display_authors(args, contribtype) local contrib_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if k:find("^" .. contribtype .. "%d+$") then contrib_count = contrib_count + 1 end end local key = 'display-' .. contribtype .. 's' if contrib_count > 8 then -- convention in astronomy journals, optional mode for this? if 'all' == args[key] then args[key] = nil; -- unset because no longer needed else args[key] = args[key] or 3 -- limit to three displayed names end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- get_name_list -- adapted from getAuthors code taken from Module:RexxS arguments: nl_type - type of name list to fetch: nl_type = 'author' for authors; 'editor' for editors; 'translator' for translators args - pointer to the parameter arguments table from the template call qid - value from |qid= parameter; the Q-id of the source (book, etc.) in qid wdlinks - value from the |wdlinks= parameter; a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists returns nothing; modifies the args table ]=] local function get_name_list(nl_type, args, Q, wdlinks, lang) local propertyID = "P50" local fallbackID = "P2093" -- author name string if nl_type == "author" then propertyID = 'P50' -- for authors fallbackID = 'P2093' -- author-string elseif nl_type == "editor" then propertyID = 'P5769' -- "editor-in-chief" fallbackID = 'P98' -- for editors - So-called "fallbacks" are actually a second set of properties processed -- TBD. Take book series editors into account as well (if they have a separate P code as well)? elseif nl_type == "translator" then propertyID = 'P655' -- for translators fallbackID = nil -- elseif 'contributor' == nl_type then -- f.e. author of forewords (P2679) and afterwords (P2680); requires |contribution=, |title= and |author= -- propertyID = 'P' -- for contributors -- fallbackID = nil else return -- not specified so return end -- wdlinks is a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false if wdlinks and (#wdlinks > 0) then wdlinks = wdlinks:lower() wdlinks = in_array(wdlinks, { "false", "no", "0" }) else -- wdlinks is empty, so wdlinks = false end local statements = Q:getStatements(propertyID) if statements:count() == 0 and fallbackID then statements = Q:getStatements(fallbackID) end -- Make sure it actually has at least one of the properties requested if statements:count() == 0 then return nil end -- So now we have something to return: -- table 'out' is going to store the names(s): -- and table 'link' will store any links to the name's article local out = {} local link = {} local maxpos = 0 for _, s in statements:iter() do -- maxpos = makelink(v, out, link, maxpos, wdlinks, lang) local qnumber = s:getRawValue() if qnumber ~= 'novalue' then local label = s:getValue({ linked = false }) local slink if label == 'somevalue' or label == 'Unknown' then label = cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"][lang] or cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"]["ar"] elseif mw.ustring.match(qnumber, '^Q%d+$') and qnumber ~= 'Q2818964' then slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qnumber, cfg.config_t.linksproject) end local position = maxpos + 1 -- Default to 'next' author. position = tonumber(s:getRawQual("P1545")[1]) or position maxpos = math.max(maxpos, position) out[position] = label if slink then link[position] = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix .. slink; end end end -- if there's anything to return, then insert the additions in the template arguments table -- in the form |author1=firstname secondname |author2= ... -- Renumber, in case we have inconsistent numbering local keys = {} for k, v in pairs(out) do keys[#keys + 1] = k end table.sort(keys) -- as they might be out of order for i, k in ipairs(keys) do out[k] = out[k]:gsub('&#39;', '\''); -- prevent cs1|2 multiple names categorization; replace html entity with the actual character if args[nl_type .. i] then -- name gets overwritten -- pull corresponding -link only if overwritten name is same as WD name if link[k] and (args[nl_type .. i] == out[k]) then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end else -- name does not get overwritten, so pull name from WD args[nl_type .. i] = out[k] if link[k] then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end end end end --________________________________ filtering functions ______________________________________ -- ref filtering for citing from wikidata local function is_rejected(item) -- rejected Q if cfg.rejected_t.sources[item] == true then return true; end -- rejected Properties local item_entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item); for _, v in pairs(cfg.rejected_t.properties) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(v) > 0) then return true; end end -- Rejected InatanceOf local instance = item_entity:getAllStatements("P31") for _, v in pairs(instance) do local vsnak = v.mainsnak or v if cfg.rejected_t.instances[vsnak.datavalue.value.id] then return true; end end --No used Properties local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(k) > 0) then has_properties = true; break; end end return not has_properties; end --________________________________ main functions ______________________________________ --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ W E B >------------------------------------------------------------------ used to pass wikidata reference claims to cite web template. --]] local function _cite_web(citeq_args) local Q local refsnak = citeq_args.snak citeq_args.snak = nil -- retrieve all the parameters local pqid = citeq_args.pqid citeq_args.pqid = nil local wdlinks = false local qid = nil local multi_args = { P50 = "author", P2093 = "author", P5769 = "editor", P98 = "editor", P655 = "translator", } local fallbackurls = {} Q = WdItem.newSnakItem(refsnak, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg .config_t.wikilinkprefix }) -- find language local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if refsnak["P1476"] then langcodes = _getLangOfSnakProp(refsnak, "P1476") citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") end langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) for _, l in ipairs({ 'ar', 'en', 'mul' }) do if not in_array(l, langcodes) then langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = l end end Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }) local labellang = langcodes[1] local rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false local oth = {} for i in pairs(refsnak) do local label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if refsnak[i][1].snaktype ~= 'novalue' then if multi_args[i] then get_name_list(multi_args[i], citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] and type(cfg.used_properties_t[i]) == "table" then local data = cfg.used_properties_t[i] local langidx = 1 citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, rank = data.rank or "best" }) if not citeq_args[data.arg] or citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned -- try fallback to qid's native language local qid_languages = _lang_code(WdItem.newItem(citeq_args[data.arg], { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true })) citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, langs = qid_languages }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned again citeq_args[data.arg] = nil else -- record the language found if no lang specified citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or qid_languages[1] end end end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[data.arg] == "Unknown" then if rtl then citeq_args[data.arg] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. data.arg] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] else citeq_args[data.arg] = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang("Q4233718", langcodes[1]):gsub("^%l", mw.ustring.upper) end end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[data.arg] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[data.arg] or data.arg:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[data.arg]) citeq_args[data.arg] = nil end elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] then if i == "P648" then citeq_args.ol = (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end elseif i == "P957" then citeq_args.isbn = Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif in_array(i, { "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) then local url; for _, pr in ipairs({ "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) do url = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url break; end end end end if refsnak[i][1].datatype == "external-id" then fallbackurls[#fallbackurls+1] = { url = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = 1, fullidurl=true}), arg = cfg.used_properties_t[i] and cfg.used_properties_t[i].arg } end end end if not citeq_args.url and #fallbackurls>0 then for _,v in ipairs(fallbackurls) do if not v.arg then citeq_args.url = v.url break; end end if not citeq_args.url then citeq_args.url = fallbackurls[1].url citeq_args[fallbackurls[1].arg] = nil end end if citeq_args.url then if refsnak["P813"] then citeq_args.accessdate = Q:getValue("P813", { maxvals = 1 }) end if refsnak["P1065"] and refsnak["P2960"] then citeq_args["archive-url"] = Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }) citeq_args["archive-date"] = Q:getValue("P2960", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif refsnak["P1065"] then set_archive_args(Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }), citeq_args) end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) -- if url then see if there's an archive: citeq_args.url local url local title_display = citeq_args.title if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end -- TBD: incorporate |at, |sheets= and |sheet= here as well -- Sort out what should happen if several of them are given at the same time if citeq_args.page or citeq_args.p then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) local template = "بويب" -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد " .. template else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end citeq_args['no-tracking'] = 'true' -- لإيقاف ظهور تصانيف التتبع return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } -- render the template end --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ Q >------------------------------------------------------------------ Takes standard CS1|2 template parameters and passes all to {{citation}}. If neither of |author= and |author1= are set, calls get_authors() to try to get an author name-list from Wikidata. The result is passed to {{citation}} for rendering. --]] local function _cite_q(in_citeq_args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local citeq_args = {} local origin_args = {} local Q -- parameters that don't get passed to Citation local expand = in_citeq_args.expand -- when set to anything, causes {{cite q}} to render <code><nowiki>{{citation|...}}</nowiki></code> local qid = in_citeq_args.qid or in_citeq_args[1] local wdlinks = in_citeq_args.wdlinks local template = in_citeq_args.template local cite_class = 'citation' local rtl = true local snak = in_citeq_args.snak or {} local pqid = in_citeq_args.pqid local page_offset = 0 in_citeq_args.expand = nil in_citeq_args[1] = nil in_citeq_args.qid = nil in_citeq_args.wdlinks = nil in_citeq_args.template = nil in_citeq_args.snak = nil in_citeq_args.pqid = nil if in_citeq_args.wikidatacite then citeq_args = in_citeq_args else local A = require("Module:Argument Wrapper")(cfg.aliases_t, { in_citeq_args }, cfg.numbered_aliases_t) -- local A = argument_wrapper(in_citeq_args) local loaded_args = {} for _, args_table in pairs({ cfg.simple_properties_t, cfg.used_args_t }) do for k, _ in pairs(args_table) do if A[k] then citeq_args[k] = A[k] if k ~= A:ORIGIN(k) then origin_args[k] = A:ORIGIN(k) loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = A:ORIGIN(k) else loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = k end end end end for k, v in pairs(in_citeq_args) do if not in_array(k, loaded_args) then citeq_args[k] = v end end end -- if title supplied, flag to not read html title local titleforced = (citeq_args.title ~= nil) local default_opt = { rank = "preferred normal", fetchwikidata = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix } if citeq_args.volume or citeq_args.volume then local qualifiedaspossible = {} if citeq_args.volume then qualifiedaspossible['P478'] = citeq_args.volume end if citeq_args.chapter then qualifiedaspossible['P792'] = citeq_args.chapter end default_opt.qualifiedaspossible = qualifiedaspossible end Q = WdItem.WdItem:new(qid, default_opt, snak) local oth = {} -- put the language codes into a sequential table langcodes[] local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if not langcodes[1] then -- try to find language of work langcodes = _lang_code(Q) end if not langcodes[1] then -- try fallback to journal's language local journal_qid = Q:followQid("P1433") langcodes = journal_qid and _lang_code(journal_qid) or {} end citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }); local labellang = langcodes[1] or 'ar' rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false -- loop through list of simple properties and get their values in citeq_args for name, data in pairs(cfg.simple_properties_t) do local opt = { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, qual = data.qual, hijri = data.hijri } if data.no_vol_qual then opt.qualifiedaspossible = {}; end citeq_args[name] = citeq_args[name] or Q:getValue(data.id, opt) if not citeq_args[name] and data.populate_from_journal then local publishedin = Q:getValue("P1433", { maxvals = 0, qual = data.id, qualsonly = true }) citeq_args[name] = publishedin or Q:getPropOfProp("P1433", data.id, { maxvals = data.maxvals }) end if citeq_args[name] and snak[data.id] then snak[data.id] = nil end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[name] == "Unknown" and rtl then mw.log(name,"unknown") citeq_args[name] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. name] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[name] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[name] or name:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[name]) citeq_args[name] = nil end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.journal = citeq_args.journal and citeq_args.journal:gsub("^''", ""):gsub("''$", ""):gsub("|''", "|"):gsub("'']]", "]]") citeq_args.ol = citeq_args.ol or (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end -- TBD. Take care of |ol-access=? citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) citeq_args.isbn = citeq_args.isbn or Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1, rank = "best" }) -- try ISBN 10 (only one value accepted) if citeq_args.page then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- Orginal Date if not citeq_args['orig-date'] then local work, origdate, origDateS = Q:getStatements('P629'):getBestOne():getRawValue() local origOpt = { rank = "best", maxvals = 1, onlysourced = false, noicon = true } local ishijri = false; if has_value(work) then local workQ = WdItem.newItem(work, origOpt) origDateS = workQ:getStatements('P577', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }):getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if origdate then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end if not has_value(origdate) then local author = Q:getStatements('P50'):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(author) then local authorQ = WdItem.newItem(author, origOpt) origDateS = authorQ:getStatements('P570', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if has_value(origdate) then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end end if has_value(origdate) then local printDateS, printDate = Q:getStatements("P577", { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() if ishijri then printDate = printDateS:getValue({ hijri = true }) if has_value(printDate) then if (tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end else if (tonumber(origDateS:getValue()) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDateS:getValue()) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end end else printDate = printDateS:getValue() if (has_value(printDate) and ((tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0))) or not has_value(printDate) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate end end end end local url --find formatted url if citeq_args.url == nil then if snak ~= {} then for k, v in pairs(snak) do if (v[1].datatype == "external-id") then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.match(mw.wikibase.formatValue(v[1]), "%[(https?://[^%s%]]+)") snak[k] = nil break; end end end if citeq_args.url == nil and pqid and qid then local refproperty = Q:getStatements("P1687"):getRawValue() for k, p in ipairs(refproperty) do if has_value(p) then local refval = WdItem.WdItem:new(pqid):getValue(p, {fullidurl=true}) if has_value(refval) then citeq_args.url = refval break; end end end end end if not citeq_args.url then local S953 = Q:getStatements("P953"):getBestOne() local S953_val = S953:getRawValue() citeq_args.url = has_value(S953_val) and S953_val or nil if citeq_args.url then if mw.ustring.match(citeq_args.url, "archive.org/details/") and citeq_args.page then page_offset = tonumber(S953:getRawQual('P8330')[1]) or 0 if not citeq_args.volume or (citeq_args.volume and (citeq_args.volume == S953:getRawQual('P478')[1])) then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.url, "/?$", "") .. "/page/n" .. (tonumber(citeq_args.page) + page_offset - 1) .. "/mode/1up" end end set_archive_args(S953:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) end end if not citeq_args.url then for i, pr in ipairs({ "P856", "P2699" }) do local surl = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne() if surl then local url = surl:getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url set_archive_args(surl:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) break; end end end end if not titleforced then -- Handle subtitle. if citeq_args.title then local subtitle = Q:getValue('P1680'); if subtitle then citeq_args.title = citeq_args.title .. ": " .. subtitle end end local htmltitle = Q:getValue("P1476", { qual = "P6833", maxvals = 1, qualsonly = true }) if htmltitle then citeq_args.title = htmltitle:gsub("</?i>", "''") else local title_display = citeq_args.title or (langcodes[1] and mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid, langcodes[1])) or mw.wikibase.getLabel(qid) if title_display and snak and snak.P1810 then title_display = title_display .. " | " .. snak.P1810[1].datavalue.value snak.P1810 = nil end title_display = title_display or ("No label or title -- debug: " .. qid) if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) else local slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.config_t.linksproject) local slink_flag = false local wrap_title = '' local wslink = false if not slink then -- See if we have wikisource if not citeq_args.url then local wikisource_sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.i18n_t.wikisource) or nil if wikisource_sitelink then slink = ':s:' .. wikisource_sitelink wslink = true end end end if citeq_args.title then if slink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) end else if slink and not wslink then if slink:lower() == title_display:lower() then citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")) slink_flag = true end elseif wslink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end end if slink_flag then if slink == wrap_title and not wslink then -- direct link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else -- piped link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. '|' .. wrap_title .. ']]' end end end end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end if is_set(qid) then if not is_set(citeq_args.author) and not is_set(citeq_args.author1) then -- if neither are set, try to get authors from Wikidata get_name_list('author', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with authors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.editor) and not is_set(citeq_args.editor1) then -- if neither are set, try to get editors from Wikidata get_name_list('editor', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with editors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.translator) and not is_set(citeq_args.translator1) then -- if neither are set, try to get translators from Wikidata get_name_list('translator', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with translators from Wikidata end end for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if in_array(v, { '(())', 'unset', 'ignore' }) or 'string' ~= type(k) then -- empty accept-as-is-written (()) markup to indicate an empty/unused parameter value, other ((...)) markups are deliberately passed down to {{citation}} citeq_args[k] = nil elseif in_array(v, { '((unset))', '((ignore))' }) then -- strip off markup for free-text values clashing with local keywords citeq_args[k] = 'unset' end end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- change edition to ordinal if it's set and numeric if (rtl == false) then citeq_args.edition = citeq_args.edition and makeOrdinal(citeq_args.edition) end -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) if citeq_args.journal then template = template or "بدورية محكمة" elseif citeq_args.isbn then template = template or "بكتاب" citeq_args.asin = nil -- suppress ASIN if ISBN exists elseif citeq_args.website then template = template or "بويب" end -- template is CS1 designator: journal, web, news, etc. if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous local citeclasses = { ["بدورية محكمة"] = 'journal', ["بكتاب"] = "book", ["بويب"] = "web" } cite_class = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] and template or citeclasses[template] template = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] or ("استشهاد " .. template) else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end local id = cfg.i18n_t.wdq .. ':[[:d:' .. qid .. '|' .. qid .. ']]' local old_id = citeq_args.id if wdlinks then -- show WD logo id = id .. '[[ملف:Wikidata-logo.svg|16px|alt=|link=]]' -- possibly replace by WD edit icon? end if is_set(old_id) then citeq_args.id = old_id .. list_sep .. id -- append to user-specified contents else citeq_args.id = id end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- use real param names for CS1 messages for k, v in pairs(origin_args) do if citeq_args[k] and citeq_args[k] == in_citeq_args[v] then citeq_args[v] = citeq_args[k] citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- if |expand=<anything>, write a nowiki'd version to see what the {{citation}} template call looks like if expand then local expand_args = { "{{" .. template .. "\n" } -- init with citation template if expand == "self" then citeq_args.id = old_id -- restore original |id= parameter expand_args = { cfg.i18n_t.cite_q .. qid } -- expand to itself end -- make a sortable table and sort it by param name local sorttable = {} for param, val in pairs(citeq_args) do sorttable[#sorttable + 1] = { param, val } end table.sort(sorttable, comp_key) -- add contents to expand_args for idx, val in ipairs(sorttable) do expand_args[#expand_args + 1] = val[1] .. '=' .. val[2] .. "\n" end -- make the nowiki'd string and done return frame:preprocess(table.concat({ '<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="1">', table.concat(expand_args, ' |') .. '}}', '</syntaxhighlight>' })); end local erratumid = Q:getPropertyIDs("P2507", { maxvals = 1 }) if erratumid then erratumid = " [[d:" .. erratumid .. "|" .. cfg.i18n_t.erratum .. "]]" .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.erratum else erratumid = "" end local opt_cat = '' if Q:getValue("P5824") then opt_cat = cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.retracted end if Q:getValue("P1366") then opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.replaced end if not citeq_args.title then -- emit category link if missing title opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats['no-label-or-title']; end if citeq_args.wikidatacite then return frame:expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } .. erratumid .. opt_cat -- render the template else local CS = require("Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox) return CS._citation(frame, citeq_args, { ['CitationClass'] = cite_class }) .. erratumid .. opt_cat end end --[[-------------------------< C I T E W I K I D A T A >------------------------------------------------------------------ format wikidata reference --]] local function _cite_wikidata(ref, pqid, expand) -- early exit if not ref then return nil end local snak = ref.snaks -- مراجع غير مقبولة if snak.P143 or snak.P3452 then return nil end local hash = ref.hash if not is_set(hash) then mw.log ("hash is not set") return nil end local hashpre = (is_set(sandbox) and 'wikidata-s-' or 'wikidata-') local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if ref_cash[hash] ~= nil then if ref_cash[hash] == false then return nil end return frame:extensionTag("ref", '' , { name = hashpre .. hash }) end local citeq_args = {} -- مذكور في if snak.P248 then for _, prop in pairs(snak.P248) do if prop.snaktype == "value" then citeq_args.qid = prop.datavalue.value.id break; end end snak.P248 = nil; end if citeq_args.qid and is_rejected(citeq_args.qid) == true then return nil end local reference citeq_args.snak = snak citeq_args.pqid = pqid citeq_args.wikidatacite = 1 citeq_args.expand = expand if citeq_args.qid then reference = _cite_q(citeq_args) else local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if snak[k] then has_properties = true; break; end end reference = (has_properties and _cite_web(citeq_args) or nil) end if is_set(reference) then reference = frame:extensionTag("ref", reference, { name = hashpre .. hash }) ref_cash[hash] = true else ref_cash[hash] = false end return reference end local function cite_q(frame) local args = {} for k, v in pairs(frame:getParent().args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end args.qid = args.qid or args[1] or "" if args.qid == "" then return nil end args[1] = nil local citesep = (args.citesep or "") if citesep == "" then citesep = ", " end citesep = citesep:gsub('"', '') -- strip double quotes after setting default to allow |citesep="" as a blank separator args.citesep = nil local tag = args.tag or "" if tag == "" then tag = nil end args.tag = nil local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end args.list = nil args.language = args.language or args.lang args.lang = nil local cites = {} for q in args.qid:gmatch("Q%d+") do -- make a new copy of the arguments local newargs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k ~= "qid" then newargs[k] = v end end newargs.qid = q if tag == "ref" then cites[#cites + 1] = frame:callParserFunction { name = "#tag:ref", args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = q } } -- expand like this: args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = 'foo', group = 'bar' } else cites[#cites + 1] = _cite_q(newargs) end end if list then return frame:expandTemplate { title = list, args = cites } else return table.concat(cites, citesep) end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { makeOrdinal = makeOrdinal, getLangOfProp = getLangOfProp, _cite_wikidata = _cite_wikidata, _cite_q = _cite_q, cite_q = cite_q } btfzo67ss4k7hucvrnnk7mfcqlp7qie 1097965 1097960 2026-08-03T21:24:33Z حبيشان 31560 إصلاح 1097965 Scribunto text/plain --[[ Cite Q النسخة العربية مشتق من النسخة الإنجليزية ]] require('strict') local sandbox = '' local WdItem = require('Module:WdItem' .. sandbox) local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Cite Q/config' .. sandbox) local ref_cash = {} local rtl_lang = { ar = true, fa = true, ur = true, ku = true, he = true, arc = true, dv = true, ha = true, khw = true, ks = true, ps = true, yi = true, ota = true } -- ________________________________ General Utility Functions ______________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with cfg.i18n_t -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local card = tonumber(cardinal) if not card then return cardinal end local ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default if card % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[1] elseif card % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[2] elseif card % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (card % 100 == 11) or (card % 100 == 12) or (card % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default end return card .. ordsuffix end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set(var) return not (var == nil or var == '') end local function has_value(var) return not (var == nil or var == '' or var == 'novalue' or var == 'somevalue' or var == 'Unknown') end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack (taken from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities) ]] local function in_array(needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false end for n, v in ipairs(haystack) do if v == needle then return n end end return false end -- wraps a string in nowiki unless disable flag is set local function wrap_nowiki(str, disable) if disable then return str or '' end return mw.text.nowiki(str or '') end -- sort sequence table whose values are key-value pairs by key local function comp_key(a, b) local param_a, enum_a = a[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <a> local param_b, enum_b = b[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <b> if enum_a and enum_b then -- if both parameters have neumerators if param_a == param_b then -- are parameter names the same? return tonumber(enum_a) < tonumber(enum_b); -- yes: compare enumerators end end return a[1] < b[1]; -- alpha sort if here end local function set_archive_args(arcurl, args) if has_value(arcurl) then local arcy, arcm, arcd = arcurl:match("(20%d%d)%p?(%d%d)%p?(%d%d)") if arcy and arcm and arcd then args["archive-url"] = arcurl args["archive-date"] = arcy .. '-' .. arcm .. '-' .. arcd end end end --________________________________ Language Functions ______________________________________ local function getLanguages(languageArg) local langcodes = {} if languageArg then -- check these are a supported language codes for lc in mw.text.gsplit(languageArg, "[,، ]+", false) do --modified langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage(lc) and lc end end return langcodes end local function simplify_langauges(langs_t) local newlangs = {} for k,v in ipairs(langs_t) do newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = v local main_lang = v:match("^[^_-]+") if main_lang ~= v then newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = main_lang; end end return newlangs end local function _getLangOfSnakProp(snak, pid) if not pid or not snak then return {} end local out = {} local props = snak[pid] for i, v in ipairs(props) do if v.datatype == "monolingualtext" and v.datavalue then out[#out + 1] = v.datavalue.value.language end end return out end local function getLangOfProp(frame) local pid = frame.args.pid or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if pid == "" then return end local qid = frame.args.qid if qid == "" then qid = nil end local Q = WdItem.new(qid, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true }) return table.concat(Q:getLangOfProp(pid), ", ") end -- gets the language codes of a Wikidata entry as a table local function _lang_code(Qitem) local lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P424") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P218") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end return Qitem:getLangOfProp("P1476") end --________________________________ Author/Editor Display Functions ______________________________________ local function set_display_authors(args, contribtype) local contrib_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if k:find("^" .. contribtype .. "%d+$") then contrib_count = contrib_count + 1 end end local key = 'display-' .. contribtype .. 's' if contrib_count > 8 then -- convention in astronomy journals, optional mode for this? if 'all' == args[key] then args[key] = nil; -- unset because no longer needed else args[key] = args[key] or 3 -- limit to three displayed names end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- get_name_list -- adapted from getAuthors code taken from Module:RexxS arguments: nl_type - type of name list to fetch: nl_type = 'author' for authors; 'editor' for editors; 'translator' for translators args - pointer to the parameter arguments table from the template call qid - value from |qid= parameter; the Q-id of the source (book, etc.) in qid wdlinks - value from the |wdlinks= parameter; a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists returns nothing; modifies the args table ]=] local function get_name_list(nl_type, args, Q, wdlinks, lang) local propertyID = "P50" local fallbackID = "P2093" -- author name string if nl_type == "author" then propertyID = 'P50' -- for authors fallbackID = 'P2093' -- author-string elseif nl_type == "editor" then propertyID = 'P5769' -- "editor-in-chief" fallbackID = 'P98' -- for editors - So-called "fallbacks" are actually a second set of properties processed -- TBD. Take book series editors into account as well (if they have a separate P code as well)? elseif nl_type == "translator" then propertyID = 'P655' -- for translators fallbackID = nil -- elseif 'contributor' == nl_type then -- f.e. author of forewords (P2679) and afterwords (P2680); requires |contribution=, |title= and |author= -- propertyID = 'P' -- for contributors -- fallbackID = nil else return -- not specified so return end -- wdlinks is a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false if wdlinks and (#wdlinks > 0) then wdlinks = wdlinks:lower() wdlinks = in_array(wdlinks, { "false", "no", "0" }) else -- wdlinks is empty, so wdlinks = false end local statements = Q:getStatements(propertyID) if statements:count() == 0 and fallbackID then statements = Q:getStatements(fallbackID) end -- Make sure it actually has at least one of the properties requested if statements:count() == 0 then return nil end -- So now we have something to return: -- table 'out' is going to store the names(s): -- and table 'link' will store any links to the name's article local out = {} local link = {} local maxpos = 0 for _, s in statements:iter() do -- maxpos = makelink(v, out, link, maxpos, wdlinks, lang) local qnumber = s:getRawValue() if qnumber ~= 'novalue' then local label = s:getValue({ linked = false }) local slink if label == 'somevalue' or label == 'Unknown' then label = cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"][lang] or cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"]["ar"] elseif mw.ustring.match(qnumber, '^Q%d+$') and qnumber ~= 'Q2818964' then slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qnumber, cfg.config_t.linksproject) end local position = maxpos + 1 -- Default to 'next' author. position = tonumber(s:getRawQual("P1545")[1]) or position maxpos = math.max(maxpos, position) out[position] = label if slink then link[position] = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix .. slink; end end end -- if there's anything to return, then insert the additions in the template arguments table -- in the form |author1=firstname secondname |author2= ... -- Renumber, in case we have inconsistent numbering local keys = {} for k, v in pairs(out) do keys[#keys + 1] = k end table.sort(keys) -- as they might be out of order for i, k in ipairs(keys) do out[k] = out[k]:gsub('&#39;', '\''); -- prevent cs1|2 multiple names categorization; replace html entity with the actual character if args[nl_type .. i] then -- name gets overwritten -- pull corresponding -link only if overwritten name is same as WD name if link[k] and (args[nl_type .. i] == out[k]) then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end else -- name does not get overwritten, so pull name from WD args[nl_type .. i] = out[k] if link[k] then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end end end end --________________________________ filtering functions ______________________________________ -- ref filtering for citing from wikidata local function is_rejected(item) -- rejected Q if cfg.rejected_t.sources[item] == true then return true; end -- rejected Properties local item_entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item); for _, v in pairs(cfg.rejected_t.properties) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(v) > 0) then return true; end end -- Rejected InatanceOf local instance = item_entity:getAllStatements("P31") for _, v in pairs(instance) do local vsnak = v.mainsnak or v if cfg.rejected_t.instances[vsnak.datavalue.value.id] then return true; end end --No used Properties local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(k) > 0) then has_properties = true; break; end end return not has_properties; end --________________________________ main functions ______________________________________ --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ W E B >------------------------------------------------------------------ used to pass wikidata reference claims to cite web template. --]] local function _cite_web(citeq_args) local Q local refsnak = citeq_args.snak citeq_args.snak = nil -- retrieve all the parameters local pqid = citeq_args.pqid citeq_args.pqid = nil local wdlinks = false local qid = nil local multi_args = { P50 = "author", P2093 = "author", P5769 = "editor", P98 = "editor", P655 = "translator", } local fallbackurls = {} Q = WdItem.newSnakItem(refsnak, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg .config_t.wikilinkprefix }) -- find language local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if refsnak["P1476"] then langcodes = _getLangOfSnakProp(refsnak, "P1476") citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") end langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) for _, l in ipairs({ 'ar', 'en', 'mul' }) do if not in_array(l, langcodes) then langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = l end end Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }) local labellang = langcodes[1] local rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false local oth = {} for i in pairs(refsnak) do local label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if refsnak[i][1].snaktype ~= 'novalue' then if multi_args[i] then get_name_list(multi_args[i], citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] and type(cfg.used_properties_t[i]) == "table" then local data = cfg.used_properties_t[i] local langidx = 1 citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, rank = data.rank or "best" }) if not citeq_args[data.arg] or citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned -- try fallback to qid's native language local qid_languages = _lang_code(WdItem.newItem(citeq_args[data.arg], { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true })) citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, langs = qid_languages }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned again citeq_args[data.arg] = nil else -- record the language found if no lang specified citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or qid_languages[1] end end end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[data.arg] == "Unknown" then if rtl then citeq_args[data.arg] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. data.arg] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] else citeq_args[data.arg] = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang("Q4233718", langcodes[1]):gsub("^%l", mw.ustring.upper) end end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[data.arg] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[data.arg] or data.arg:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[data.arg]) citeq_args[data.arg] = nil end elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] then if i == "P648" then citeq_args.ol = (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end elseif i == "P957" then citeq_args.isbn = Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif in_array(i, { "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) then local url; for _, pr in ipairs({ "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) do url = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url break; end end end end if refsnak[i][1].datatype == "external-id" then fallbackurls[#fallbackurls+1] = { url = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = 1, fullidurl=true}), arg = cfg.used_properties_t[i] and cfg.used_properties_t[i].arg } end end end if not citeq_args.url and #fallbackurls>0 then for _,v in ipairs(fallbackurls) do if not v.arg then citeq_args.url = v.url break; end end if not citeq_args.url then citeq_args.url = fallbackurls[1].url citeq_args[fallbackurls[1].arg] = nil end end if citeq_args.url then if refsnak["P813"] then citeq_args.accessdate = Q:getValue("P813", { maxvals = 1 }) end if refsnak["P1065"] and refsnak["P2960"] then citeq_args["archive-url"] = Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }) citeq_args["archive-date"] = Q:getValue("P2960", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif refsnak["P1065"] then set_archive_args(Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }), citeq_args) end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) -- if url then see if there's an archive: citeq_args.url local url local title_display = citeq_args.title if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end -- TBD: incorporate |at, |sheets= and |sheet= here as well -- Sort out what should happen if several of them are given at the same time if citeq_args.page or citeq_args.p then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) local template = "بويب" -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد " .. template else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end citeq_args['no-tracking'] = 'true' -- لإيقاف ظهور تصانيف التتبع return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } -- render the template end --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ Q >------------------------------------------------------------------ Takes standard CS1|2 template parameters and passes all to {{citation}}. If neither of |author= and |author1= are set, calls get_authors() to try to get an author name-list from Wikidata. The result is passed to {{citation}} for rendering. --]] local function _cite_q(in_citeq_args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local citeq_args = {} local origin_args = {} local Q -- parameters that don't get passed to Citation local expand = in_citeq_args.expand -- when set to anything, causes {{cite q}} to render <code><nowiki>{{citation|...}}</nowiki></code> local qid = in_citeq_args.qid or in_citeq_args[1] local wdlinks = in_citeq_args.wdlinks local template = in_citeq_args.template local cite_class = 'citation' local rtl = true local snak = in_citeq_args.snak or {} local pqid = in_citeq_args.pqid local page_offset = 0 in_citeq_args.expand = nil in_citeq_args[1] = nil in_citeq_args.qid = nil in_citeq_args.wdlinks = nil in_citeq_args.template = nil in_citeq_args.snak = nil in_citeq_args.pqid = nil if in_citeq_args.wikidatacite then citeq_args = in_citeq_args else local A = require("Module:Argument Wrapper")(cfg.aliases_t, { in_citeq_args }, cfg.numbered_aliases_t) -- local A = argument_wrapper(in_citeq_args) local loaded_args = {} for _, args_table in pairs({ cfg.simple_properties_t, cfg.used_args_t }) do for k, _ in pairs(args_table) do if A[k] then citeq_args[k] = A[k] if k ~= A:ORIGIN(k) then origin_args[k] = A:ORIGIN(k) loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = A:ORIGIN(k) else loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = k end end end end for k, v in pairs(in_citeq_args) do if not in_array(k, loaded_args) then citeq_args[k] = v end end end -- if title supplied, flag to not read html title local titleforced = (citeq_args.title ~= nil) local default_opt = { rank = "preferred normal", fetchwikidata = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix } if citeq_args.volume or citeq_args.volume then local qualifiedaspossible = {} if citeq_args.volume then qualifiedaspossible['P478'] = citeq_args.volume end if citeq_args.chapter then qualifiedaspossible['P792'] = citeq_args.chapter end default_opt.qualifiedaspossible = qualifiedaspossible end Q = WdItem.WdItem:new(qid, default_opt, snak) local oth = {} -- put the language codes into a sequential table langcodes[] local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if not langcodes[1] then -- try to find language of work langcodes = _lang_code(Q) end if not langcodes[1] then -- try fallback to journal's language local journal_qid = Q:followQid("P1433") langcodes = journal_qid and _lang_code(journal_qid) or {} end citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }); local labellang = langcodes[1] or 'ar' rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false -- loop through list of simple properties and get their values in citeq_args for name, data in pairs(cfg.simple_properties_t) do local opt = { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, qual = data.qual, hijri = data.hijri } if data.no_vol_qual then opt.qualifiedaspossible = {}; end citeq_args[name] = citeq_args[name] or Q:getValue(data.id, opt) if not citeq_args[name] and data.populate_from_journal then local publishedin = Q:getValue("P1433", { maxvals = 0, qual = data.id, qualsonly = true }) citeq_args[name] = publishedin or Q:getPropOfProp("P1433", data.id, { maxvals = data.maxvals }) end if citeq_args[name] and snak[data.id] then snak[data.id] = nil end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[name] == "Unknown" and rtl then citeq_args[name] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. name] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[name] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[name] or name:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[name]) citeq_args[name] = nil end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.journal = citeq_args.journal and citeq_args.journal:gsub("^''", ""):gsub("''$", ""):gsub("|''", "|"):gsub("'']]", "]]") citeq_args.ol = citeq_args.ol or (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end -- TBD. Take care of |ol-access=? citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) citeq_args.isbn = citeq_args.isbn or Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1, rank = "best" }) -- try ISBN 10 (only one value accepted) if citeq_args.page then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- Orginal Date if not citeq_args['orig-date'] then local work, origdate, origDateS = Q:getStatements('P629'):getBestOne():getRawValue() local origOpt = { rank = "best", maxvals = 1, onlysourced = false, noicon = true } local ishijri = false; if has_value(work) then local workQ = WdItem.newItem(work, origOpt) origDateS = workQ:getStatements('P577', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }):getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if has_value(origdate) then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end if not has_value(origdate) then local author = Q:getStatements('P50'):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(author) then local authorQ = WdItem.newItem(author, origOpt) origDateS = authorQ:getStatements('P570', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if has_value(origdate) then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end end if has_value(origdate) then local printDateS, printDate = Q:getStatements("P577", { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() if ishijri then printDate = printDateS:getValue({ hijri = true }) if has_value(printDate) then if (tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end else if (tonumber(origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y'})) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDateS:getValue({ df = 'y'})) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end end else printDate = printDateS:getValue() if (has_value(printDate) and ((tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0))) or not has_value(printDate) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate end end end end local url --find formatted url if citeq_args.url == nil then if snak ~= {} then for k, v in pairs(snak) do if (v[1].datatype == "external-id") then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.match(mw.wikibase.formatValue(v[1]), "%[(https?://[^%s%]]+)") snak[k] = nil break; end end end if citeq_args.url == nil and pqid and qid then local refproperty = Q:getStatements("P1687"):getRawValue() for k, p in ipairs(refproperty) do if has_value(p) then local refval = WdItem.WdItem:new(pqid):getValue(p, {fullidurl=true}) if has_value(refval) then citeq_args.url = refval break; end end end end end if not citeq_args.url then local S953 = Q:getStatements("P953"):getBestOne() local S953_val = S953:getRawValue() citeq_args.url = has_value(S953_val) and S953_val or nil if citeq_args.url then if mw.ustring.match(citeq_args.url, "archive.org/details/") and citeq_args.page then page_offset = tonumber(S953:getRawQual('P8330')[1]) or 0 if not citeq_args.volume or (citeq_args.volume and (citeq_args.volume == S953:getRawQual('P478')[1])) then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.url, "/?$", "") .. "/page/n" .. (tonumber(citeq_args.page) + page_offset - 1) .. "/mode/1up" end end set_archive_args(S953:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) end end if not citeq_args.url then for i, pr in ipairs({ "P856", "P2699" }) do local surl = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne() if surl then local url = surl:getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url set_archive_args(surl:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) break; end end end end if not titleforced then -- Handle subtitle. if citeq_args.title then local subtitle = Q:getValue('P1680'); if subtitle then citeq_args.title = citeq_args.title .. ": " .. subtitle end end local htmltitle = Q:getValue("P1476", { qual = "P6833", maxvals = 1, qualsonly = true }) if htmltitle then citeq_args.title = htmltitle:gsub("</?i>", "''") else local title_display = citeq_args.title or (langcodes[1] and mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid, langcodes[1])) or mw.wikibase.getLabel(qid) if title_display and snak and snak.P1810 then title_display = title_display .. " | " .. snak.P1810[1].datavalue.value snak.P1810 = nil end title_display = title_display or ("No label or title -- debug: " .. qid) if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) else local slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.config_t.linksproject) local slink_flag = false local wrap_title = '' local wslink = false if not slink then -- See if we have wikisource if not citeq_args.url then local wikisource_sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.i18n_t.wikisource) or nil if wikisource_sitelink then slink = ':s:' .. wikisource_sitelink wslink = true end end end if citeq_args.title then if slink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) end else if slink and not wslink then if slink:lower() == title_display:lower() then citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")) slink_flag = true end elseif wslink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end end if slink_flag then if slink == wrap_title and not wslink then -- direct link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else -- piped link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. '|' .. wrap_title .. ']]' end end end end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end if is_set(qid) then if not is_set(citeq_args.author) and not is_set(citeq_args.author1) then -- if neither are set, try to get authors from Wikidata get_name_list('author', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with authors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.editor) and not is_set(citeq_args.editor1) then -- if neither are set, try to get editors from Wikidata get_name_list('editor', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with editors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.translator) and not is_set(citeq_args.translator1) then -- if neither are set, try to get translators from Wikidata get_name_list('translator', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with translators from Wikidata end end for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if in_array(v, { '(())', 'unset', 'ignore' }) or 'string' ~= type(k) then -- empty accept-as-is-written (()) markup to indicate an empty/unused parameter value, other ((...)) markups are deliberately passed down to {{citation}} citeq_args[k] = nil elseif in_array(v, { '((unset))', '((ignore))' }) then -- strip off markup for free-text values clashing with local keywords citeq_args[k] = 'unset' end end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- change edition to ordinal if it's set and numeric if (rtl == false) then citeq_args.edition = citeq_args.edition and makeOrdinal(citeq_args.edition) end -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) if citeq_args.journal then template = template or "بدورية محكمة" elseif citeq_args.isbn then template = template or "بكتاب" citeq_args.asin = nil -- suppress ASIN if ISBN exists elseif citeq_args.website then template = template or "بويب" end -- template is CS1 designator: journal, web, news, etc. if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous local citeclasses = { ["بدورية محكمة"] = 'journal', ["بكتاب"] = "book", ["بويب"] = "web" } cite_class = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] and template or citeclasses[template] template = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] or ("استشهاد " .. template) else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end local id = cfg.i18n_t.wdq .. ':[[:d:' .. qid .. '|' .. qid .. ']]' local old_id = citeq_args.id if wdlinks then -- show WD logo id = id .. '[[ملف:Wikidata-logo.svg|16px|alt=|link=]]' -- possibly replace by WD edit icon? end if is_set(old_id) then citeq_args.id = old_id .. list_sep .. id -- append to user-specified contents else citeq_args.id = id end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- use real param names for CS1 messages for k, v in pairs(origin_args) do if citeq_args[k] and citeq_args[k] == in_citeq_args[v] then citeq_args[v] = citeq_args[k] citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- if |expand=<anything>, write a nowiki'd version to see what the {{citation}} template call looks like if expand then local expand_args = { "{{" .. template .. "\n" } -- init with citation template if expand == "self" then citeq_args.id = old_id -- restore original |id= parameter expand_args = { cfg.i18n_t.cite_q .. qid } -- expand to itself end -- make a sortable table and sort it by param name local sorttable = {} for param, val in pairs(citeq_args) do sorttable[#sorttable + 1] = { param, val } end table.sort(sorttable, comp_key) -- add contents to expand_args for idx, val in ipairs(sorttable) do expand_args[#expand_args + 1] = val[1] .. '=' .. val[2] .. "\n" end -- make the nowiki'd string and done return frame:preprocess(table.concat({ '<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="1">', table.concat(expand_args, ' |') .. '}}', '</syntaxhighlight>' })); end local erratumid = Q:getPropertyIDs("P2507", { maxvals = 1 }) if erratumid then erratumid = " [[d:" .. erratumid .. "|" .. cfg.i18n_t.erratum .. "]]" .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.erratum else erratumid = "" end local opt_cat = '' if Q:getValue("P5824") then opt_cat = cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.retracted end if Q:getValue("P1366") then opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.replaced end if not citeq_args.title then -- emit category link if missing title opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats['no-label-or-title']; end if citeq_args.wikidatacite then return frame:expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } .. erratumid .. opt_cat -- render the template else local CS = require("Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox) return CS._citation(frame, citeq_args, { ['CitationClass'] = cite_class }) .. erratumid .. opt_cat end end --[[-------------------------< C I T E W I K I D A T A >------------------------------------------------------------------ format wikidata reference --]] local function _cite_wikidata(ref, pqid, expand) -- early exit if not ref then return nil end local snak = ref.snaks -- مراجع غير مقبولة if snak.P143 or snak.P3452 then return nil end local hash = ref.hash if not is_set(hash) then mw.log ("hash is not set") return nil end local hashname = (is_set(sandbox) and 'wikidata-s-' or 'wikidata-') .. hash local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if ref_cash[hash] ~= nil then if ref_cash[hash] == false then return nil end return frame:extensionTag("ref", '' , { name = hashname }) end local citeq_args = {} -- مذكور في if snak.P248 then for _, prop in pairs(snak.P248) do if prop.snaktype == "value" then citeq_args.qid = prop.datavalue.value.id break; end end snak.P248 = nil; end if citeq_args.qid and is_rejected(citeq_args.qid) == true then return nil end local reference citeq_args.snak = snak citeq_args.pqid = pqid citeq_args.wikidatacite = 1 citeq_args.expand = expand if citeq_args.qid then reference = _cite_q(citeq_args) else local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if snak[k] then has_properties = true; break; end end reference = (has_properties and _cite_web(citeq_args) or nil) end if is_set(reference) then reference = frame:extensionTag("ref", reference, { name = hashname }) ref_cash[hash] = true else ref_cash[hash] = false end return reference end local function cite_q(frame) local args = {} for k, v in pairs(frame:getParent().args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end args.qid = args.qid or args[1] or "" if args.qid == "" then return nil end args[1] = nil local citesep = (args.citesep or "") if citesep == "" then citesep = ", " end citesep = citesep:gsub('"', '') -- strip double quotes after setting default to allow |citesep="" as a blank separator args.citesep = nil local tag = args.tag or "" if tag == "" then tag = nil end args.tag = nil local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end args.list = nil args.language = args.language or args.lang args.lang = nil local cites = {} for q in args.qid:gmatch("Q%d+") do -- make a new copy of the arguments local newargs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k ~= "qid" then newargs[k] = v end end newargs.qid = q if tag == "ref" then cites[#cites + 1] = frame:callParserFunction { name = "#tag:ref", args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = q } } -- expand like this: args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = 'foo', group = 'bar' } else cites[#cites + 1] = _cite_q(newargs) end end if list then return frame:expandTemplate { title = list, args = cites } else return table.concat(cites, citesep) end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { makeOrdinal = makeOrdinal, getLangOfProp = getLangOfProp, _cite_wikidata = _cite_wikidata, _cite_q = _cite_q, cite_q = cite_q } r0fhtgahubdjbbjtvo93qtw6eoz7xyf 828 231230 1097962 1097661 2026-08-03T19:55:12Z حبيشان 31560 1097962 Scribunto text/plain --[[ Cite Q النسخة العربية مشتق من النسخة الإنجليزية ]] require('strict') local sandbox = '/ملعب' local WdItem = require('Module:WdItem' .. sandbox) local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Cite Q/config' .. sandbox) local ref_cash = {} local rtl_lang = { ar = true, fa = true, ur = true, ku = true, he = true, arc = true, dv = true, ha = true, khw = true, ks = true, ps = true, yi = true, ota = true } -- ________________________________ General Utility Functions ______________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with cfg.i18n_t -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local card = tonumber(cardinal) if not card then return cardinal end local ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default if card % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[1] elseif card % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[2] elseif card % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (card % 100 == 11) or (card % 100 == 12) or (card % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = cfg.i18n_t.ordinal.default end return card .. ordsuffix end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set(var) return not (var == nil or var == '') end local function has_value(var) return not (var == nil or var == '' or var == 'novalue' or var == 'somevalue') end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack (taken from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities) ]] local function in_array(needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false end for n, v in ipairs(haystack) do if v == needle then return n end end return false end -- wraps a string in nowiki unless disable flag is set local function wrap_nowiki(str, disable) if disable then return str or '' end return mw.text.nowiki(str or '') end -- sort sequence table whose values are key-value pairs by key local function comp_key(a, b) local param_a, enum_a = a[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <a> local param_b, enum_b = b[1]:match('(%D+)(%d+)$'); -- get param name and enumerator from <b> if enum_a and enum_b then -- if both parameters have neumerators if param_a == param_b then -- are parameter names the same? return tonumber(enum_a) < tonumber(enum_b); -- yes: compare enumerators end end return a[1] < b[1]; -- alpha sort if here end local function set_archive_args(arcurl, args) if has_value(arcurl) then local arcy, arcm, arcd = arcurl:match("(20%d%d)%p?(%d%d)%p?(%d%d)") if arcy and arcm and arcd then args["archive-url"] = arcurl args["archive-date"] = arcy .. '-' .. arcm .. '-' .. arcd end end end --________________________________ Language Functions ______________________________________ local function getLanguages(languageArg) local langcodes = {} if languageArg then -- check these are a supported language codes for lc in mw.text.gsplit(languageArg, "[,، ]+", false) do --modified langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage(lc) and lc end end return langcodes end local function simplify_langauges(langs_t) local newlangs = {} for k,v in ipairs(langs_t) do newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = v local main_lang = v:match("^[^_-]+") if main_lang ~= v then newlangs[#newlangs + 1] = main_lang; end end return newlangs end local function _getLangOfSnakProp(snak, pid) if not pid or not snak then return {} end local out = {} local props = snak[pid] for i, v in ipairs(props) do if v.datatype == "monolingualtext" and v.datavalue then out[#out + 1] = v.datavalue.value.language end end return out end local function getLangOfProp(frame) local pid = frame.args.pid or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if pid == "" then return end local qid = frame.args.qid if qid == "" then qid = nil end local Q = WdItem.new(qid, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true }) return table.concat(Q:getLangOfProp(pid), ", ") end -- gets the language codes of a Wikidata entry as a table local function _lang_code(Qitem) local lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P424") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end lc = Qitem:getRawPropOfProp("P407", "P218") if lc and #lc > 0 then return lc end return Qitem:getLangOfProp("P1476") end --________________________________ Author/Editor Display Functions ______________________________________ local function set_display_authors(args, contribtype) local contrib_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if k:find("^" .. contribtype .. "%d+$") then contrib_count = contrib_count + 1 end end local key = 'display-' .. contribtype .. 's' if contrib_count > 8 then -- convention in astronomy journals, optional mode for this? if 'all' == args[key] then args[key] = nil; -- unset because no longer needed else args[key] = args[key] or 3 -- limit to three displayed names end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- get_name_list -- adapted from getAuthors code taken from Module:RexxS arguments: nl_type - type of name list to fetch: nl_type = 'author' for authors; 'editor' for editors; 'translator' for translators args - pointer to the parameter arguments table from the template call qid - value from |qid= parameter; the Q-id of the source (book, etc.) in qid wdlinks - value from the |wdlinks= parameter; a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists returns nothing; modifies the args table ]=] local function get_name_list(nl_type, args, Q, wdlinks, lang) local propertyID = "P50" local fallbackID = "P2093" -- author name string if nl_type == "author" then propertyID = 'P50' -- for authors fallbackID = 'P2093' -- author-string elseif nl_type == "editor" then propertyID = 'P5769' -- "editor-in-chief" fallbackID = 'P98' -- for editors - So-called "fallbacks" are actually a second set of properties processed -- TBD. Take book series editors into account as well (if they have a separate P code as well)? elseif nl_type == "translator" then propertyID = 'P655' -- for translators fallbackID = nil -- elseif 'contributor' == nl_type then -- f.e. author of forewords (P2679) and afterwords (P2680); requires |contribution=, |title= and |author= -- propertyID = 'P' -- for contributors -- fallbackID = nil else return -- not specified so return end -- wdlinks is a Boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false if wdlinks and (#wdlinks > 0) then wdlinks = wdlinks:lower() wdlinks = in_array(wdlinks, { "false", "no", "0" }) else -- wdlinks is empty, so wdlinks = false end local statements = Q:getStatements(propertyID) if statements:count() == 0 and fallbackID then statements = Q:getStatements(fallbackID) end -- Make sure it actually has at least one of the properties requested if statements:count() == 0 then return nil end -- So now we have something to return: -- table 'out' is going to store the names(s): -- and table 'link' will store any links to the name's article local out = {} local link = {} local maxpos = 0 for _, s in statements:iter() do -- maxpos = makelink(v, out, link, maxpos, wdlinks, lang) local qnumber = s:getRawValue() if qnumber ~= 'novalue' then local label = s:getValue({ linked = false }) local slink if label == 'somevalue' or label == 'Unknown' then label = cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"][lang] or cfg.i18n_t["unknown-author"]["ar"] elseif mw.ustring.match(qnumber, '^Q%d+$') and qnumber ~= 'Q2818964' then slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qnumber, cfg.config_t.linksproject) end local position = maxpos + 1 -- Default to 'next' author. position = tonumber(s:getRawQual("P1545")[1]) or position maxpos = math.max(maxpos, position) out[position] = label if slink then link[position] = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix .. slink; end end end -- if there's anything to return, then insert the additions in the template arguments table -- in the form |author1=firstname secondname |author2= ... -- Renumber, in case we have inconsistent numbering local keys = {} for k, v in pairs(out) do keys[#keys + 1] = k end table.sort(keys) -- as they might be out of order for i, k in ipairs(keys) do out[k] = out[k]:gsub('&#39;', '\''); -- prevent cs1|2 multiple names categorization; replace html entity with the actual character if args[nl_type .. i] then -- name gets overwritten -- pull corresponding -link only if overwritten name is same as WD name if link[k] and (args[nl_type .. i] == out[k]) then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end else -- name does not get overwritten, so pull name from WD args[nl_type .. i] = out[k] if link[k] then args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] = args[nl_type .. '-link' .. i] or link[k] -- author-linkn or editor-linkn end end end end --________________________________ filtering functions ______________________________________ -- ref filtering for citing from wikidata local function is_rejected(item) -- rejected Q if cfg.rejected_t.sources[item] == true then return true; end -- rejected Properties local item_entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item); for _, v in pairs(cfg.rejected_t.properties) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(v) > 0) then return true; end end -- Rejected InatanceOf local instance = item_entity:getAllStatements("P31") for _, v in pairs(instance) do local vsnak = v.mainsnak or v if cfg.rejected_t.instances[vsnak.datavalue.value.id] then return true; end end --No used Properties local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if (#item_entity:getAllStatements(k) > 0) then has_properties = true; break; end end return not has_properties; end --________________________________ main functions ______________________________________ --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ W E B >------------------------------------------------------------------ used to pass wikidata reference claims to cite web template. --]] local function _cite_web(citeq_args) local Q local refsnak = citeq_args.snak citeq_args.snak = nil -- retrieve all the parameters local pqid = citeq_args.pqid citeq_args.pqid = nil local wdlinks = false local qid = nil local multi_args = { P50 = "author", P2093 = "author", P5769 = "editor", P98 = "editor", P655 = "translator", } local fallbackurls = {} Q = WdItem.newSnakItem(refsnak, { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg .config_t.wikilinkprefix }) -- find language local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if refsnak["P1476"] then langcodes = _getLangOfSnakProp(refsnak, "P1476") citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") end langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) for _, l in ipairs({ 'ar', 'en', 'mul' }) do if not in_array(l, langcodes) then langcodes[#langcodes + 1] = l end end Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }) local labellang = langcodes[1] local rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false local oth = {} for i in pairs(refsnak) do local label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if refsnak[i][1].snaktype ~= 'novalue' then if multi_args[i] then get_name_list(multi_args[i], citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] and type(cfg.used_properties_t[i]) == "table" then local data = cfg.used_properties_t[i] local langidx = 1 citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, rank = data.rank or "best" }) if not citeq_args[data.arg] or citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned -- try fallback to qid's native language local qid_languages = _lang_code(WdItem.newItem(citeq_args[data.arg], { fwd = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true })) citeq_args[data.arg] = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, langs = qid_languages }) if citeq_args[data.arg]:find('^Q%d+$') then -- qid was returned again citeq_args[data.arg] = nil else -- record the language found if no lang specified citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or qid_languages[1] end end end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[data.arg] == "Unknown" then if rtl then citeq_args[data.arg] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. data.arg] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] else citeq_args[data.arg] = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang("Q4233718", langcodes[1]):gsub("^%l", mw.ustring.upper) end end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[data.arg] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[data.arg] or data.arg:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[data.arg]) citeq_args[data.arg] = nil end elseif cfg.used_properties_t[i] then if i == "P648" then citeq_args.ol = (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end elseif i == "P957" then citeq_args.isbn = Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif in_array(i, { "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) then local url; for _, pr in ipairs({ "P854", "P953", "P856", "P2699" }) do url = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url break; end end end end if refsnak[i][1].datatype == "external-id" then fallbackurls[#fallbackurls+1] = { url = Q:getValue(i, { maxvals = 1, fullidurl=true}), arg = cfg.used_properties_t[i] and cfg.used_properties_t[i].arg } end end end if not citeq_args.url and #fallbackurls>0 then for _,v in ipairs(fallbackurls) do if not v.arg then citeq_args.url = v.url break; end end if not citeq_args.url then citeq_args.url = fallbackurls[1].url citeq_args[fallbackurls[1].arg] = nil end end if citeq_args.url then if refsnak["P813"] then citeq_args.accessdate = Q:getValue("P813", { maxvals = 1 }) end if refsnak["P1065"] and refsnak["P2960"] then citeq_args["archive-url"] = Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }) citeq_args["archive-date"] = Q:getValue("P2960", { maxvals = 1 }) elseif refsnak["P1065"] then set_archive_args(Q:getValue("P1065", { maxvals = 1 }), citeq_args) end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) -- if url then see if there's an archive: citeq_args.url local url local title_display = citeq_args.title if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end -- TBD: incorporate |at, |sheets= and |sheet= here as well -- Sort out what should happen if several of them are given at the same time if citeq_args.page or citeq_args.p then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) local template = "بويب" -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد " .. template else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end citeq_args['no-tracking'] = 'true' -- لإيقاف ظهور تصانيف التتبع return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } -- render the template end --[[-------------------------< C I T E _ Q >------------------------------------------------------------------ Takes standard CS1|2 template parameters and passes all to {{citation}}. If neither of |author= and |author1= are set, calls get_authors() to try to get an author name-list from Wikidata. The result is passed to {{citation}} for rendering. --]] local function _cite_q(in_citeq_args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local citeq_args = {} local origin_args = {} local Q -- parameters that don't get passed to Citation local expand = in_citeq_args.expand -- when set to anything, causes {{cite q}} to render <code><nowiki>{{citation|...}}</nowiki></code> local qid = in_citeq_args.qid or in_citeq_args[1] local wdlinks = in_citeq_args.wdlinks local template = in_citeq_args.template local cite_class = 'citation' local rtl = true local snak = in_citeq_args.snak or {} local pqid = in_citeq_args.pqid local page_offset = 0 in_citeq_args.expand = nil in_citeq_args[1] = nil in_citeq_args.qid = nil in_citeq_args.wdlinks = nil in_citeq_args.template = nil in_citeq_args.snak = nil in_citeq_args.pqid = nil if in_citeq_args.wikidatacite then citeq_args = in_citeq_args else local A = require("Module:Argument Wrapper")(cfg.aliases_t, { in_citeq_args }, cfg.numbered_aliases_t) -- local A = argument_wrapper(in_citeq_args) local loaded_args = {} for _, args_table in pairs({ cfg.simple_properties_t, cfg.used_args_t }) do for k, _ in pairs(args_table) do if A[k] then citeq_args[k] = A[k] if k ~= A:ORIGIN(k) then origin_args[k] = A:ORIGIN(k) loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = A:ORIGIN(k) else loaded_args[#loaded_args + 1] = k end end end end for k, v in pairs(in_citeq_args) do if not in_array(k, loaded_args) then citeq_args[k] = v end end end -- if title supplied, flag to not read html title local titleforced = (citeq_args.title ~= nil) local default_opt = { rank = "preferred normal", fetchwikidata = "ALL", onlysourced = false, noicon = true, linksproject = cfg.config_t.linksproject, wikilinkprefix = cfg.config_t.wikilinkprefix } if citeq_args.volume or citeq_args.volume then local qualifiedaspossible = {} if citeq_args.volume then qualifiedaspossible['P478'] = citeq_args.volume end if citeq_args.chapter then qualifiedaspossible['P792'] = citeq_args.chapter end default_opt.qualifiedaspossible = qualifiedaspossible end Q = WdItem.WdItem:new(qid, default_opt, snak) local oth = {} -- put the language codes into a sequential table langcodes[] local langcodes = getLanguages(citeq_args.language) if not langcodes[1] then -- try to find language of work langcodes = _lang_code(Q) end if not langcodes[1] then -- try fallback to journal's language local journal_qid = Q:followQid("P1433") langcodes = journal_qid and _lang_code(journal_qid) or {} end citeq_args.language = citeq_args.language or table.concat(langcodes, ", ") langcodes = simplify_langauges(langcodes) Q:setOptions({ langs = langcodes }); local labellang = langcodes[1] or 'ar' rtl = rtl_lang[langcodes[1]] or false -- loop through list of simple properties and get their values in citeq_args for name, data in pairs(cfg.simple_properties_t) do local opt = { maxvals = data.maxvals, linked = data.linked, qual = data.qual, hijri = data.hijri } if data.no_vol_qual then opt.qualifiedaspossible = {}; end citeq_args[name] = citeq_args[name] or Q:getValue(data.id, opt) if not citeq_args[name] and data.populate_from_journal then local publishedin = Q:getValue("P1433", { maxvals = 0, qual = data.id, qualsonly = true }) citeq_args[name] = publishedin or Q:getPropOfProp("P1433", data.id, { maxvals = data.maxvals }) end if citeq_args[name] and snak[data.id] then snak[data.id] = nil end --- translate unknown value if citeq_args[name] == "Unknown" and rtl then mw.log(name,"unknown") citeq_args[name] = cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown-" .. name] or cfg.i18n_t.ar["unknown"] end ----------------- if data.others then oth[#oth + 1] = citeq_args[name] and ((rtl and cfg.i18n_t.ar[name] or name:gsub("^%l", string.upper)) .. ": " .. citeq_args[name]) citeq_args[name] = nil end end citeq_args.others = citeq_args.others or table.concat(oth, ". ") if citeq_args.others == "" then citeq_args.others = nil end citeq_args.journal = citeq_args.journal and citeq_args.journal:gsub("^''", ""):gsub("''$", ""):gsub("|''", "|"):gsub("'']]", "]]") citeq_args.ol = citeq_args.ol or (Q:getValue("P648", { maxvals = 1 }) or ''):gsub("^OL(.+)$", "%1") if citeq_args.ol == "" then citeq_args.ol = nil end -- TBD. Take care of |ol-access=? citeq_args.biorxiv = citeq_args.biorxiv and ("10.1101/" .. citeq_args.biorxiv) citeq_args.isbn = citeq_args.isbn or Q:getValue("P957", { maxvals = 1, rank = "best" }) -- try ISBN 10 (only one value accepted) if citeq_args.page then -- let single take precedence over multiple citeq_args.pages = nil citeq_args.pp = nil end if citeq_args.pages then local _, count = string.gsub(citeq_args.pages, "[,;%s]%d+", "") if count == 1 then citeq_args.page = citeq_args.pages citeq_args.pages = nil end end -- Orginal Date if not citeq_args['orig-date'] then local work, origdate, origDateS = Q:getStatements('P629'):getBestOne():getRawValue() local origOpt = { rank = "best", maxvals = 1, onlysourced = false, noicon = true } local ishijri = false; if has_value(work) then local workQ = WdItem.newItem(work, origOpt) origDateS = workQ:getStatements('P577', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }):getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if origdate then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end if not has_value(origdate) then local author = Q:getStatements('P50'):getBestOne():getRawValue() if has_value(author) then local authorQ = WdItem.newItem(author, origOpt) origDateS = authorQ:getStatements('P570', { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y', hijri = true }) if has_value(origdate) then ishijri = true else origdate = origDateS:getValue({ df = 'y' }) end end end if has_value(origdate) then local printDateS, printDate = Q:getStatements("P577", { df = 'y', qualifiedaspossible = { P4241 = '*' } }) :getBestOne() if ishijri then printDate = printDateS:getValue({ hijri = true }) if has_value(printDate) then if (tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end else if (tonumber(origDateS:getValue()) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDateS:getValue()) or 0) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate .. 'هـ' end end else printDate = printDateS:getValue() if (has_value(printDate) and ((tonumber(origdate) or 3000) < (tonumber(printDate) or 0))) or not has_value(printDate) then citeq_args['orig-date'] = origdate end end end end local url --find formatted url if citeq_args.url == nil then if snak ~= {} then for k, v in pairs(snak) do if (v[1].datatype == "external-id") then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.match(mw.wikibase.formatValue(v[1]), "%[(https?://[^%s%]]+)") snak[k] = nil break; end end end if citeq_args.url == nil and pqid and qid then local refproperty = Q:getStatements("P1687"):getRawValue() for k, p in ipairs(refproperty) do if has_value(p) then local refval = WdItem.WdItem:new(pqid):getValue(p, {fullidurl=true}) if has_value(refval) then citeq_args.url = refval break; end end end end end if not citeq_args.url then local S953 = Q:getStatements("P953"):getBestOne() local S953_val = S953:getRawValue() citeq_args.url = has_value(S953_val) and S953_val or nil if citeq_args.url then if mw.ustring.match(citeq_args.url, "archive.org/details/") and citeq_args.page then page_offset = tonumber(S953:getRawQual('P8330')[1]) or 0 if not citeq_args.volume or (citeq_args.volume and (citeq_args.volume == S953:getRawQual('P478')[1])) then citeq_args.url = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.url, "/?$", "") .. "/page/n" .. (tonumber(citeq_args.page) + page_offset - 1) .. "/mode/1up" end end set_archive_args(S953:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) end end if not citeq_args.url then for i, pr in ipairs({ "P856", "P2699" }) do local surl = Q:getStatements(pr):getBestOne() if surl then local url = surl:getRawValue() if has_value(url) then citeq_args.url = url set_archive_args(surl:getRawQual('P1065')[1], citeq_args) break; end end end end if not titleforced then -- Handle subtitle. if citeq_args.title then local subtitle = Q:getValue('P1680'); if subtitle then citeq_args.title = citeq_args.title .. ": " .. subtitle end end local htmltitle = Q:getValue("P1476", { qual = "P6833", maxvals = 1, qualsonly = true }) if htmltitle then citeq_args.title = htmltitle:gsub("</?i>", "''") else local title_display = citeq_args.title or (langcodes[1] and mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid, langcodes[1])) or mw.wikibase.getLabel(qid) if title_display and snak and snak.P1810 then title_display = title_display .. " | " .. snak.P1810[1].datavalue.value snak.P1810 = nil end title_display = title_display or ("No label or title -- debug: " .. qid) if citeq_args.url then citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) else local slink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.config_t.linksproject) local slink_flag = false local wrap_title = '' local wslink = false if not slink then -- See if we have wikisource if not citeq_args.url then local wikisource_sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, cfg.i18n_t.wikisource) or nil if wikisource_sitelink then slink = ':s:' .. wikisource_sitelink wslink = true end end end if citeq_args.title then if slink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(citeq_args.title) end else if slink and not wslink then if slink:lower() == title_display:lower() then citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "")) slink_flag = true end elseif wslink then wrap_title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) slink_flag = true else citeq_args.title = wrap_nowiki(title_display) end end if slink_flag then if slink == wrap_title and not wslink then -- direct link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. ']]' else -- piped link citeq_args.title = '[[' .. slink .. '|' .. wrap_title .. ']]' end end end end end -- replace no-break space by space, User:Mr. Ibrahem if citeq_args.title then citeq_args.title = mw.ustring.gsub(citeq_args.title, "\194\160", " ") end if is_set(qid) then if not is_set(citeq_args.author) and not is_set(citeq_args.author1) then -- if neither are set, try to get authors from Wikidata get_name_list('author', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with authors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.editor) and not is_set(citeq_args.editor1) then -- if neither are set, try to get editors from Wikidata get_name_list('editor', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with editors from Wikidata end if not is_set(citeq_args.translator) and not is_set(citeq_args.translator1) then -- if neither are set, try to get translators from Wikidata get_name_list('translator', citeq_args, Q, wdlinks, labellang) -- modify citeq_args table with translators from Wikidata end end for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if in_array(v, { '(())', 'unset', 'ignore' }) or 'string' ~= type(k) then -- empty accept-as-is-written (()) markup to indicate an empty/unused parameter value, other ((...)) markups are deliberately passed down to {{citation}} citeq_args[k] = nil elseif in_array(v, { '((unset))', '((ignore))' }) then -- strip off markup for free-text values clashing with local keywords citeq_args[k] = 'unset' end end set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'author' ) set_display_authors( citeq_args, 'editor' ) -- change edition to ordinal if it's set and numeric if (rtl == false) then citeq_args.edition = citeq_args.edition and makeOrdinal(citeq_args.edition) end -- code to make a guess what template to use from the supplied parameters -- (first draft for proof-of-concept) if citeq_args.journal then template = template or "بدورية محكمة" elseif citeq_args.isbn then template = template or "بكتاب" citeq_args.asin = nil -- suppress ASIN if ISBN exists elseif citeq_args.website then template = template or "بويب" end -- template is CS1 designator: journal, web, news, etc. if template then -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs1" -- a cs1 template already knows that it is cs1 so this line is superfluous local citeclasses = { ["بدورية محكمة"] = 'journal', ["بكتاب"] = "book", ["بويب"] = "web" } cite_class = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] and template or citeclasses[template] template = cfg.citation_class_map_t[template] or ("استشهاد " .. template) else -- citeq_args.mode = citeq_args.mode or "cs2" -- a cs2 template already knows that it is cs2 so this line is superfluous template = "استشهاد" end -- |id= could hold more than one identifier pulled from Wikidata not supported by {{citation}}, right now only add our qid to the list local list_sep = '. ' if citeq_args.mode ~= 'cs1' then list_sep = ', ' end local id = cfg.i18n_t.wdq .. ':[[:d:' .. qid .. '|' .. qid .. ']]' local old_id = citeq_args.id if wdlinks then -- show WD logo id = id .. '[[ملف:Wikidata-logo.svg|16px|alt=|link=]]' -- possibly replace by WD edit icon? end if is_set(old_id) then citeq_args.id = old_id .. list_sep .. id -- append to user-specified contents else citeq_args.id = id end -- clean up any blank parameters for k, v in pairs(citeq_args) do if v == "" then citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- use real param names for CS1 messages for k, v in pairs(origin_args) do if citeq_args[k] and citeq_args[k] == in_citeq_args[v] then citeq_args[v] = citeq_args[k] citeq_args[k] = nil end end -- if |expand=<anything>, write a nowiki'd version to see what the {{citation}} template call looks like if expand then local expand_args = { "{{" .. template .. "\n" } -- init with citation template if expand == "self" then citeq_args.id = old_id -- restore original |id= parameter expand_args = { cfg.i18n_t.cite_q .. qid } -- expand to itself end -- make a sortable table and sort it by param name local sorttable = {} for param, val in pairs(citeq_args) do sorttable[#sorttable + 1] = { param, val } end table.sort(sorttable, comp_key) -- add contents to expand_args for idx, val in ipairs(sorttable) do expand_args[#expand_args + 1] = val[1] .. '=' .. val[2] .. "\n" end -- make the nowiki'd string and done return frame:preprocess(table.concat({ '<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="1">', table.concat(expand_args, ' |') .. '}}', '</syntaxhighlight>' })); end local erratumid = Q:getPropertyIDs("P2507", { maxvals = 1 }) if erratumid then erratumid = " [[d:" .. erratumid .. "|" .. cfg.i18n_t.erratum .. "]]" .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.erratum else erratumid = "" end local opt_cat = '' if Q:getValue("P5824") then opt_cat = cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.retracted end if Q:getValue("P1366") then opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats.replaced end if not citeq_args.title then -- emit category link if missing title opt_cat = opt_cat .. cfg.i18n_t.trackingcats['no-label-or-title']; end if citeq_args.wikidatacite then return frame:expandTemplate { title = template, args = citeq_args } .. erratumid .. opt_cat -- render the template else local CS = require("Module:Citation/CS1" .. sandbox) return CS._citation(frame, citeq_args, { ['CitationClass'] = cite_class }) .. erratumid .. opt_cat end end --[[-------------------------< C I T E W I K I D A T A >------------------------------------------------------------------ format wikidata reference --]] local function _cite_wikidata(ref, pqid, expand) -- early exit if not ref then return nil end local snak = ref.snaks -- مراجع غير مقبولة if snak.P143 or snak.P3452 then return nil end local hash = ref.hash if not is_set(hash) then mw.log ("hash is not set") return nil end local hashpre = (is_set(sandbox) and 'wikidata-s-' or 'wikidata-') local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if ref_cash[hash] ~= nil then if ref_cash[hash] == false then return nil end return frame:extensionTag("ref", '' , { name = hashpre .. hash }) end local citeq_args = {} -- مذكور في if snak.P248 then for _, prop in pairs(snak.P248) do if prop.snaktype == "value" then citeq_args.qid = prop.datavalue.value.id break; end end snak.P248 = nil; end if citeq_args.qid and is_rejected(citeq_args.qid) == true then return nil end local reference citeq_args.snak = snak citeq_args.pqid = pqid citeq_args.wikidatacite = 1 citeq_args.expand = expand if citeq_args.qid then reference = _cite_q(citeq_args) else local has_properties = false for k, _ in pairs(cfg.used_properties_t) do if snak[k] then has_properties = true; break; end end reference = (has_properties and _cite_web(citeq_args) or nil) end if is_set(reference) then reference = frame:extensionTag("ref", reference, { name = hashpre .. hash }) ref_cash[hash] = true else ref_cash[hash] = false end return reference end local function cite_q(frame) local args = {} for k, v in pairs(frame:getParent().args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if v ~= "" then args[k] = v end end args.qid = args.qid or args[1] or "" if args.qid == "" then return nil end args[1] = nil local citesep = (args.citesep or "") if citesep == "" then citesep = ", " end citesep = citesep:gsub('"', '') -- strip double quotes after setting default to allow |citesep="" as a blank separator args.citesep = nil local tag = args.tag or "" if tag == "" then tag = nil end args.tag = nil local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end args.list = nil args.language = args.language or args.lang args.lang = nil local cites = {} for q in args.qid:gmatch("Q%d+") do -- make a new copy of the arguments local newargs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k ~= "qid" then newargs[k] = v end end newargs.qid = q if tag == "ref" then cites[#cites + 1] = frame:callParserFunction { name = "#tag:ref", args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = q } } -- expand like this: args = { _cite_q(newargs), name = 'foo', group = 'bar' } else cites[#cites + 1] = _cite_q(newargs) end end if list then return frame:expandTemplate { title = list, args = cites } else return table.concat(cites, citesep) end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { makeOrdinal = makeOrdinal, getLangOfProp = getLangOfProp, _cite_wikidata = _cite_wikidata, _cite_q = _cite_q, cite_q = cite_q } 4xp1yrmefof28m78yk71qeayzf7ohbq 828 231262 1097947 1094998 2026-08-03T19:25:56Z حبيشان 31560 زيادة تعريب 1097947 Scribunto text/plain --[[-------------------LEFT to RIGHT configurations------------------------]] --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' (inactive $1)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = '$1 character', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'Wikidata', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'Wikipedia', wikisource = 'Wikisource', ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(ب$1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = ' $1 minutes in', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[تصنيف:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[تصنيف:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:تصنيف:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] به أخطاء</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).', -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] بحاجة لصيانة</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).' -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[ب$1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[في $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} ['thesis-degree'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is degree, $2 is thesis } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['document'] = 'Document', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } return { messages = messages, presentation = presentation, title_types = title_types, global_df = 'dmy-sy' } j1s8osty4e5nb6nuduiy13tin7wupn5 828 231264 1097946 1096488 2026-08-03T19:23:55Z حبيشان 31560 تعريب 1097946 Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< S E T T I N G S >-------------------------------------------------------------- boolean settings used to control various things. these setting located here to make them easy to find ]] -- these settings local to this module only local local_digits_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local_digits'] from MediaWiki; manual fill required else; always false at en.wiki local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] from MediaWiki; -- manual translation required else; ; always false at en.wiki -- these settings exported to other modules local use_identifier_redirects = false; -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki local date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki local date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki local enable_sort_keys = true; -- when true module adds namespace sort keys to error and maintenance category links local suppress_archive_today_urls = true; -- when true module suppresses all parameters with an archive.today url and any deprendent parameters --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ قائمة النطاقات التي لا ينبغي أن تدرج فيها تصانيف تتبع أخطاء الاستشهادات هي بالضبط كما تضع notracking = true ملاحظة: يجب استخدام (_) بدلا من المسافات في أسماء النطاقات. ]] local uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive', '/ملعب', '/مختبر'} -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[ at en.wiki Greek characters are used as sort keys for certain items in a category so that those items are placed at the end of a category page. See Wikipedia:Categorization#Sort_keys. That works well for en.wiki because English is written using the Latn script. This may not work well for other languages. At en.wiki it is desireable to place content from certain namespaces at the end of a category listing so the module adds sort keys to error and maintenance category links when rendering a cs1|2 template on a page in that namespace. i18n: if this does not work well for your language, set <enable_sort_keys> to false. ]] local name_space_sort_keys = { -- sort keys to be used with these namespaces: [4] = 'ω', -- wikipedia; omega [10] = 'τ', -- template; tau [118] = 'Δ', -- draft; delta ['other'] = 'ο', -- all other non-talk namespaces except main (article); omicron } --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'مؤرشف من $1 في $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 من الأصل في $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'مؤرشف من الأصل في ', ['archived'] = 'مؤرشف', ['by'] = 'بواسطة', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'رسم الخرائط من $1', ['editor'] = 'المحرر', ['editors'] = 'المحررون', ['edition'] = '(ط. $1)', ['episode'] = 'حلقة $1', ['et al'] = 'وآخرون', ['in'] = 'في', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' ($1 غير نشط)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'مقابلة مع $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = 'الحرف $1', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لا يطابق <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = 'نيوز جروب:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'الأصل', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (نُشِر في $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'اطلع عليه بتاريخ $1', ['season'] = 'موسم $1', ['section'] = 'قسم&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = 'الأقسام&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'سلسلة $1', ['translated'] = 'ترجمة: $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'ويكي بيانات', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'ويكيبيديا', wikisource = 'ويكي مصدر', ['written'] = 'كتب في $1', ['vol'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2 رقم &nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 ع.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 المقال&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 ع.&nbsp;$2, المقال&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ع.&nbsp;$1', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2', -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = '$1 ص.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = '$1 ص.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 ورقة&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 أوراق&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': ورقة&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': أوراق&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(ب$1)', ['via'] = ' &ndash; عبر $1', ['event'] = 'وقع ذلك في', ['minutes'] = '$1 دقيقة في', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'مساعدة:أخطاء الاستشهاد', ['help page label'] = 'مساعدة', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[تصنيف:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[تصنيف:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:تصنيف:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'اتصال مع حالة خطأ غير معروف', ["unknown_date"] = '<abbr class="abbr" title="دون تاريخ">د.ت.</abbr>', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] به أخطاء</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).', -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> هذا [[#$2|المرجع]] بحاجة لصيانة</span>؛ قد تكون الرسائل مخفية ولا تظهر في القالب ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|مساعدة]]).' -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: in Module:Cite/config write a function to use this table arxiv = 'استشهاد بأرخايف', ['audio-visual'] = 'استشهاد بوسائط مرئية ومسموعة', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'استشهاد بتسجيلات', biorxiv = 'استشهاد ببيوركسيف', book = 'استشهاد بكتاب', citation = 'استشهاد', citeseerx = 'Cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'استشهاد بمنشورات مؤتمر', document = 'استشهاد بوثيقة', encyclopaedia = 'استشهاد بموسوعة', episode = 'استشهاد بحلقة', interview = 'استشهاد بمقابلة', journal = 'استشهاد بدورية محكمة', magazine = 'استشهاد بمجلة', mailinglist = 'استشهاد بقائمة بريدية', map = 'استشهاد بخريطة', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'استشهاد بخبر', newsgroup = 'استشهاد بمجموعة أخبار', podcast = 'استشهاد بتدوين صوتي', pressrelease = 'استشهاد ببيان صحفي', report = 'استشهاد بتقرير', serial = 'استشهاد بمسلسل', sign = 'استشهاد بإشارة توضيحية', speech = 'استشهاد بخطاب', ssrn = 'cite ssrn', techreport = 'استشهاد بتقرير فني', thesis = 'استشهاد بأطروحة', web = 'استشهاد بويب', } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>', -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>', -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[ب$1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[في $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='يمكن الوصول إليها بحرية'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='يمكن التسجيل مجانًا'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='الوصول المجاني محدود، وعادة ما يتطلب الاشتراك'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='يتطلب اشتراك مدفوع'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = '', -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = '،', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = '؛', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' و ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '؛ و ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = '، ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = '،', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = '، ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' و', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = '، و', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = '&#91;$1&#93;', -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 ج.&nbsp;$2', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- جدول الوسائط البديلة أو المكررة لنفس الوسيط الأساسي. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'تاريخ-الوصول','تاريخ الوصول', 'تاريخ وصول', 'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = {'وكالة', 'agency'}, ['ArchiveDate'] = {'تاريخ-الأرشيف', 'تاريخ أرشيف', 'تاريخ الأرشيف', 'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = {'صيغة-الأرشيف', 'صيغة الأرشيف', 'archive-format'}, ['ArchiveURL'] = {'مسار-الأرشيف', 'مسار أرشيف', 'مسار الأرشيف', 'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = {'رقم-المقالة', 'article-number'}, ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = {'في', 'at'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot --##TOREVISE ['Authors'] = {'المؤلفون', 'المؤلفين', 'authors', 'people', 'host', 'credits', 'أشخاص'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'عنوان الكتاب', 'book-title', 'booktitle', 'عنوان المؤتمر'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'الفصل', 'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'صيغة-الفصل', 'صيغة الفصل', 'تنسيق الفصل', 'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}, ['ChapterURL'] = {'مسار-الفصل', 'مسار الفصل', 'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = {'صنف', 'class', 'صنف الأرشيف'}, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'اسم-المؤتمر', 'اسم المؤتمر', 'conference'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = {'مسار-المؤتمر', 'مسار المؤتمر', 'conference-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'تاريخ', 'التاريخ', 'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, ['HijriDate'] = {'التاريخ الهجري', 'تاريخ هجري', 'hijri-date'}, ['Degree'] = {'الدرجة', 'degree'}, ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'إظهار-المؤلفين', 'إظهار المؤلفين', 'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = {'إظهار-المحررين', 'إظهار المحررين', 'display-editors'}, ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = {'طبعة', 'الإصدار', 'الاصدار', 'إصدار', 'اصدار', 'الطبعة', 'رقم الطبعة', 'edition'}, ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'موسوعة', 'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'اسم المعجم', 'dictionary', 'اسم الموسوعة'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = {'الحلقة', 'episode'}, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = {'صيغة', 'التنسيق', 'format', 'تنسيق', 'الصيغة'}, ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID', 'المعرف'}, ['Inset'] = {'inset', 'مجموعة'}, ['Issue'] = {'العدد', 'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'لغة', 'اللغة', 'language', 'lang'}, ['MailingList'] = {'القائمة البريدية', 'mailing-list'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = {'الخريطة', 'map'}, -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = {'صيغة الخريطة', 'map-format'}, -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'مسار الخريطة', 'map-url'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = {'دقيقة', 'minutes'}, ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = {'الشبكة', 'network'}, ['Newsgroup'] = {'اسم المجموعة', 'newsgroup'}, -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear', 'سنة النشر الأصلية'}, ['Others'] = {'آخرون','others', 'المحاور', 'المحاورون', 'المحقق'}, ['Page'] = {'صفحة', 'p', 'الصفحة', 'page', 'الصفحة', 'رقم الصفحة', 'رقم صفحة','ص'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'صفحات', 'الصفحات', 'pp', 'أرقام الصفحات', 'أرقم صفحات', 'pages'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = { 'صحيفة', 'journal', 'دورية محكمة', 'مجلة', 'magazine', 'اسم المجلة', 'newspaper', 'جريدة', 'اسم الصحيفة', 'دورية', 'periodical', 'موقع', 'website', 'الموقع', 'عمل', 'work', 'العمل', 'من عمل', }, ['Place'] = { 'مكان', 'place', 'المكان', 'مقر', 'المقر', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'تاريخ-النشر', 'تاريخ النشر', 'publication-date'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'مكان-النشر', 'مكان النشر', 'publication-place'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'ناشر', 'publisher', 'الناشر', 'institution', 'مصدر', 'الموزع', 'المصدر', 'المؤسسة'}, ['Quote'] = {'اقتباس', 'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = {'مرجع', 'ref'}, ['Scale'] = {'المقياس', 'scale'}, ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptEncyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = {'الموسم', 'season'}, ['Sections'] = {'الأقسام', 'sections'}, -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'سلسلة', 'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'وصلة-سلسلة', 'وصلة سلسلة', 'series-link', 'مسار المسلسل'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'رقم-سلسلة', 'رقم سلسلة', 'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = {'ورقة', 'sheet'}, -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = {'أوراق', 'sheets'}, -- cite map only ['Station'] = {'محطة', 'station'}, ['Time'] = {'الوقت', 'time'}, ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = {'عنوان', 'title', 'العنوان'}, ['TitleLink'] = {'وصلة-العنوان', 'وصلة العنوان', 'title-link', 'episode-link', 'وصلة الحلقة'}, ['TitleNote'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['TitleType'] = {'النوع', 'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransEncyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = {'عنوان مترجم', 'العنوان بالعربي', 'العنوان الأجنبي', 'عنوان أجنبي', 'trans-title', 'العنوان المترجم'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'مسار', 'المسار','وصلة', 'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = {'url-access', 'التسجيل'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = {'url-status','حالة المسار'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = {'vauthors', 'عدة مؤلفين'}, ['Veditors'] = {'veditors', 'عدة محررين' }, ['Via'] = {'عبر', 'via'}, ['Volume'] = {'المجلد', 'volume', 'الجزء', 'ج'}, ['wikidatacite'] = 'wikidatacite', ['Year'] = {'سنة', 'year', 'السنة'}, ['AuthorList-First'] = { 'الأول#', 'مؤلف#-الأول', 'مؤلف# الأول', 'أول#', 'first#', 'اول#', 'الاول#', 'author-first#', 'مؤلف الأول#', 'author#-first', 'given#', 'author-given#', 'مؤلف-الأول#', 'author#-given' }, ['AuthorList-Last'] = { 'مؤلف#', 'الأخير#', 'مؤلف#-الأخير', 'مؤلف# الأخير', 'last#', 'author-last#', 'مؤلف-الأخير#', 'author#-last', 'surname#', 'الأخير#', 'author-surname#', 'author#-surname', 'author#', 'المؤلف#', 'أخير#', 'اخير#', 'مؤلف الأخير#', 'subject#', 'host#', 'الموضوع' }, ['AuthorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة مؤلف#', 'مؤلف#-وصلة', 'author-link#', 'author#-link', 'subject-link#', 'subject#-link', 'authorlink#', 'author#link', 'مؤلف# وصلة', 'وصلة-مؤلف#', 'وصلة المؤلف#', 'وصلة-المؤلف#' }, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = { 'مؤلف#-قناع', 'author-mask#', 'author#-mask', 'subject-mask#', 'subject#-mask' }, ['ContributorList-First'] = { 'مشارك#-الأول', 'contributor-first#', 'مشارك-الأول#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given' }, ['ContributorList-Last'] = { 'مشارك#', 'مشارك#-الأخير', 'contributor#', 'contributor-last#', 'مشارك-الأخير#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname' }, ['ContributorList-Link'] = { 'مشارك#-وصلة', 'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link' }, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = { 'مشارك#-قناع', 'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask' }, ['EditorList-First'] = { 'محرر#-الأول', 'محرر-الأول#', 'محرر الأول#', 'editor-first#', 'editor#-first', 'editor-given#', 'محرر# الأول', 'محرر# الأول', 'editor#-given' }, ['EditorList-Last'] = { 'محرر#', 'محرر#-الأخير', 'محرر# الأخير', 'محرر-الأخير#', 'محرر الأخير#', 'editor-last#', 'editor#-last', 'editor-surname#', 'editor#-surname', 'editor#', 'المحرر#' }, ['EditorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة محرر#', 'محرر#-وصلة', 'محرر# وصلة', 'وصلة-محرر#', 'editor-link#', 'editor#-link', 'محرر-وصلة#', 'وصلة-المحرر#', 'وصلة المحرر#' }, ['EditorList-Mask'] = { 'محرر#-قناع', 'editor-mask#', 'editor#-mask' }, ['InterviewerList-First'] = { 'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given' }, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = { 'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#' }, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = { 'مترجم#-الأول', 'translator#-first', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم# الأول', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم الأول#', 'المترجم-الأول#', 'المترجم#-الأول', 'translator-first#', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given' }, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = { 'مترجم#', 'مترجم#-الأخير', 'المترجم#', 'translator#', 'translator-last#', 'المترجم-الأخير#', 'المترجم#-الأخير', 'مترجم الأخير#', 'مترجم# الأخير', 'مترجم-الأخير#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname' }, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = { 'وصلة مترجم#', 'مترجم#-وصلة', 'مترجم# وصلة', 'وصلة-مترجم#', 'وصلة المترجم#', 'وصلة-المترجم#', 'translator-link#', 'translator#-link', 'المترجم#-وصلة' }, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = { 'مترجم#-قناع', 'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask' } } --[[--------------------------< D E P E N D E N C I E S _ T >-------------------------------------------------- a table of url-holding parameters upon which other parameters are dependent. this table is used by has_archive_today_url() to suppress parameters that are dependant upon a url-holding parameter that has as a value an archive.today (or alternate tld) url. archive.today is deprecated at en.wiki; see Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 ]] local url_dependency_map_t = { -- table of url-holding parameters and the meta-parameters that are dependent on them ['url'] = {'AccessDate', 'ArchiveURL', 'Format', 'UrlAccess'}, ['archive-url'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['archiveurl'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['article-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['conference-url'] = {'ConferenceFormat'}, ['contribution-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['entry-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['map-url'] = {'MapFormat', 'MapUrlAccess'}, ['section-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['transcript-url'] = {'TranscriptFormat'}, }; local dependencies_t = {}; -- the table of url-holding parameters and their dependent parameters for url_param, meta_parameters_t in pairs (url_dependency_map_t) do -- sequence of meta-parameters (indexes) into <aliases> table local dependant_params_t = {}; -- collection of parameters that are dependent on this <url_param> for _, meta_parameter in ipairs (meta_parameters_t) do -- for each <aliases> meta-parameter (index) if 'string' == type (aliases[meta_parameter]) then -- for single parameter names (no aliases), <aliases[meta_parameter]> will be a string table.insert (dependant_params_t, aliases[meta_parameter]); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence else for _, alias in ipairs (aliases[meta_parameter]) do -- for each alias in aliases[meta_parameter] (aliases['AccessDate'] for example) table.insert (dependant_params_t, alias); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence end end end dependencies_t[url_param] = dependant_params_t; -- add the <url_param> and its dependent parameters end --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< U R L _ A C C E S S _ M A P >-------------------------------------------------- this table used by the wikipedia library url test, has_twl_url(), which automatically sets a url-access parameter to 'subscription' when it discovers a wikipedia library url in any of the url-holding paramters used as keys in this table. translators: if your wiki uses parameter names for these url-holding parameters and their matching -access parameters, add your wiki's parameters to this list. Leave the English parameters in place. TODO: is there a better way to do this? ]] local url_access_map_t = { ['chapter-url'] = 'chapter-url-access', ['contribution-url'] = 'contribution-url-access', ['entry-url'] = 'entry-url-access', ['article-url'] = 'article-url-access', ['section-url'] = 'section-url-access', ['map-url'] = 'map-url-access', ['mapurl'] = 'map-url-access', ['url'] = 'url-access', ['URL'] = 'url-access' } --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'media', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191'; local special_case_translation = { author = 'author', editor = 'editor', name_list_params = '$1-name-list parameters', -- $1 is 'author' or 'editor'; used with err_redundant_parameters ['AuthorList'] = 'قائمة المؤلفين', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'قائمة المساهمين', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'قائمة المحررين', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'قائمة المراجعين', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'قائمة المترجمين', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'error[ %-]404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'bot verification', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Bb]ureau$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Cc]ompany$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'correspondent', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Dd]esk$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Gg]roup$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ll]imited$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[Nn]ews[ %-]?[Rr]oom', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'updated', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; this will unconditionally overwrite manual translations false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; overwrites manual translations -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['octobre'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['يناير'] = 1, ['فبراير'] = 2, ['مارس'] = 3, ['أبريل'] = 4, ['مايو'] = 5, ['يونيو'] = 6, ['يوليو'] = 7, ['أغسطس'] = 8, ['اغسطس'] = 8, ['سبتمبر'] = 9, ['أكتوبر'] = 10, ['نوفمبر'] = 11, ['ديسمبر'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['الربع الأول'] = 33, ['الربع الثاني'] = 34, ['الربع الثالث'] = 35, ['الربع الرابع'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['شتاء'] = 24, ['ربيع'] = 21, ['صيف'] = 22, ['خريف'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, --#Added ['hijri'] = {['المحرم'] = 1, ['محرم'] = 1, ['صفر'] = 2, ['ربيع الأول'] = 3, ['ربيع الثاني'] = 4, ['ربيع الآخر'] = 4, ['جمادى الأولى'] = 5, ['جمادى الثانية'] = 6, ['جمادى الآخرة'] = 6, ['رجب'] = 7, ['شعبان'] = 8, ['رمضان'] = 9, ['شوال'] = 10, ['ذو القعدة'] = 11, ['ذو الحجة'] = 12}, ['alt-long'] = {['كانون ثاني'] = 1, ['شباط'] = 2, ['آذار'] = 3, ['نيسان'] = 4, ['أيار'] = 5, ['حزيران'] = 6, ['تموز'] = 7, ['آب'] = 8, ['أيلول'] = 9, ['تشرين أول'] = 10, ['تشرين ثاني'] = 11, ['كانون أول'] = 12, ['جانفي'] = 1, ['فيفري'] = 2, ['مارس'] = 3, ['أفريل'] = 4, ['ماي'] = 5, ['جوان'] = 6, ['جويلية'] = 7, ['أوت'] = 8, ['ماي'] = 5, ['يوليوز'] = 7, ['غشت'] = 8, ['شتنبر'] = 9, ['نوفنبر'] = 11, ['دجنبر'] = 12}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_hijri'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['٠'] = '0', ['١'] = '1', ['٢'] = '2', ['٣'] = '3', ['٤'] = '4', ['٥'] = '5', ['٦'] = '6', ['٧'] = '7', ['٨'] = '8', ['٩'] = '9' }, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, --#Added ['nd_patterns'] ={{"^د%.ت%.%a?$","((د%.ت%.)%a?)"}, {"^n%.d%.%a?$", "((n%.d%.)%a?)"}, {"^nd%a?$", "((nd)%a?)"}, {"^دت%a?$", "((دت)%a?)"}}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}, {'hijri', 'inv_local_hijri'},} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end if local_digits_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local digits from MediaWiki is enabled local digits_t = {}; for i=0, 9 do -- loop 10x and digits_t [lang_obj:formatNum (i)] = tostring (i); -- format the loop indexer as local lang table index and assign loop indexer (a string) as the value end date_names['local_digits'] = digits_t; end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); local content; -- done this way so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; self-transcluded makes them look like they are used if 10 ~= title_object.namespace then -- all namespaces except Template content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 end local function get_date_format () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then local use_dates_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; -- TODO: add this to <global_cs1_config_t>? --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ أنماط البحث عن نص إضافي بتنسيق |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vi_patterns_t = { -- combined to catch volume-like text in |issue= and issue-like text in |volume= '^volumes?', -- volume-like text '^vols?[%.:=]?', '^issues?', --issue-like text '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]', -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) '^n°', -- 'n' with degree sign (U+00B0) '^№', -- precomposed unicode numero character (U+2116) }, } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free,keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), } --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ C O N F I G _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------- fetch and validate values from {{cs1 config}} template to fill <global_cs1_config_t> no error messages; when errors are detected, the parameter value from {{cs1 config}} is blanked. Supports all parameters and aliases associated with the metaparameters: DisplayAuthors, DisplayContributors, DisplayEditors, DisplayInterviewers, DisplayTranslators, NameListStyle, and Mode. The DisplayWhatever metaparameters accept numeric values only (|display-authors=etal and the like is not supported). ]] local global_cs1_config_t = {}; -- TODO: add value returned from get_date_format() to this table? local function get_cs1_config () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local start = content:find('{{ *[Cc][Ss]1 config *[|}]'); -- <start> is offset into <content> when {{cs1 config}} found; nil else if start then local cs1_config_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if not cs1_config_template then return nil; end local params_t = mw.text.split (cs1_config_template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', ''), '%s*|%s*'); -- remove '{{' and '}}'; make a sequence of parameter/value pairs (split on the pipe) table.remove (params_t, 1); -- remove the template name because it isn't a parameter/value pair local config_meta_params_t = {'DisplayAuthors', 'DisplayContributors', 'DisplayEditors', 'DisplayInterviewers', 'DisplayTranslators', 'NameListStyle', 'Mode'}; local meta_param_map_t = {}; -- list of accepted parameter names usable in {{cs1 config}} goes here for _, meta_param in ipairs (config_meta_params_t) do -- for i18n using <config_meta_params_t>, map template parameter names to their metaparameter equivalents if 'table' == type (aliases[meta_param]) then -- if <meta_param> is a sequence, for _, param in ipairs (aliases[meta_param]) do -- extract its contents meta_param_map_t[param] = meta_param; -- and add to <meta_param_map_t> end else meta_param_map_t[aliases[meta_param]] = meta_param; -- not a sequence so just add the parameter to <meta_param_map_t> end end local keywords_t = {}; -- map valid keywords to their associate metaparameter; reverse form of <keyword_lists[key] for these metaparameters for _, metaparam_t in ipairs ({{'NameListStyle', 'name-list-style'}, {'Mode', 'mode'}}) do -- only these metaparameter / keywords_lists key pairs for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_lists[metaparam_t[2]]) do -- spin through the list of keywords keywords_t[keyword] = metaparam_t[1]; -- add [keyword] = metaparameter to the map end end for _, param in ipairs (params_t) do -- spin through the {{cs1 config}} parameters and fill <global_cs1_config_t> local k, v = param:match ('([^=]-)%s*=%s*(.+)'); -- <k> is the parameter name; <v> is parameter's assigned value if k then if k:find ('^display') then -- if <k> is one of the |display-<namelist>= parameters if v:match ('%d+') then -- the assigned value must be digits; doesn't accept 'etal' global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the display param and its value to globals table end else if keywords_t[v] == meta_param_map_t[k] then -- keywords_t[v] returns nil or the metaparam name; these must be the same global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the parameter and its value to globals table end end end end end end get_cs1_config (); -- fill <global_cs1_config_t> --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/17.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 17.0; 2025-01-08 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [8596] = true, -- U+2194 ↔ left right arrow [8597] = true, -- U+2195 ↕ up down arrow [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [10145] = true, -- U+27A1 ➡ black rightwards arrow [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128048] = true, -- U+1F430 🐰 rabbit face [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128165] = true, -- U+1F4A5 💥 collision symbol [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129001] = true, -- U+1F7E9 🟩 large green square [129003] = true, -- U+1F7EB 🟫 large brown square [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129490] = true, -- U+1F9D2 🧒 child [129648] = true, -- U+1FA70 🩰 ballet shoes [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129775] = true, -- U+1FAEF 🫯 fight cloud [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'az', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'ce', 'chr', 'cu', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'grc', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kaa', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mni', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tkr', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh', 'zgh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['<tag>'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', '<tag>'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_tag_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language tag or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with <tag> only one language name per <tag>; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated tag [2] (tag must match a tag key in lang_tag_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and tag; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_tag_remap = { ["aa"] = "العفارية", ["aao"] = "العربية", ["aar"] = "العفارية", ["aars"] = "العفارية", ["abh"] = "العربية", ["abk"] = "الأبخازية", ["abks"] = "الأبخازية", ["abv"] = "العربية", ["acm"] = "العربية", ["acq"] = "العربية", ["acw"] = "العربية", ["acx"] = "العربية", ["acy"] = "العربية", ["adf"] = "العربية", ["ady"] = "الأديغية", ["aeb"] = "العربية", ["aec"] = "العربية", ["afb"] = "العربية", ["afr"] = "الأفريقانية", ["afrs"] = "الأفريقانية", ["ags"] = "الإسمبية", ["ajp"] = "العربية", ["aka"] = "الأكانية", ["alb"] = "الألبانية", ["als"] = "توسكية ألبانيا", ["amh"] = "الأمهرية", ["apc"] = "العربية", ["apd"] = "العربية", ["ara"] = "العربية", ["arb"] = "العربية", ["arg"] = "الأراغونية", ["arm"] = "الأرمنية", ["arn"] = "المابوتشية", ["arq"] = "العربية", ["ars"] = "العربية", ["ary"] = "العربية", ["arz"] = "العربية", ["as"] = "الآسامية", ["asm"] = "الآسامية", ["ast"] = "الأستورية", ["auz"] = "العربية", ["ava"] = "الأوارية", ["ave"] = "الأفستية", ["avl"] = "العربية", ["ayh"] = "العربية", ["ayl"] = "العربية", ["aym"] = "الأيمارا", ["ayn"] = "العربية", ["ayp"] = "العربية", ["az"] = "الأذرية", ["azb"] = "أذرية الجنوب", ["aze"] = "الأذرية", ["ba"] = "الباشقيرية", ["bak"] = "الباشقيرية", ["bam"] = "البمبرية", ["ban"] = "البالية", ["baq"] = "البشكنشية", ["bar"] = "البافارية", ["bbc"] = "الباتاكية", ["bbz"] = "العربية", ["bcc"] = "بلوشية الجنوب", ["bcl"] = "البيكولية الوسطى", ["bel"] = "البيلاروسية", ["ben"] = "البنغالية", ["bh"] = "البهارية", ["bho"] = "البوجبورية", ["bih"] = "البهارية", ["bis"] = "البيسلامية", ["bm"] = "البمبرية", ["bod"] = "التبتية", ["bos"] = "البوسنية", ["boss"] = "البوسنية", ["bre"] = "البريتونية", ["bul"] = "البلغارية", ["buls"] = "البلغارية", ["bur"] = "البورمية", ["ca-valencia"] = "البلنسية", ["ca"] = "القطلونية", ["cat"] = "القطلونية", ["ces"] = "التشيكية", ["ch"] = "التسمورية", ["cha"] = "التسمورية", ["che"] = "الشيشانية", ["chi"] = "الصينية", ["cho"] = "التشكتاوية", ["chu"] = "سلافية الكنسية", ["chv"] = "التشوفاشية", ["co"] = "الكورسية", ["cor"] = "الكورنية", ["cos"] = "الكورسية", ["cr"] = "الكرية", ["cre"] = "الكرية", ["crh"] = "تتارية القرم", ["crs"] = "كريولية سيشيل", ["cu"] = "سلافية الكنسية", ["cv"] = "التشوفاشية", ["cym"] = "الويلزية", ["cze"] = "التشيكية", ["da"] = "الدنماركية", ["dan"] = "الدنماركية", ["de_at"] = "الألمانية", ["de-at"] = "الألمانية", ["de-ch"] = "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", ["deu"] = "الألمانية", ["deus"] = "الألمانية", ["div"] = "المالديفية", ["dsb"] = "الصوربية السفلى", ["dut"] = "الهولندية", ["dz"] = "الدزونكية", ["dzo"] = "الدزونكية", ["ee"] = "الإوية", ["ell"] = "اليونانية", ["ells"] = "اليونانية", ["eng"] = "الإنجليزية", ["engs"] = "الإنجليزية", ["en-au"] = "الإنجليزية الأسترالية", ["en-ca"] = "الإنجليزية الكندية", ["en-gb"] = "الإنجليزية البريطانية", ["en-uk"] = "الإنجليزية البريطانية", ["en-in"] = "الإنجليزية الهندية", ["en-nz"] = "الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية", ["en-us"] = "الإنجليزية الأمريكية", ["epo"] = "الإسبرانتو", ["es_419"] = "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", ["es_es"] = "الإسبانية", ["es_mx"] = "إسبانية المكسيك", ["est"] = "الإستونية", ["eu"] = "البشكنشية", ["eus"] = "البشكنشية", ["ewe"] = "الإوية", ["fao"] = "الفاروية", ["fas"] = "الفارسية", ["fij"] = "الفيجية", ["fin"] = "الفنلندية", ["fkv"] = "Kven", ["fr_ca"] = "فرنسية كندا", ["fr_ch"] = "فرنسية سويسرا", ["fra"] = "الفرنسية", ["fras"] = "الفرنسية", ["fre"] = "الفرنسية", ["fry"] = "الفريزية", ["ful"] = "الفولانية", ["fy"] = "الفريزية", ["gd"] = "غيلية إسكتنلدا", ["geo"] = "الجورجية", ["ger"] = "الألمانية", ["gl"] = "الجليقية", ["gla"] = "غيلية إسكتنلدا", ["gle"] = "الأيرلندية", ["glg"] = "الغاليسية", ["glv"] = "المنكية", ["gom"] = "الكونكانية", ["grc"] = "الإغريقية", ["gre"] = "اليونانية", ["grn"] = "الغوارانية", ["gu"] = "الكجراتية", ["guj"] = "الكجراتية", ["ha"] = "الهوسية", ["hat"] = "الكريولية الهايتية", ["hau"] = "الهوسية", ["hbs"] = "كرواتية صربيا", ["heb"] = "العبرية", ["her"] = "الهيريرو", ["hif"] = "هندية فيجي", ["hin"] = "الهندية", ["hins"] = "الهندية", ["hmo"] = "الهيرية", ["ho"] = "الهيرية", ["hrv"] = "الكرواتية", ["hu"] = "المجرية", ["hun"] = "المجرية", ["hye"] = "الأرمنية", ["ia"] = "لغة وسيطة", ["ibo"] = "الإيجبو", ["ice"] = "الآيسلندية", ["ido"] = "الإيدو", ["idos"] = "الإيدو", ["ii"] = "النؤوسوية", ["iii"] = "النؤوسوية", ["ike"] = "الآيكية", ["iku"] = "الإنكتيتوتية", ["ile"] = "الإنترلينج", ["ilo"] = "الإيلوكانوية", ["ina"] = "لغة وسيطة", ["ind"] = "الإندونيسية", ["ipk"] = "الإينبياك", ["is"] = "الآيسلندية", ["isl"] = "الآيسلندية", ["ita"] = "الإيطالية", ["itas"] = "الإيطالية", ["iu"] = "الإنكتيتوتية", ["ja-hani"] = "اليابانية", ["jav"] = "الجاوية", ["jpn"] = "اليابانية", ["kal"] = "الغرينية", ["kan"] = "الكنادية", ["kas"] = "الكشميرية", ["kat"] = "الجورجية", ["kau"] = "الكانورية", ["kaz"] = "القازاقية", ["khm"] = "الخميرية", ["khw"] = "الكهوارية", ["kik"] = "الكيكيو", ["kin"] = "الروندية", ["ky"] = "القرغيزية", ["kir"] = "القرغيزية", ["kj"] = "الكيونياما", ["kk"] = "القازاقية", ["kl"] = "الغرينية", ["kn"] = "الكنادية", ["kom"] = "الكومية", ["kon"] = "الكونغو", ["kor"] = "الكورية", ["kp-hanj"] = "الكورية", ["kr"] = "الكانورية", ["ks-deva"] = "ديفنغارية كشمير", ["ksh-x-colog"] = "الكولونيانية", ["ksh"] = "الكولشية", ["kua"] = "الكيونياما", ["kur"] = "الكردية", ["kv"] = "الكومية", ["lao"] = "اللاوية", ["lat"] = "اللاتينية", ["lats"] = "اللاتينية", ["lav"] = "اللاتفية", ["lb"] = "اللوكسمبورغية", ["lg"] = "الجاندية", ["lim"] = "الليمبورغية", ["lin"] = "اللينغالية", ["lit"] = "الليتوانية", ["lmo"] = "اللومباردية", ["ln"] = "اللينغالية", ["ltz"] = "اللوكسمبورغية", ["lu"] = "التشيلوبا", ["lub"] = "التشيلوبا", ["lug"] = "الجاندية", ["mac"] = "المقدونية", ["mah"] = "المارشالية", ["mal"] = "الماليالامية", ["mao"] = "الماورية", ["mar"] = "المراثية", ["may"] = "الملايوية", ["mfe"] = "كريولية موريشوس", ["mg"] = "الملغاشية", ["mis-x-ripuar"] = "الريبوارية", ["mkd"] = "المقدونية", ["ml"] = "الماليالامية", ["mlg"] = "الملغاشية", ["mlt"] = "المالطية", ["mo"] = "المولدوفية", ["mol"] = "المولدوفية", ["mon"] = "المنغولية", ["mr"] = "المراثية", ["mri"] = "الماورية", ["ms"] = "الملايوية", ["msa"] = "الملايوية", ["mul"] = "اللغات المتعددة", ["mya"] = "البورمية", ["mzn"] = "الطبرية", ["na"] = "الناوروية", ["nan-tw"] = "هوكينية تايوان", ["nan"] = "مينانية الجنوب", ["nau"] = "الناوروية", ["nav"] = "النافاجو", ["nb-no"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["nb"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["nbl"] = "نديبلي الجنوبية", ["nde"] = "النديبيل الشمالية", ["ndo"] = "الندونجا", ["nep"] = "النيبالية", ["nl_be"] = "الفلمنكية", ["nld"] = "الهولندية", ["nn"] = "النرويجية النينوشك", ["nno"] = "النرويجية النينوشك", ["nob"] = "النرويجية البوكمول", ["non"] = "النوردية القديمة", ["nor"] = "النرويجية", ["nr"] = "نديبلي الجنوبية", ["nrf"] = "الغيرنزية", ["nya"] = "النيانجا", ["oc"] = "القسطانية", ["oci"] = "القسطانية", ["oji"] = "الأوجيبوا", ["ori"] = "الأورية", ["orm"] = "الأورومية", ["os"] = "الأوسيتية", ["oss"] = "الأوسيتية", ["pan"] = "البنجابية", ["per"] = "الفارسية", ["pga"] = "اللهجة الكريولية", ["pli"] = "البالية", ["pnt"] = "البنطسية", ["pol"] = "البولندية", ["pols"] = "البولندية", ["por"] = "البرتغالية", ["ps"] = "البشتوية", ["pt_br"] = "البرتغالية البرازيلية", ["pus"] = "البشتوية", ["qu"] = "الكتشوية", ["que"] = "الكتشوية", ["rn"] = "الكيروندية", ["ro_md"] = "المولدوفية", ["roa"] = "الغيرنزية", ["roh"] = "الرومانشية", ["ron"] = "الرومانية", ["rum"] = "الرومانية", ["run"] = "الكيروندية", ["rus"] = "الروسية", ["rw"] = "الروندية", ["sag"] = "السانغوية", ["sah"] = "الساخية", ["san"] = "السنسكريتية", ["scc"] = "الصربية", ["sco"] = "الإسكتلندية", ["scr"] = "الكرواتية", ["se"] = "سامية الشمال", ["sg"] = "السانغوية", ["sh"] = "كرواتية صربيا", ["sin"] = "السنهالية", ["sl"] = "السلوفينية", ["slk"] = "السلوفاكية", ["slo"] = "السلوفاكية", ["slv"] = "السلوفينية", ["sm"] = "الساموية", ["sma"] = "سامية الجنوب", ["sme"] = "سامية الشمال", ["smo"] = "الساموية", ["sna"] = "الشونا", ["snd"] = "السندية", ["som"] = "الصومالية", ["sot"] = "السوتية", ["spa"] = "الإسبانية", ["sqi"] = "الألبانية", ["sr-ec"] = "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", ["sr-el"] = "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", ["srd"] = "السردينية", ["srp"] = "الصربية", ["ss"] = "السوازية", ["ssh"] = "اللهجة الشحية", ["ssw"] = "السوازية", ["st"] = "السوتية", ["su"] = "الصندية", ["sun"] = "الصندية", ["swa"] = "السواحلية", ["swe"] = "السويدية", ["syc"] = "السريانية", ["syr"] = "السريانية", ["tah"] = "التاهيتية", ["tam"] = "التاميلية", ["tat"] = "التترية", ["tcy"] = "التولو", ["tel"] = "التيلوغوية", ["tgk"] = "الطاجيكية", ["tgl"] = "التاغالوغية", ["th"] = "التايلندية", ["tha"] = "التايلندية", ["tib"] = "التبتية", ["tir"] = "التغرينية", ["ton"] = "التونغية", ["ts"] = "التسونجية", ["tsn"] = "التسوانية", ["tso"] = "التسونجية", ["tuk"] = "التركمانية", ["tulu"] = "التولو", ["tur"] = "التركية", ["twi"] = "التوي", ["uig"] = "الأويغورية", ["ukr"] = "الأوكرانية", ["ur"] = "الأردية", ["urd"] = "الأردية", ["uzb"] = "الأوزبكية", ["ve"] = "الفيندية", ["ven"] = "الفيندية", ["vie"] = "الفيتنامية", ["vo"] = "الفولابوكية", ["vol"] = "الفولابوكية", ["wa"] = "الوالونية", ["wel"] = "الويلزية", ["wlm"] = "الويلزية الوسطى", ["wln"] = "الوالونية", ["wol"] = "الولوفية", ["xh"] = "الخوسية", ["xho"] = "الخوسية", ["xmf"] = "المنغريلية", ["xpu"] = "البونيقية", ["yid"] = "اليديشية", ["yo"] = "يوروبية", ["yor"] = "يوروبية", ["yue"] = "الكنتونية", ["zh_hans"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh_hant"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-classical"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-cn"] = "الصينية", ["zh-hani"] = "الصينية", ["zh-s"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh-t"] = "الصينية التقليدية", ["zh-tw"] = "الصينية المبسطة", ["zh-yue-hani"] = "الكنتونية", ["zh-yue"] = "الكانتونية", ["zha"] = "الزهيونج", ["zho"] = "الصينية", ["zu"] = "الزولوية", ["zul"] = "الزولوية", } local lang_name_remap = { ["abkhaze"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["abkhazian"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["afar"] = { "العفارية", "aa"}, ["afrikaans"] = { "الأفريقانية", "af"}, ["akan"] = { "الأكانية", "ak"}, ["albanais"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["albanian"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["alemannisch"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية", "gsw"}, ["allemand"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["amharic"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["amharique"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["anglais"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["arabe"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["arabic"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["aragonais"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["aragonese"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["armenian"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["arménien"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["assamais"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["assamese"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["avar"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["avaric"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["avestan"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["avestique"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["aymara"] = { "الأيمارا", "ay"}, ["azerbaijani"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["azéri"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["bachkir"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["bambara"] = { "البمبرية", "bm"}, ["bangla"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["bashkir"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["basque"] = { "البشكنشية", "eu"}, ["belarusian"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["bengali"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["bhojpuri"] = { "البوجبورية", "bho"}, ["bichelamar"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["biélorusse"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["bihari"] = { "البهارية", "bh"}, ["birman"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["bislama"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["blackfoot"] = { "النيتسيتابية", "bla"}, ["bosnian"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["bosniaque"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["breton"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["bulgare"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["bulgarian"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["burmese"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["cachemiri"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["catalan"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["chamorro"] = { "التسمورية", "ch"}, ["chechen"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["chewa"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["chinese"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["chinois"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["church slavic"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["chuvash"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["cingalais"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["colognian"] = { "الكولونيانية", "ksh-x-colog"}, ["coréen"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["cornique"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["cornish"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["corse"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["corsican"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["cree"] = { "الكرية", "cr"}, ["créole haïtien"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["créole seychellois"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["crimean tatar"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["croate"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["croatian"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["czech"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["danish"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["danois"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["divehi"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["dutch"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["dzongkha"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["english"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["espagnol"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["esperanto"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["espéranto"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["estonian"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["estonien"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["ewe"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["éwé"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["faroese"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["féroïen"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["fidjien"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["fijian"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["finnish"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["finnois"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["français"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["french"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["frison occidental"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["fulah"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["gaélique écossais"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["galician"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["galicien"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["gallois"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["ganda"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["georgian"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["géorgien"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["german"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["goudjerati"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["grec"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["greek"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["groenlandais"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["guarani"] = { "الغوارانية", "gn"}, ["gujarati"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["haitian creole"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["haoussa"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["hausa"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["hébre"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["hebrew"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["herero"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["héréro"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["hindi"] = { "الهندية", "hi"}, ["hiri mot"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["hongrois"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["hungarian"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["icelandic"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["ido"] = { "الإيدو", "io"}, ["igbo"] = { "الإيجبو", "ig"}, ["ilocano"] = { "الإيلوكانوية", "ilo"}, ["indonesian"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["indonésien"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["interlingua"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["interlingue"] = { "الإنترلينج", "ie"}, ["inuktitut"] = { "الإنكتيتوتية", "iu"}, ["inupiaq"] = { "الإينبياك", "ik"}, ["irish"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["irlandais"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["islandais"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["italian"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["italien"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["japanese"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["japonais"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["javanais"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["javanese"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["kalaallisut"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["kannada"] = { "الكنادية", "kn"}, ["kanouri"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["kanuri"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["kashmiri"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["kazakh"] = { "القازاقية", "kk"}, ["khmer"] = { "الخميرية", "km"}, ["kikongo"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["kikuy"] = { "الكيكيو", "ki"}, ["kinyarwanda"] = { "الروندية", "rw"}, ["kirghize"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["kolsch"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["kölsch"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["komi"] = { "الكومية", "kv"}, ["kongo"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["korean"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["kuanyama"] = { "الكيونياما", "kj"}, ["kurde"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["kurdish"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["Kven"] = { "Kven", "fkv"}, ["kvensk"] = { "Kven", "fkv"}, ["kyrgyz"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["lao"] = { "اللاوية", "lo"}, ["latin"] = { "اللاتينية", "la"}, ["latvian"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["letton"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["limbourgeois"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["limburgish"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["lingala"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["lithuanian"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["lituanien"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["luba-katanga (kiluba)"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["luba-katanga"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["luxembourgeois"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["luxembourgish"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["macedonian"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["macédonien"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["malagasy"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["malais"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["malay"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["malayalam"] = { "الماليالامية", "ml"}, ["maldivien"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["malgache"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["maltais"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["maltese"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["mannois"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["manx"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["maori"] = { "الماورية", "mi"}, ["marathi"] = { "المراثية", "mr"}, ["marshallais"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["marshallese"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["moldovan"] = { "المولدوفية", "mo"}, ["mongol"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["mongolian"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["naur"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["nauruan"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["navajo"] = { "النافاجو", "nv"}, ["ndébélé du nord"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["ndébélé du sud"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["ndonga"] = { "الندونجا", "ng"}, ["néerlandais"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["népalais"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["nepali"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["north ndebele"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["northern sami"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["norvégien bokmål"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["norvégien nynorsk"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["norvégien"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["norwegian bokmål"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["norwegian nynorsk"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["norwegian"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["nyanja"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["occitan"] = { "القسطانية", "oc"}, ["odia"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["ojibwa"] = { "الأوجيبوا", "oj"}, ["oromo"] = { "الأورومية", "om"}, ["ossète"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["ossetic"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["ouïghour"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["ourdo"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["ouzbek"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["pachto"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["pali"] = { "البالية", "pi"}, ["pashto"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["pendjabi"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["persan"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["persian"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["peul"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["polish"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["polonais"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["portugais"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["portuguese"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["punjabi"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["quechua"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["ripuarian"] = { "الريبوارية", "mis-x-ripuar"}, ["romanche"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["romanian"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["romansh"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["roumain"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["roundi"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["rundi"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["russe"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["russian"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["same du nord"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["samoan"] = { "الساموية", "sm"}, ["sango"] = { "السانغوية", "sg"}, ["sanskrit"] = { "السنسكريتية", "sa"}, ["sarde"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["sardinian"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["scottish gaelic"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["serbe"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["serbian"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["serbo-croate"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["serbo-croatian"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["seselwa creole french"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["shona"] = { "الشونا", "sn"}, ["sichuan yi"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["sindhi"] = { "السندية", "sd"}, ["sinhala"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["slavon d’église"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["slovak"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["slovaque"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["slovène"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["slovenian"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["somali"] = { "الصومالية", "so"}, ["sotho du sud"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["soundanais"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["sundanese"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["south ndebele"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["southern sotho"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["spanish"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["suédois"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["swahili"] = { "السواحلية", "sw"}, ["swati"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["swedish"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["swiss high german"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", "de-ch"}, ["tadjik"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["tagalog"] = { "التاغالوغية", "tl"}, ["tahitian"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["tahitien"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["taiwanese hokkien"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["tajik"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["tamil"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["tamoul"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["tatar"] = { "التترية", "tt"}, ["tchèque"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["tchétchène"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["tchouvache"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["télougo"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["telug"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["thai"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["thaï"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["tibétain"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["tibetan"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["tigrigna"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["tigrinya"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["tongan"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["tongien"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["tosk albanian"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["tsonga"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["tswana"] = { "التسوانية", "tn"}, ["turc"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["turkish"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["turkmen"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["turkmène"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["twi"] = { "التوي", "tw"}, ["ukrainian"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["ukrainien"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["urd"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["uyghur"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["uzbek"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["valencian"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["venda"] = { "الفيندية", "ve"}, ["vietnamese"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["vietnamien"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["volapük"] = { "الفولابوكية", "vo"}, ["wallon"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["walloon"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["welsh"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["western frisian"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["wolof"] = { "الولوفية", "wo"}, ["xhosa"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["yi du sichuan"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["yiddish"] = { "اليديشية", "yi"}, ["yoruba"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, ["zhuang"] = { "الزهيونج", "za"}, ["zoulo"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["zul"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["أذرية الجنوب"] = { "أذرية الجنوب", "azb"}, ["إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية"] = { "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", "es_419"}, ["إسبانية المكسيك"] = { "إسبانية المكسيك", "es_mx"}, ["الآسامية"] = { "الآسامية", "as"}, ["الآيسلندية"] = { "الآيسلندية", "is"}, ["الآيكية"] = { "الآيكية", "ike"}, ["الأبخازية"] = { "الأبخازية", "ab"}, ["الأديغية"] = { "الأديغية", "ady"}, ["الأذرية الجنوبية"] = { "أذرية الجنوب", "azb"}, ["الأذرية"] = { "الأذرية", "az"}, ["الأراغونية"] = { "الأراغونية", "an"}, ["الأردوية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأردية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأرمنية"] = { "الأرمنية", "hy"}, ["الأستورية"] = { "الأستورية", "ast"}, ["الأفريقانية"] = { "الأفريقانية", "af"}, ["الأفستية"] = { "الأفستية", "ae"}, ["الأكانية"] = { "الأكانية", "ak"}, ["الألبانية"] = { "الألبانية", "sq"}, ["الألمانية"] = { "الألمانية", "de"}, ["الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة"] = { "الألمانية السويسرية الموحدة", "de-ch"}, ["الأمهرية"] = { "الأمهرية", "am"}, ["الأوارية"] = { "الأوارية", "av"}, ["الأوجيبوا"] = { "الأوجيبوا", "oj"}, ["الأوردية"] = { "الأردية", "ur"}, ["الأورومية"] = { "الأورومية", "om"}, ["الأوريا"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["الأورية"] = { "الأورية", "or"}, ["الأوزبكية"] = { "الأوزبكية", "uz"}, ["الأوسيتية"] = { "الأوسيتية", "os"}, ["الأوكرانية"] = { "الأوكرانية", "uk"}, ["الأويغورية"] = { "الأويغورية", "ug"}, ["الأيرلندية"] = { "الأيرلندية", "ga"}, ["الأيمارا"] = { "الأيمارا", "ay"}, ["الإسبانية الأمريكية اللاتينية"] = { "إسبانية أمريكا اللاتينية", "es_419"}, ["الإسبانية المكسيكية"] = { "إسبانية المكسيك", "es_mx"}, ["الإسبانية"] = { "الإسبانية", "es"}, ["الإسبرانتو"] = { "الإسبرانتو", "eo"}, ["الإستونية"] = { "الإستونية", "et"}, ["الإسكتلندية"] = { "الإسكتلندية", "sco"}, ["الإسكندنافية القديمة"] = { "النوردية القديمة", "non"}, ["الإسمبية"] = { "الإسمبية", "ags"}, ["الإغريقية"] = { "الإغريقية", "grc"}, ["الإنترلنغوا"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["الإنترلينج"] = { "الإنترلينج", "ie"}, ["الإنجليزية"] = { "الإنجليزية", "en"}, ["الإنجليزية الأسترالية"] = { "الإنجليزية الأسترالية", "en-au"}, ["الإنجليزية الكندية"] = { "الإنجليزية الكندية", "en-ca"}, ["الإنجليزية البريطانية"] = {"الإنجليزية البريطانية", "en-gb"}, ["الإنجليزية البريطانية"] = {"الإنجليزية البريطانية", "en-uk"}, ["الإنجليزية الهندية"] = {"الإنجليزية الهندية", "en-in"}, ["الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية"] = {"الإنجليزية النيوزيلندية", "en-nz"}, ["الإنجليزية الأمريكية"] = { "الإنجليزية الأمريكية", "en-us"}, ["الإندونيسية"] = { "الإندونيسية", "id"}, ["الإنكتيتوتية"] = { "الإنكتيتوتية", "iu"}, ["الإوية"] = { "الإوية", "ee"}, ["الإيجبو"] = { "الإيجبو", "ig"}, ["الإيدو"] = { "الإيدو", "io"}, ["الإيطالية"] = { "الإيطالية", "it"}, ["الإيلوكانوية"] = { "الإيلوكانوية", "ilo"}, ["الإينبياك"] = { "الإينبياك", "ik"}, ["الاسكتلندية"] = { "الإسكتلندية", "sco"}, ["الباتاك التوبا"] = { "الباتاكية", "bbc"}, ["الباتاكية"] = { "الباتاكية", "bbc"}, ["الباشقيرية"] = { "الباشقيرية", "ba"}, ["البافارية"] = { "البافارية", "bar"}, ["البالية"] = { "البالية", "pi"}, ["البرتغالية البرازيلية"] = { "البرتغالية البرازيلية", "pt-br"}, ["البرتغالية"] = { "البرتغالية", "pt"}, ["البريتانية"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["البريتونية"] = { "البريتونية", "br"}, ["البسلاما"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["البشتوية"] = { "البشتوية", "ps"}, ["البشكنشية"] = { "البشكنشية", "eu"}, ["البلغارية"] = { "البلغارية", "bg"}, ["البلنسية"] = { "البلنسية", "ca-valencia"}, ["البمبرية"] = { "البمبرية", "bm"}, ["البنجابية"] = { "البنجابية", "pa"}, ["البنطسية"] = { "البنطسية", "pnt"}, ["البنغالية"] = { "البنغالية", "bn"}, ["البهارية"] = { "البهارية", "bh"}, ["البوجبورية"] = { "البوجبورية", "bho"}, ["البورمية"] = { "البورمية", "my"}, ["البوسنوية"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["البوسنية"] = { "البوسنية", "bs"}, ["البولندية"] = { "البولندية", "pl"}, ["البونيقية"] = { "البونيقية", "xpu"}, ["البيسلامية"] = { "البيسلامية", "bi"}, ["البيكولية الوسطى"] = { "البيكولية الوسطى", "bcl"}, ["البيلاروسية"] = { "البيلاروسية", "be"}, ["التاغالوغية"] = { "التاغالوغية", "tl"}, ["التاميلية"] = { "التاميلية", "ta"}, ["التاهيتية"] = { "التاهيتية", "ty"}, ["التايلندية"] = { "التايلندية", "th"}, ["التبتية"] = { "التبتية", "bo"}, ["التتارية القرمية"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["التترية"] = { "التترية", "tt"}, ["التركمانية"] = { "التركمانية", "tk"}, ["التركية"] = { "التركية", "tr"}, ["التسمورية"] = { "التسمورية", "ch"}, ["التسوانية"] = { "التسوانية", "tn"}, ["التسونجا"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["التسونجية"] = { "التسونجية", "ts"}, ["التشكتاوية"] = { "التشكتاوية", "cho"}, ["التشكطوية"] = { "التشكتاوية", "cho"}, ["التشوفاش"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["التشوفاشية"] = { "التشوفاشية", "cv"}, ["التشيكية"] = { "التشيكية", "cs"}, ["التشيلوبا"] = { "التشيلوبا", "lu"}, ["التغرينية"] = { "التغرينية", "ti"}, ["التوسك الألبانية"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["التولو"] = { "التولو", "tulu"}, ["التونغية"] = { "التونغية", "to"}, ["التوي"] = { "التوي", "tw"}, ["التيلوغوية"] = { "التيلوغوية", "te"}, ["الجاندا"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["الجاندية"] = { "الجاندية", "lg"}, ["الجاوية"] = { "الجاوية", "jv"}, ["الجسرية"] = { "البنطسية", "pnt"}, ["الجليقية"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["الجنوبية البولشية"] = { "بلوشية الجنوب", "bcc"}, ["الجواني الكونكانية"] = { "الكونكانية", "gom"}, ["الجورجية"] = { "الجورجية", "ka"}, ["الخميرية"] = { "الخميرية", "km"}, ["الخوسية"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["الدزونكا"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["الدزونكية"] = { "الدزونكية", "dz"}, ["الدنماركية"] = { "الدنماركية", "da"}, ["الديفهي"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["الروسية"] = { "الروسية", "ru"}, ["الرومانشية"] = { "الرومانشية", "rm"}, ["الرومانية"] = { "الرومانية", "ro"}, ["الروندية"] = { "الروندية", "rw"}, ["الريبوارية"] = { "الريبوارية", "mis-x-ripuar"}, ["الزهيونج"] = { "الزهيونج", "za"}, ["الزولوية"] = { "الزولوية", "zu"}, ["الساخية"] = { "الساخية", "sah"}, ["الساموية"] = { "الساموية", "sm"}, ["السامي الشمالية"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["السامية الجنوبية"] = { "سامية الجنوب", "sma"}, ["السانغوية"] = { "السانغوية", "sg"}, ["السردينية"] = { "السردينية", "sc"}, ["السريانية"] = { "السريانية", "syc"}, ["السلافونية الكنسية القديمة"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["السلوفاكية"] = { "السلوفاكية", "sk"}, ["السلوفينية"] = { "السلوفينية", "sl"}, ["السندية"] = { "السندية", "sd"}, ["السنسكريتية"] = { "السنسكريتية", "sa"}, ["السنهالية"] = { "السنهالية", "si"}, ["السواحلية"] = { "السواحلية", "sw"}, ["السوازي"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["السوازية"] = { "السوازية", "ss"}, ["السوتية"] = { "السوتية", "st"}, ["السوندية"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["السويدية"] = { "السويدية", "sv"}, ["السيبونية"] = { "السيبيوانية", "ceb"}, ["الشونا"] = { "الشونا", "sn"}, ["الشيشانية"] = { "الشيشانية", "ce"}, ["الصربوكرواتية"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", "sr-ec"}, ["الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", "sr-el"}, ["الصربية السيريلية"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف السيريلي)", "sr-ec"}, ["الصربية اللاتينية"] = { "الصربية (بالحرف اللاتيني)", "sr-el"}, ["الصربية"] = { "الصربية", "sr"}, ["الصندية"] = { "الصندية", "su"}, ["الصوربية السفلى"] = { "الصوربية السفلى", "dsb"}, ["الصومالية"] = { "الصومالية", "so"}, ["الصينية التقليدية"] = { "الصينية التقليدية", "zh-hant"}, ["الصينية المبسطة"] = { "الصينية المبسطة", "zh-hans"}, ["الصينية"] = { "الصينية", "zh"}, ["الطاجيكية"] = { "الطاجيكية", "tg"}, ["الطبرية"] = { "الطبرية", "mzn"}, ["العبرية"] = { "العبرية", "he"}, ["العربية الشحية"] = { "اللهجة الشحية", "ssh"}, ["العربية الكريولية السودانية"] = { "اللهجة الكريولية", "pga"}, ["العربية"] = { "العربية", "ar"}, ["العفارية"] = { "العفارية", "aa"}, ["الغاليسية"] = { "الجليقية", "gl"}, ["الغرينلاندية"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["الغرينية"] = { "الغرينية", "kl"}, ["الغوارانية"] = { "الغوارانية", "gn"}, ["الغيرنزية"] = { "الغيرنزية", "nrf"}, ["الغيلية الاسكتلندية"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["الفارسية"] = { "الفارسية", "fa"}, ["الفاروية"] = { "الفاروية", "fo"}, ["الفرنسية السويسرية"] = { "فرنسية سويسرا", "fr_ch"}, ["الفرنسية الكندية"] = { "فرنسية كندا", "fr_ca"}, ["الفرنسية"] = { "الفرنسية", "fr"}, ["الفريزية الغربية"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["الفريزية"] = { "الفريزية", "fy"}, ["الفلمنكية"] = { "الفلمنكية", "nl_be"}, ["الفنلندية"] = { "الفنلندية", "fi"}, ["الفولابوكية"] = { "الفولابوكية", "vo"}, ["الفولانية"] = { "الفولانية", "ff"}, ["الفيتنامية"] = { "الفيتنامية", "vi"}, ["الفيجي الهندية"] = { "هندية فيجي", "hif"}, ["الفيجية"] = { "الفيجية", "fj"}, ["الفيندية"] = { "الفيندية", "ve"}, ["القازاقية"] = { "القازاقية", "kk"}, ["القبائلية (الجزائرية)"] = { "القبيلية", "kab"}, ["القبائلية ال(جزائرية)"] = { "القبيلية", "kab"}, ["القسطانية"] = { "القسطانية", "oc"}, ["القطلونية"] = { "القطلونية", "ca"}, ["القرغيزية"] = { "القرغيزية", "ky"}, ["الكانتونية"] = { "الكانتونية", "zh-yue"}, ["الكانورية"] = { "الكانورية", "kr"}, ["الكتشوا"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["الكتشوية"] = { "الكتشوية", "qu"}, ["الكجراتية"] = { "الكجراتية", "gu"}, ["الكردية"] = { "الكردية", "ku"}, ["الكرواتية"] = { "الكرواتية", "hr"}, ["الكرية"] = { "الكرية", "cr"}, ["الكريولية السيشيلية"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["الكريولية الموريشية"] = { "كريولية موريشوس", "mfe"}, ["الكريولية الهايتية"] = { "الكريولية الهايتية", "ht"}, ["الكشميرية الديفنغارية"] = { "ديفنغارية كشمير", "ks-deva"}, ["الكشميرية"] = { "الكشميرية", "ks"}, ["الكلاسيكية الصينية"] = { "الصينية التقليدية", "zh-classical"}, ["الكنادية"] = { "الكنادية", "kn"}, ["الكنتونية"] = { "الكنتونية", "yue"}, ["الكهوار"] = { "الكهوارية", "khw"}, ["الكهوارية"] = { "الكهوارية", "khw"}, ["الكورسية"] = { "الكورسية", "co"}, ["الكورنية"] = { "الكورنية", "kw"}, ["الكورية"] = { "الكورية", "ko"}, ["الكولشية"] = { "الكولشية", "ksh"}, ["الكولونيانية"] = { "الكولونيانية", "ksh-x-colog"}, ["الكومية"] = { "الكومية", "kv"}, ["الكونغو"] = { "الكونغو", "kg"}, ["الكونكانية"] = { "الكونكانية", "gom"}, ["الكيروندية"] = { "الكيروندية", "rn"}, ["الكيكيو"] = { "الكيكيو", "ki"}, ["الكيونياما"] = { "الكيونياما", "kj"}, ["اللاتفية"] = { "اللاتفية", "lv"}, ["اللاتينية"] = { "اللاتينية", "la"}, ["اللاوية"] = { "اللاوية", "lo"}, ["اللغات المتعددة"] = { "اللغات المتعددة", "mul"}, ["اللهجة الشحية"] = { "اللهجة الشحية", "ssh"}, ["اللهجة الكريولية"] = { "اللهجة الكريولية", "pga"}, ["اللوكسمبورغية"] = { "اللوكسمبورغية", "lb"}, ["اللومباردية"] = { "اللومباردية", "lmo"}, ["الليتوانية"] = { "الليتوانية", "lt"}, ["الليمبورغية"] = { "الليمبورغية", "li"}, ["اللينغالا"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["اللينغالية"] = { "اللينغالية", "ln"}, ["المابوتشية"] = { "المابوتشية", "arn"}, ["المارشالية"] = { "المارشالية", "mh"}, ["المالديفية"] = { "المالديفية", "dv"}, ["المالطية"] = { "المالطية", "mt"}, ["الماليالامية"] = { "الماليالامية", "ml"}, ["الماورية"] = { "الماورية", "mi"}, ["المجرية"] = { "المجرية", "hu"}, ["المراثية"] = { "المراثية", "mr"}, ["المقدونية"] = { "المقدونية", "mk"}, ["الملايوية"] = { "الملايوية", "ms"}, ["الملغاشية"] = { "الملغاشية", "mg"}, ["المنغريلية"] = { "المنغريلية", "xmf"}, ["المنغولية"] = { "المنغولية", "mn"}, ["المنكية"] = { "المنكية", "gv"}, ["المولدوفية"] = { "المولدوفية", "mo"}, ["المين-نان الصينية"] = { "مينانية الجنوب", "nan"}, ["النؤوسوية"] = { "النؤوسوية", "ii"}, ["النافاجو"] = { "النافاجو", "nv"}, ["الناورونية"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["الناوروية"] = { "الناوروية", "na"}, ["الندونجا"] = { "الندونجا", "ng"}, ["النديبلي الجنوبية"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["النديبيل الشمالية"] = { "النديبيل الشمالية", "nd"}, ["النرويجية البوكمول"] = { "النرويجية البوكمول", "nb"}, ["النرويجية النينوشك"] = { "النرويجية النينوشك", "nn"}, ["النرويجية"] = { "النرويجية", "no"}, ["النوردية القديمة"] = { "النوردية القديمة", "non"}, ["النورمندية"] = { "الغيرنزية", "nrf"}, ["النيانجا"] = { "النيانجا", "ny"}, ["النيبالية"] = { "النيبالية", "ne"}, ["الهندية"] = { "الهندية", "hi"}, ["الهوسية"] = { "الهوسية", "ha"}, ["الهوكينة التايوانية"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["الهولندية"] = { "الهولندية", "nl"}, ["الهيري الموتو"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["الهيرية"] = { "الهيرية", "ho"}, ["الهيريرو"] = { "الهيريرو", "hz"}, ["الوالونية"] = { "الوالونية", "wa"}, ["الولوفية"] = { "الولوفية", "wo"}, ["الويلزية الوسطى"] = { "الويلزية الوسطى", "wlm"}, ["الويلزية"] = { "الويلزية", "cy"}, ["اليابانية"] = { "اليابانية", "ja"}, ["اليديشية"] = { "اليديشية", "yi"}, ["اليوربا"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, ["اليونانية"] = { "اليونانية", "el"}, ["بلوشية الجنوب"] = { "بلوشية الجنوب", "bcc"}, ["تتارية القرم"] = { "تتارية القرم", "crh"}, ["توسكية ألبانيا"] = { "توسكية ألبانيا", "als"}, ["ديفنغارية كشمير"] = { "ديفنغارية كشمير", "ks-deva"}, ["سامية الجنوب"] = { "سامية الجنوب", "sma"}, ["سامية الشمال"] = { "سامية الشمال", "se"}, ["سلافية الكنسية"] = { "سلافية الكنسية", "cu"}, ["غير المعروفة"] = { "لغة غير معروفة", "und"}, ["غير معروفة"] = { "لغة غير معروفة", "und"}, ["غيلية إسكتنلدا"] = { "غيلية إسكتنلدا", "gd"}, ["فرنسية سويسرا"] = { "فرنسية سويسرا", "fr_ch"}, ["فرنسية كندا"] = { "فرنسية كندا", "fr_ca"}, ["كرواتية صربيا"] = { "كرواتية صربيا", "sh"}, ["كريولية سيشيل"] = { "كريولية سيشيل", "crs"}, ["كريولية موريشوس"] = { "كريولية موريشوس", "mfe"}, ["كوسية"] = { "الخوسية", "xh"}, ["لغة وسيطة"] = { "لغة وسيطة", "ia"}, ["مينانية الجنوب"] = { "مينانية الجنوب", "nan"}, ["نديبلي الجنوبية"] = { "نديبلي الجنوبية", "nr"}, ["هندية فيجي"] = { "هندية فيجي", "hif"}, ["هوكينية تايوان"] = { "هوكينية تايوان", "nan-tw"}, ["يوروبية"] = { "يوروبية", "yo"}, } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر باللغة $1 ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر بلغة أجنبية (أيزو 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['interproj-linked-name'] = 'الاستشهاد: أسماء بروابط مشاريع شقيقة interproject-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interproject link; $1 is interproject tag used as a sort key ['interwiki-linked-name'] = 'الاستشهاد:وصلات إنترويكي للأسماء|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interwiki link; $1 is interwiki tag used as a sort key; yeilds to interproject ['local-lang-source'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر باللغة $1 ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'اختبار مكان الاستشهاد', ['long-vol'] = 'الاستشهاد: قيمة المجلد طويلة', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'الاستشهاد بمصادر بخط اللغة $1 ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['tracked-param'] = 'وسيط استشهاد متتبع: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['unfit'] = 'الاستشهاد:رابط غير مناسب', -- |url-status=unfit or |url-status=usurped; used to be a maint cat ['vanc-accept'] = 'الاستشهاد:أسماء فانكوفر مع تمرير الترميز', -- for |vauthors=/|veditors= with accept-as-written markup ['year-range-abbreviated'] = "الاستشهاد: نطاق السنة المختصرة", -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form --#Added ['no_archive'] = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: استشهادات بمسارات غير مؤرشفة' } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'تقارير إعلامية', ['document'] = 'وثيقة', ['interview'] = 'مقابلة', ['mailinglist'] = 'قائمة بريد', ['map'] = 'خريطة', ['podcast'] = 'بث صوتي', ['pressrelease'] = 'بيان صحفي', ['report'] = 'تقرير', ['speech'] = 'خطاب', ['techreport'] = 'تقرير فني', ['thesis'] = 'أطروحة', } --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ K N O W N _ F R E E _ D O I _ R E G I S T R A N T S _ T A B L E >-- build a table of doi registrants known to be free-to-read In a doi, the registrant ID is the series of digits between the '10.' and the first '/': in doi 10.1100/sommat, 1100 is the registrant ID see §3.2.2 DOI prefix of the Doi Handbook p. 43 https://www.doi.org/doi-handbook/DOI_Handbook_Final.pdf#page=43 ]] local function build_free_doi_registrants_table() local registrants_t = {}; for _, v in ipairs ({ '1045', '1074', '1096', '1100', '1155', '1186', '1194', '1371', '1613', '1629', '1989', '1999', '2147', '2196', '3285', '3389', '3390', '3906', '3748', '3814', '3847', '3897', '4061', '4089', '4103', '4172', '4175', '4230', '4236', '4239', '4240', '4249', '4251', '4252', '4253', '4254', '4291', '4292', '4329', '4330', '4331', '5086', '5194', '5210', '5306', '5312', '5313', '5314', '5315', '5316', '5317', '5318', '5319', '5320', '5321', '5334', '5402', '5409', '5410', '5411', '5412', '5492', '5493', '5494', '5495', '5496', '5497', '5498', '5499', '5500', '5501', '5527', '5528', '5662', '6064', '6219', '7167', '7217', '7287', '7482', '7490', '7554', '7717', '7759', '7766', '9778', '11131', '11569', '11647', '11648', '12688', '12703', '12715', '12942', '12998', '13105', '14256', '14293', '14303', '15215', '15347', '15412', '15560', '16995', '17645', '18637', '19080', '19173', '20944', '21037', '21105', '21468', '21767', '21425', '22261', '22323', '22459', '24105', '24196', '24966', '26775', '30845', '32545', '35711', '35712', '35713', '35995', '36648', '37126', '37532', '37871', '47128', '47622', '47959', '52437', '52975', '53288', '53347', '54081', '54947', '55667', '55914', '57009', '58647', '59081', }) do registrants_t[v] = true; -- build a k/v table of known free-to-read doi registrants end return registrants_t; end -- known free registrants identifiable by the doi suffix incipit local extended_registrants_t = { -- doi suffix incipits are evaluated as lua patterns ['1002'] = {'aelm', 'leap', 'loe2%.', 'lol2%.'}, -- Advanced Electronic Materials, Learned Publishing, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Letters ['1016'] = {'j%.aace', 'j%.aed', 'j%.aiopen', 'j%.animal', 'j%.apsb', 'j%.addicn', -- AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AI Open, Animal, Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica B, Addiction Neuroscience 'j%.abrep', 'j%.gpb', 'j%.heliyon', 'j%.nlp', 'j%.patter', 'j%.proche', -- Addictive Behaviors Reports, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics after 2015, Heliyon, Natural Language Processing, Patterns, Procedia Chemistry 'j%.vgie', 'S1672-0229'}, -- VideoGIE, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics before 2015 ['1017'] = {'apj%.', 'nlp', 'mdh', 'S15574660'}, -- Natural Language Processing Journal, Medical History, Asia Pacific Journal ['1046'] = {'j%.1365-8711', 'j%.1365-246x'}, -- MNRAS, GJI ['1021'] = {'acscentsci', 'acsomega'}, -- ACS Central Science, ACS Omega ['1093'] = {'mnras', 'mnrasl', 'gji', 'pnasnexus', 'rasti'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI, PNAS Nexus, RASTI ['1098'] = {'rsbm', 'rsob', 'rsos'}, -- Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, Open Biology, Royal Society Open Science ['1099'] = {'acmi', 'mic', '00221287', 'mgen'}, -- Access Microbiology, Microbiology, Journal of General Microbiology, Microbial Genomics ['1107'] = {'S20569890', 'S20522525', 'S16005775', 'S24143146'}, -- Acta Crystallographica E, IUCrJ, Journal of Synchrotron Radiation, IUCrData ['1109'] = {'oa', 'oj'}, -- IEEE Open Access..., IEEE Open Journal... ['1111'] = {'aogs', 'j%.1365-2966', 'j%.1745-3933', 'j%.1365-246X'}, -- Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI ['1128'] = {'asmcr', 'jmbe', 'mbio', 'mra', 'spectrum', 'msphere', 'msystems'}, --ASM Case Reports, Journal of Microbiology & Biology Education, mBio, Microbiology Resource Announcements, Microbiology Spectrum, mSphere, mSystems ['1136'] = {'bmjopen'}, -- BMJ Open ['1140'] = {'epjc'}, -- European Physical Journal C ['1192'] = {'bjo'}, -- BJPsych Open ['1210'] = {'jendso','jcemcr'}, -- Journal of the Endocrine Society, JCEM Case Reports ['1215'] = {'21573689', '21573698'}, -- L&O Fluids ['1590'] = {'0102-3306'}, -- Acta Botanica Brasilica ['4171'] = {'dm','mag'}, -- Documenta Mathematica, EMS Magazine ['4319'] = {'lo%.', 'lol%.', 'lom%.'}, -- L&O, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Methods ['5852'] = {'ejt'}, -- European Journal of Taxonomy ['7155'] = {'jgaa'}, -- Journal of Graph Algorithms and Applications ['11158'] = {'saasp'}, -- Systematic and Applied Acarology Special Publications ['11646'] = {'megataxa', 'mesozoic'}, -- Megataxa, Mesozoic ['14231'] = {'ag'}, -- Algebraic Geometry ['15446'] = {'abc'}, -- Acta Biológica Colombiana ['17239'] = {'jowr'}, -- Journal of Writing Research ['22073'] = {'pja'}, -- Persian Journal of Acarology ['24310'] = {'abm'}, -- Acta Botanica Malacitana ['24425'] = {'agp'}, -- Acta Geologica Polonica ['35249'] = {'rche'}, -- Revista Chilena de Entomología ['37520'] = {'fi'}, -- Fossil Imprint ['53562'] = {'ajcb'} -- Asian Journal of Conservation Biology } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L E M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'حرف غير صالح', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= empty_str = '(نص فارغ)', -- empty unknown parameter check when cite has |= ['flag'] = 'علامة', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'تقديم غير صالح', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'معرف مجموعة غير صالح', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'بادئات', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'كود لغة غير صالح', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'دورية محكمة', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'طول', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'فاصلة مفقودة', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'بادئة مفقودة', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'قسم العنوان مفقود', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'اسم', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'حرف غير لاتيني', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'مسار', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'بادئة غير صالحة', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'علامة ترقيم', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'أمر حفظ', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'لاحقة', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'تاريخ', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'كود لغة مجهول', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'قيمة', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'سنة', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- جدول شروط الأخطاء. يتكون هذا الجدول من قسمين: أخطاء في الأعلى ، صيانة في الأسفل. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: صفحات تحتوي مراجع ويب بتاريخ وصول وبدون مسار', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'استعمال الخط المائل أو الغليظ غير مسموح: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ترميز', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code>', anchor = 'archive_date_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ-الأرشيف=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code> لا يتطابقان في الوقت، المقترح $1', anchor = 'archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ أرشيف=</code>', -- $1 is |archive-url= anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code>', -- $1 is |archive-url= anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار-الأرشيف=</code> غير صحيح: $1', -- a $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مسار الأرشيف', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أرخايف', hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أرخايف', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', anchor = 'bad_asin', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code>', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: بيب كود', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> ', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code>', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'تحقق من التاريخ في: $1', --the $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: التاريخ', hidden = true }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دوي', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> القيمة: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ردمك', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code>', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code>', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code>', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: كونغرس', hidden = false }, err_bad_medrxiv = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code>', anchor = 'bad_medrxiv', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: medRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code>', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أكلس', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المكتبة المفتوحة', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code>', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وصلة', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ببمد سنترال', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code>', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: ببمد', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code>', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code>', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'تأكد من قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code>: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code>', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'تحقق من قيمة $1', anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المسار', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code>', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: معرف الرسالة', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'تأكد من صحة قيمة <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code>', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 بحاجة لعنوان', -- a $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: قصور في مسار ', hidden = false }, --#Added err_wikidata_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 بحاجة لعنوان', -- a $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: من ويكي بيانات: قصور في مسار', hidden = true }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الفصل تم تجاهله', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> غير موجود أو فارغ', --a $1 is parameter name 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>' anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الافتقار إلى عنوان', hidden = false }, --#Added err_wikidata_citation_missing_title = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> غير موجود أو فارغ (من ويكي بيانات)', --a $1 is parameter name 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>' anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: من ويكي بيانات: الافتقار إلى عنوان', hidden = true }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الوسيط citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;مسار=</code> غير موجود أو فارع', --a 'مفقود أو فارغ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: يتطلب مسار', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code>', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code>', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مشاركون', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: مشاركون', hidden = false }, --#Added err_date_in_hijri_date_param = { message = 'تاريخ ميلادي في <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>، استعمل وسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;تاريخ=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'date_in_hijri_date_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ ميلادي في وسيط تاريخ هجري', hidden = false }, --#Added err_date_hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded = { message = 'تاريخ ميلادي لا يتوافق مع التاريخ الهجري', anchor = 'hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: التاريخ الميلادي لا يتوافق مع التاريخ الهجري', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'الاستشهاد يستخدم وسيط مهمل <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط مستغى عنها', -- CS1 errors: hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code> غير صالح', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'إظهار-الأسماء', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: إظهار الأسماء', --display-names hidden = false }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دوي', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'استشهاد فارغ!', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: استشهاد فارغ', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: استخدام (وآخرون - et al.)', -- CS1 errors: Explicit use of et al. hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;طبعة=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: طبعة', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: العدد', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: الصفحات', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي نصًّا زائدًا', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: نص زائد: المجلد', hidden = true }, err_first_missing_last = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يفتقد <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم مفقود', --- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: صيغة المسار ذكرت دون المسار', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> باسم عام', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم عام', hidden = false }, err_generic_title = { message = 'الاستشهاد يستخدم عنوان عام', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عنوان عام', hidden = false }, --#Added err_hijri_date_in_date_param = { message = 'تاريخ هجري في <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>، استعمل وسيط <code class="cs1-code">تاريخ هجري=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'hijri_date_in_date_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ هجري في حقل تاريخ ميلادي', -- CS1 errors: param-access hidden = false }, err_invalid_isbn_date = { message = 'لا توافق بين ردمك والتاريخ', anchor = 'invalid_isbn_date', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد:تاريخ ردمك', hidden = true }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code> غير صالح', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: قيمة غير صالحة لوسيط', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 في $2 في مكان $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: حروف غير مرئية', hidden = false }, err_medrxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'medrxiv_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: medRxiv', -- same as bad medRxiv hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code> مفقود', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: اسم مفقود', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'الاستشهاد ب$1 يطلب <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: دورية مفقودة', hidden = true }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'عمود مفقود في: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عمود مفقود', hidden = false }, err_missing_publisher = { message = 'استشهاد $1 يتطلب <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical publisher parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_publisher', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: الناشر مفقود', hidden = false }, err_numeric_names = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> يحوي أسماء رقمية', -- $1 is parameter name', anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أسماء رقمية', hidden = false, }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تاريخ الوصول', -- CS1 errors: param-access hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'روابط خارجية في <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: روابط خارجية', hidden = false }, err_param_has_twl_url = { message = 'وصلة مكتبة ويكيبيديا في <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_twl_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: المسار', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لأنه غير معروف', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مدعومة', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> لأنه غير معروف، ويقترح استخدام <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مدعومة', hidden = false }, err_periodical_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'periodical_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تجاهل الدورية', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'الوسيط $1 تكرر أكثر من مرة', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط مكررة', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'الوسيط غير صالح <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = 'الوسيط <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> مطلوب', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'تجاهل المحلل النص "$1"', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير مسماه', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> بحاجة لـ <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> أو <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: عنوان مترجم دون العنوان الأصلي', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'يحتوي الاستشهاد على وسيط غير معروف وفارغ$1: $2', --a $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: وسائط غير معروفة فارغة', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: أسلوب فانكوفر', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'تعارض مسار مع وصلة', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'أخطاء الاستشهاد: تعارض مسار مع وصلة', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archive_origin = { message = nil, anchor = 'archive_origin', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مصدر الأرشيف', hidden = true, }, maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: الأرشيف كعنوان', hidden = true, }, maint_bibcode = { message = nil, anchor = 'bibcode', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: bibcode', hidden = true, }, maint_location_no_publisher = { -- cite book, conference, encyclopedia; citation as book cite or encyclopedia cite message = nil, anchor = 'location_no_publisher', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان بدون ناشر', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: BOT: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تنسيق التاريخ', hidden = true }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: التاريخ والسنة', hidden = true }, maint_deprecated_archive = { message = nil, anchor = 'deprecated_archive', category = 'صيانة الأرشيف:خدمة أرشيف مستغنى عنها', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ دوي', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وصلة دوي غير نشطة', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وصلة دوي غير نشطة منذ $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_doi_unflagged_free = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_unflagged_free', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: دوي مجاني غير معلم', hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: علامات ترقيم زائدة', hidden = true, }, maint_id_limit_load_fail = { -- applies to all cs1|2 templates on a page; message = nil, -- maint message (category link) never emitted anchor = 'id_limit_load_fail', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:فشل في تحميل حد المعرف', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ ردمك', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تجاهل خطأ ISSN', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان', hidden = true, }, maint_missing_class = { message = nil, anchor = 'missing_class', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:تصنيف مفقود', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: أسماء متعددة: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: أسماء عددية: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: آخرون', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true }, maint_overridden_setting = { message = nil, anchor = 'overridden', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: overridden setting', hidden = true, }, maint_page_art_num = { message = nil, anchor = 'page_art_num', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: رقم المقال على أنه رقم صفحة', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: تنسيق PMC', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_publisher_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'publisher_location', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مكان الناشر', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_shortened_archive_url = { message = nil, anchor = 'shortened_archive_url', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: مسار أرشيف مختصر', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: لغة غير مدعومة', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: دورية دون عنوان', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_work_isbn = { message = nil, anchor = 'work_isbn', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: وسيط العمل ردمك', hidden = true, }, maint_year= { message = nil, anchor = 'year', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد:السنة', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'صيانة الاستشهاد: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ L I M I T S _ D A T A _ T >---------------------------------------------- fetch id limits for certain identifiers from c:Data:CS1/Identifier limits.tab. This source is a json tabular data file maintained at wikipedia commons. Convert the json format to a table of k/v pairs. The values from <id_limits_data_t> are used to set handle.id_limit. From 2025-02-21, MediaWiki is broken. Use this link to edit the tablular data file: https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab&action=edit See Phab:T389105 ]] local id_limits_data_t = {}; local use_commons_data = true; -- set to false if your wiki does not have access to mediawiki commons; then, if false == use_commons_data then -- update this table from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab; last update: 2025-02-21 id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = 10450000000, ['OSTI'] = 23010000, ['PMC'] = 11900000, ['PMID'] = 40400000, ['RFC'] = 9300, ['SSRN'] = 5200000, ['S2CID'] = 276000000}; -- this table must be maintained locally else -- here for wikis that do have access to mediawiki commons local load_fail_limit = 99999999999; -- very high number to avoid error messages on load failure id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = load_fail_limit, ['OSTI'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMC'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMID'] = load_fail_limit, ['RFC'] = load_fail_limit, ['SSRN'] = load_fail_limit, ['S2CID'] = load_fail_limit}; local id_limits_data_load_fail = false; -- flag; assume that we will be successful when loading json id limit tabular data if mw.ext.data == nil then id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- safeguard against Lua errors if mw.ext.data is not available for some reason else local tab_data_t = mw.ext.data.get ('CS1/Identifier limits.tab'); -- attempt to load the tabular data from commons into <tab_data_t> if false == tab_data_t then -- undocumented 'feature': mw.ext.data.get() sometimes returns false id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- set the flag so that Module:Citation/CS1 can create an unannotated maint category else for _, limit_t in ipairs (tab_data_t.data) do -- overwrite default <load_fail_limit> values from the data table in the tabular data id_limits_data_t[limit_t[1]] = limit_t[2]; -- <limit[1]> is identifier; <limit[2]> is upper limit for that identifier end end end end --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'أرخايف', 'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'أرخايف', redirect = 'أرخايف', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = {'asin', 'ASIN'}, link = 'رقم_تعريف_أمازون_القياسي', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = ':', encode = false }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'بيب_كود', 'bibcode'}, link = 'بيب_كود', redirect = 'بيب كود', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'بيوركسيف', redirect = 'بيوركسيف', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'سايت سير إكس', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'دوي', 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'معرف الغرض الرقمي', redirect = 'معرف الغرض الرقمي', q = 'Q25670', label = 'DOI', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'الرقم الدولي الموحد للدوريات', redirect = 'رقم الدوريات المعياري الدولي', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://portal.issn.org/resource/ISSN/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = {'hdl', 'HDL'}, link = 'نظام المقبض', redirect = 'نظام المقبض', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN', 'ردمك'}, link = 'النظام القياسي الدولي لترقيم الكتب', redirect = 'النظام القياسي الدولي لترقيم الكتب', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = ':', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'اسمن', 'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'رقم دولي معياري للموسيقى', redirect = 'رقم دولي معياري للموسيقى', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = ':' }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'الرقم التسلسلي القياسي الدولي', redirect = 'الرقم التسلسلي القياسي الدولي', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://portal.issn.org/resource/ISSN/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = ':' }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', redirect = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'جايستور', 'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'جايستور', redirect = 'جايستور', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'كونغرس', 'LCCN', 'lccn'}, link = 'رقم الضبط في مكتبة الكونغرس', redirect = 'رقم الضبط في مكتبة الكونغرس', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['MEDRXIV'] = { parameters = {'medrxiv'}, link = 'medRxiv', redirect = 'medRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q58465838', label = 'medRxiv', prefix = 'https://www.medrxiv.org/content/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = false, separator = ':', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'المراجعات_الرياضياتية', redirect = 'المراجعات الرياضياتية', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':' }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'أكلس', 'OCLC', 'oclc'}, link = 'مركز_المكتبة_الرقمية_على_الإنترنت', redirect = 'مركز المكتبة الرقمية على الإنترنت', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OCLC or 0, }, ['OL'] = { parameters = {'المكتبة_المفتوحة', 'ol', 'OL'}, link = 'المكتبة_المفتوحة', redirect = 'المكتبة المفتوحة', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OSTI or 0, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'ببمد_سنترال', 'PMC', 'pmc'}, link = 'ببمد_سنترال', redirect = 'ببمد سنترال', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'ببمد', redirect = 'ببمد', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMID or 0, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'طلب_تعليقات', 'RFC', 'rfc'}, link = 'طلب_تعليقات', redirect = 'طلب تعليقات', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.RFC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'رقم الكتاب المعياري الدولي', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'رقم الكتاب المعياري الدولي', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = ':' }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'شبكة أبحاث العلوم الاجتماعية', redirect = 'شبكة أبحاث العلوم الاجتماعية', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.SSRN or 0, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'سيمانتك سكولر', redirect = 'سيمانتك سكولر', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = ':', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.S2CID or 0, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'يوزنت', redirect = 'يوزنت', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = ':', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL'}, link = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', redirect = 'دورية الرياضيات المركزية', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = ':', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = false, -- booleans defined in the settings at the top of this module local_lang_cat_enable = false, date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false, date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false, enable_sort_keys = enable_sort_keys, suppress_archive_today_urls = suppress_archive_today_urls, -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded dependencies_t = dependencies_t, -- used to suppress parameters dependent on url-holding parameters holding archive.today urls enum_needs_xlation = '1' ~= date_names.xlate_digits['1'], -- to avoid unnecessary enumerator translation --#Modified global_df = 'dmy-ly',--get_date_format(), -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded global_cs1_config_t = global_cs1_config_t, -- global settings from {{cs1 config}} id_limits_data_load_fail = id_limits_data_load_fail, -- true when commons tabular identifier-limit data fails to load known_free_doi_registrants_t = build_free_doi_registrants_table(), punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), archive_today_tlds_t = {['today'] = true, ['ph'] = true, ['is'] = true, ['md'] = true, ['li'] = true, ['fo'] = true, ['vn'] = true}; -- used by is_archive_today_url() name_space_sort_keys = name_space_sort_keys, aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, extended_registrants_t = extended_registrants_t, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_tag_remap = lang_tag_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, url_access_map_t = url_access_map_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } ow2wvkwoar4sizi651rvj8uz47i2x8p 828 231266 1097956 1096486 2026-08-03T19:39:05Z حبيشان 31560 1097956 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --#Added local hijricore; --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --#Added local hijri_year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month, ishijri) --#Midifed to get syrain months if ishijri then return cfg.date_names['local']['hijri'][month] or 0; end return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month] or cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R and cal >---------------------------------------------- ##Adeed function returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number_and_cal (month) local ret = get_month_number (month, true) if ret > 0 then return ret, true; else return get_month_number (month, false), false; end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, ishijri, param) local num; --##Added block num = get_month_number (element, ishijri, param); -- first check for month if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end local funcs = {get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_year (year) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end if not is_set (hijri_year_limit) then hijri_year_limit = hijricore.gregorian2hijri(tonumber(os.date('%Y')),12,31); -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once hijri_year_limit = hijri_year_limit + 1; end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (0 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end return year and (year <= hijri_year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, is_hijri, param) --#Added block if is_hijri then return is_valid_hijri_year (year); end if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ H I J R I _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- ##Added function Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. ]] local function is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day) if not is_valid_hijri_year (tonumber(year)) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates day = tonumber(day); if month>12 or month<1 then return false; elseif day > 30 or day<1 then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, ishijri) --#added block if ishijri then return is_valid_hijri_date (year, month, day, param); end local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; --#modified if not is_valid_year (year, false, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month] or 0; -- invalid month number is nil so default <month_length> to 0 end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded >---------------------------------------------------- #Added function ]] local function hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded(hijri, gregorian) if hijricore == nil then hijricore = require('Module:Hijri/core'); end local function western2jd(year, month, day) local func = (year < 1583) and hijricore.julian2jd or hijricore.gregorian2jd return func(year, month, day) end local function set_period_jd(period_t, isHijri) local seasons = { [33] = {{day=1,month=1},{day=31,month=3}}, [34] = {{day=1,month=4},{day=30,month=6}}, [35] = {{day=1,month=7},{day=30,month=9}}, [36] = {{day=1,month=10},{day=31,month=12}}, } local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local func = isHijri and hijricore.hijri2jd or western2jd if period_t[1].day == 0 then if period_t[1].month > 0 and period_t[1].month < 13 then period_t[1].day = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[2].month] else period_t[2] = {day=isHijri and 30 or days_in_month[period_t[1].month],month=period_t[1].month,year=period_t[1].year} end elseif seasons[period_t[1].month] then local periodmonth = period_t[1].month period_t[1].day = seasons[periodmonth][1].day period_t[1].month = seasons[periodmonth][1].month if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].day period_t[2].month = seasons[period_t[2].month][2].month else period_t[2] = {day = seasons[periodmonth][2].day, month = seasons[periodmonth][2].month, year = period_t[1].year} end else period_t[1].day = 1 period_t[1].month = 1 if period_t[2] then period_t[2].day = isHijri and 30 or 31 period_t[2].month = 12 else period_t[2] = {day = isHijri and 30 or 31, month = 12, year=period_t[1].year} end end end for i, period in ipairs(period_t) do period_t[i].jd = func(tonumber(period.year), tonumber(period.month), tonumber(period.day)) end return period_t end hijri = set_period_jd(hijri, true); gregorian = set_period_jd(gregorian, false); local h1, h2 = hijri[1].jd, hijri[2] and hijri[2].jd or hijri[1].jd local g1, g2 = gregorian[1].jd, gregorian[2] and gregorian[2].jd or gregorian[1].jd if (h2 + 3 < g1) or (h1 - 3 > g2) then set_message ('err_date_hijri_and_gregorian_not_corresponded'); return false end return true end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) --#modified if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].hijri[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month1] and cfg.date_names['local']['alt-long'][month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) --#Modified local range_start_number, ishijri = get_month_number_and_cal (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month --#Modified range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end, ishijri); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber() input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only return; -- done end -- here for all forms of Gregorian dates if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range end local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only end else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year if 0 ~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date); return; -- done end -- here for gregorian calendar dates if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S _ T >---------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns_t = { --#Added block: for Hijri dates ['H-dMy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)[%-/]([0-1]?%d)[%-/]((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-My'] = {'^([^%d–]+)[ %-]+((%d%d%d%d)ه[ـ]?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, ['H-y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)ه[ـ]?)$', 'a','y'}, --#Added END --#modified تساهل في الأصفار الدليلية -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([0-3]?%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, --#Added مستعملة في اللغات العربية 15-10-2022 -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['dmy'] = {'^([0-3]?%d)%-([0-1]?%d)%-([1-9]%d%d%d)$', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, --#Mdofied to allow 01 يناير -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^(%d%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) --#hardly modified local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; --#Added flag for hijri date local hijri_date; local hijri_param = ('hijri-date' == param); --#Added Hijri Date Validtion if mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dmy'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end anchor_year = year; hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]) then day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); if 0 == month then return false; end hijri_date = true; elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]) then month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-My'][1]); month = get_month_number (month, true); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]) then anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['H-y'][1]); hijri_date = true; if not is_valid_year(year,hijri_date) then return false; end --#Added END elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; --#Added used in Arabic elseif date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]) then day, month, year = date_string:match (patterns_t['dmy'][1]); if not is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]); month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month, hijri_date = get_month_number_and_cal (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month,hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2,hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month, hijri_date); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_date) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2, hijri_date) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month, hijri_date) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month, hijri_date); month2 = get_month_number(month2, hijri_date); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]); hijri_date = (get_month_number(month, true) > 0); if not is_valid_year(year, hijri_date) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, hijri_date, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2, hijri_param) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year hijri_date = hijri_param; -- year range is valid so set hijri_date to true when |hijri-date= is set if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year, hijri_param) then return false; end hijri_date = hijri_param; else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates end end if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day, param, hijri_date); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2, param, hijri_date); end if false == result then return false; end --#Modified check Hijri Date if nil ~= tCOinS_date and not (hijri_date or hijri_param) then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end local tt = {{year=year, month=month, day=day}}; -- return table of date parts if 0 ~= year2 or 0 ~= month2 or 0 ~= day2 then table.insert(tt, {year=year2, month=month2, day=day2}); end return true, anchor_year, hijri_date, tt; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list local good_date = false; if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '(%d) ?هـ?$', '%1'); if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); else good_date = false; end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= --#Modified block for _,nd_pattern in ipairs(cfg.date_names.nd_patterns) do if v.val:match(nd_pattern[1]) then good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(nd_pattern[2]); date_parameters_list[k].val = "nd" break; end end if not good_date then good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end --#Added block for Hijri Date elseif 'hijri-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= good_date, anchor_year, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if good_date and not date_parameters_list[k].isHijri then set_message ('err_date_in_hijri_date_param', v.name); good_date = false; end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); else good_date = false; end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter --#Modified local _ good_date, _, date_parameters_list[k].isHijri, date_parameters_list[k].tt = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end --#Added block if date_parameters_list[k].isHijri and 'hijri-date' ~= k then set_message ('err_hijri_date_in_date_param', v.name); end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------------- Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values: YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators. When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message. This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or- less useless ]] local function year_check (year) year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year> for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year' end end set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns_t{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dmy'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len, isHijri) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'dmy', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki --if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end --#Modified if 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = mw.ustring.gsub(t.y,'%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end if tonumber(t.m) then t.m = string.format ('%02d', tonumber(t.m)) else t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m, isHijri)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits end t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if isHijri then t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name elseif 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both --#Modified Block if t[mon] then local isHijri; t[mon], isHijri = get_month_number_and_cal (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = isHijri and cfg.date_names['inv_local_hijri'][t[mon]] or ((('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]); -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p, param_val.isHijri); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made break; end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match the timestamp. this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either |df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are. The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format is not changed. ]] local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df) local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy? if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match? archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table break; end end local dates_t = {}; dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same return; -- yes, done else dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date= archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val; set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions archive_date_check = archive_date_check, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, dates = dates, is_valid_date = is_valid_date, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, year_check = year_check, year_date_check = year_date_check, hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded = hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded, } mqm21z3v22fsp1rj59dweobldza96tb 828 231288 1097948 1096489 2026-08-03T19:26:24Z حبيشان 31560 تعريب 1097948 Scribunto text/plain require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted --#to be deleted as source local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation local url_was_archive_today; -- boolean flag set to true when has_archive_today_url() has unset |url= because it held a deprecated archive.today url --#Added local wikidatacite = false; --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >-------------------------------------- archive.today (and .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) are deprecated. See Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 (Special:Permalink/1339352976) <val> is a string that may or may not be a url ]] local function is_archive_today_url (val) if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (val) then -- is <val> a url? local tld = val:match ('archive%.(%l+)'); -- get the tld return tld and cfg.archive_today_tlds_t[tld]; -- return true if <tld> is one of the archive.today tlds; nil else end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >------------------------------------ blank any parameter that holds one of the archive.today tlds (.today, .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) and also blank parameters that are dependent on the offending parameter. input <cite_args_t> is a table of all of this template's parameters This function modifies <cite_args_t> when |url= or its alias |URL= hold an archive.today url, this function sets the flag <url_was_archive_today> which is used later to suppress the missing url error message from {{citation}} when it has |website=<summat> or from the templates {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, {{cite mailing list}} which all require a url. returns nothing ]] local function has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t) local unset_params_t = {}; -- to hold a sequence of parameters to unset from cite_args_t for p, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do -- look at each parameter in the template if is_archive_today_url (v:lower()) then -- if it has a parameter with an archive.today url table.insert (unset_params_t, p); -- add the url-holding parameter name to our list of parameters to unset (may or may not be a legitimate url parameter) if 'url' == p:lower() then -- if this parameter is |url= or |URL= url_was_archive_today = true; -- set a flag so that cite web / podcast / mailinglist don't emit a missing url error message end if cfg.dependencies_t[p] then -- if this url-holding parameter (<p>) has dependencies for _, dependent in ipairs (cfg.dependencies_t[p]) do -- loop through the url-holding parameter's dependency sequence table.insert (unset_params_t, dependent); -- add dependent parameter to the list to be unset end end end end if 0 < #unset_params_t then -- when there are parameters to unset if not is_preview_mode then -- when in preview mode do not suppress any parameters for _, unset_param in ipairs (unset_params_t) do -- loop through the sequence cite_args_t[unset_param] = nil; -- and unset the url-holding parameter and its dependent parameters to avoid parameter-requires-other-parameter errors end end utilities.set_message ('maint_deprecated_archive'); -- add a maintenance message end end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then --#Modified utilities.set_message (wikidatacite and 'err_wikidata_bare_url_missing_title' or 'err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script --#modified for faster name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang]; -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote','المعرف', 'اقتباس'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_1, {capture, char_name}); -- <capture> here is stripmarker name else err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_2, char_name); end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = cfg.messages.wikidata, ['s'] = cfg.messages.wikisource, ['w'] = cfg.messages.wikipedia})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters } if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. <name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks --#Modified Localized if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('اول', 1, true) and 'اول' or 'أول'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['أول'] ='أخير', ['اول'] = 'اخير'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end --#Modifed pattern tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end --#Modifed pattern tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then --#Modifed pattern lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)[%-_].*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end --#Modified اللغات تظهر بالعربية دائمًا name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list, " و", " و", " و"); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116. Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; local accept_val; val, accept_val = utilities.has_accept_as_written (val); --if accept_val then -- if uncomment this, |volume=((vol. 1)) suppresses error -- return; --end --val = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (val); -- if uncomment this, |volume=<nowiki>vol. 1</nowiki> shows error val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam); if accept then utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category end --#Modified: next line local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam or "", "%s*,%s*") local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', utilities.substitute (cfg.special_case_translation.name_list_params, ('AuthorList' == list_name) and cfg.special_case_translation.author or cfg.special_case_translation.editor)); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those archive urls that have them. The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url. ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL local function is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, origin_date) -- local function to validate archive url taimestamp date; time ignored local y, m, d = timestamp:match ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)'); -- split into parts if y and validation.is_valid_date (y, m, d) and (tonumber (y) >= 1996) then return true, tonumber (y) >= origin_date; -- <origin_date> is 1996 for archive.org end end if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif not is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, 1996) then -- is ymd portion of timestamp a valid date? err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; timestamp = nil; -- unset because invalid elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required. When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. ]] local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end --[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides local |mode= parameter value. When both are present, emit maintenance message ]] local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin) local mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end return mode; end --[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >---------------------------------------------------------- create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages= when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata ]] local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript) if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then if utilities.is_set (quote) then if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote ); end if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; end end quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote; else quote = sepc .. " " .. quote; end postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message? quote_pages = nil; end return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript; end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >-------------------------------------- look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value. when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else <publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution= ]] local function check_publisher_name (publisher) local patterns_t = { '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher> '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher> '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]] '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]] } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match? utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message return; -- and done end end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------ compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=. return boolean true when: |page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678 |page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters |page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345 |page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit) return nil when |page(s)= values: are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages have external urls (has text 'http') are digit-only values less than 10000 do not match |doi= values's trailing characters ]] local function is_page_art_num (page, doi) if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then -- both required return; -- abandon; nothing to do end if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages return; -- abandon end page = page:lower(); -- because doi names are case insensitive doi = doi:lower(); -- force these to lowercase for testing if page:match ('http') then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url return; -- abandon end if tonumber (page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only if 10000 > tonumber (page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000 return; -- abandon end if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=? return true; end if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2'); -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi= if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end end else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$'); -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$'); -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits) if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit return true; end end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= and |script-chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then -- is there a |contribution= parameter? Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution elseif 'script-contribution' == ScriptChapter_origin then -- no, so is there a |script-contribution= parameter? Contribution = ScriptChapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then --#Modifed utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {cfg.err_msg_supl[config.CitationClass], cfg.err_msg_supl[p[config.CitationClass]]}); end end local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = A['Issue']; end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = A['Issue']; end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (Issue); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode')); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); local Quote; Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript); local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then local accept; PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location end end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL -- local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; -- local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end local cs2_lower = function (text) -- if mode is cs2, use lower case if (sepc ~= '.') then return text:lower(); end return text; end local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and ("Thesis" == TitleType or cfg.title_types ['thesis'] == TitleType) then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['thesis-degree'], {Degree, cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower()}); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; -- #Added local HijriDate = A['HijriDate']; if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url --#Added Block to add category for unarchived URLs if utilities.is_set(URL) and not utilities.is_set(A['ArchiveURL']) and not wikidatacite and not URL:match('//archive%.org/') -- no need for ArchiveURL if the URL is from archive cite! by User:Mr. Ibrahem then utilities.add_prop_cat ('no_archive'); end ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['hijri-date'] = {val = HijriDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('HijriDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end --#Added Block if date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].tt and date_parameters_list['date'].tt then validation.hijri_and_gregorian_corresponded (date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].tt, date_parameters_list['date'].tt); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; HijriDate = date_parameters_list['hijri-date'].val; end if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end --#Added block if date_parameters_list['date'].val == "nd" then Date = cfg.messages["unknown_date"]; end end -- end of do if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ''; -- unset end end end end local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, { DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi= ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], -- for |asin= Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc= Class = Class, -- for |arxiv= CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv= Year=anchor_year, -- for |isbn= }, ID_support); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then -- catch ve/citoid malformed book cites in {{citation}} templates for _, id in ipairs (ID_list) do -- search through the ID_list sequence looking for an ISBN identifier string if id:find ('ISBN', 3, true) then -- plain find, start at index 3 ([[ISBN) if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- when a |work= alias is set utilities.set_message ('maint_work_isbn'); -- add maint cat end end end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url', A:ORIGIN('AccessDate')); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode --#Modified Block utilities.set_message (wikidatacite and 'err_wikidata_citation_missing_title' or 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num'); -- add maint cat end end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, and {{cite mailing list}} ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= if not url_was_archive_today then -- is <URL> empty/missing because it was a deprecated archive.today url utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); -- no; emit an error message for an empty/ missing |url= end end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url', A:ORIGIN('AccessDate')); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end --******* if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.minutes, Minutes); else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cs2_lower(cfg.messages['event']); end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']; AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format retrv_text = cs2_lower(retrv_text); -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveDate')}); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived']), A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-unfit']), ArchiveDate); if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-dead']), { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set --#Modified utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url', {A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')}); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; -- Volume = safe_join ({Volume, pgtext}, sepc); if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon2 = safe_join({TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else -- all other CS1 templates --#Mdified Arabic style make vol last tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; -- local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; --#Added block if utilities.is_set (HijriDate) then if not mw.ustring.match(HijriDate,'%d *هـ?$') then HijriDate = HijriDate .. 'هـ' end if utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = HijriDate .. ' – ' .. Date else Date = HijriDate end end local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ''; local post_text = ''; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; in_text = cs2_lower(in_text); -- lowercase for cs2 end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; by_text = cs2_lower(by_text); -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else --#Added Block auto add CITEREF if Ref and mw.ustring.sub(Ref,1,7) ~= 'CITEREF' then Ref = 'CITEREF' .. Ref end if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_preview_mode and (0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t or 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t) then -- when in preview mode if not utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- and when this template has not created an anchor ID math.randomseed (tonumber (mw.getLanguage ('en'):formatDate ('U')) * 10000 + os.clock() * 10000); options_t.id = 'CITEREF_temp_preview_id_' .. math.random (100000, 999999); -- create temporary anchor ID for preview mode end end if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags options_t.id = mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id); -- do this here; also used when adding preview warning messages table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {options_t.id, mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass]; local template_link = '[[قالب:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation --#Modified table.insert (render_t, utilities.make_sep_error_list(#z.error_msgs_t, z.error_msgs_t)); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >-------------------------------------------------------- look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters. TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors. This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription. returns nothing. looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org' ]] local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t) local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url? table.insert (url_error_t, param); -- add parameter name to the error list end end if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); -- sor for error messaging for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription; -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription end url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param); -- make the parameter pretty for error message end utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------ Module entry point frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame) config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame) ]] local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode if not frame then frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) --#Modified line local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/ملعب'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else --#Added for ltr local tmp_cfg; tmp_cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); --#Added block for ltr for k,v in pairs(tmp_cfg) do cfg[k] = v end utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cite_args_t = {}; -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag --#Added block for filtering some parameters if args_t['wikidatacite'] == '1' then wikidatacite = true args_t['wikidatacite'] = nil end --------------------- --#Added block for ltr local ch_lang = args_t['اللغة'] or args_t['لغة'] or args_t['language'] or args_t['lang'] --# Added by Mr. Ibrahem to stop ltr formatting local no_ltr = args_t['noltr'] if ch_lang and ch_lang ~= '' and no_ltr == nil then local isltr = true local rtl_lang = { 'ar', 'العربية', 'arabic', 'fa', 'الفارسية', 'persian', 'ur', 'urdu', 'الأردية', 'ku', 'kurdish', 'الكردية', 'he', 'hebrew', 'arc', 'aramaic', 'dv', 'divehi', 'ha', 'hausa', 'khw', 'khowar', 'ks', 'kashmiri', 'ps', 'pashto', 'yi', 'yiddish', 'ota', -- تركية عثمانية } local ch_langs = mw.text.split(ch_lang, '[,، ]') for k, v in pairs(ch_langs) do for k2, v2 in pairs(rtl_lang) do if (mw.ustring.lower(v) == v2) then isltr = false break end end if (not isltr) then break end end if isltr then local cfg2 cfg2 = mw.loadData('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration ltr' .. sandbox); for k, v in pairs(cfg2) do cfg[k] = v end end end ---------------------- local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if cfg.enum_needs_xlation and 'string' == type (k) then -- for wikis that set date_names['local_digits'] to non-western digits k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits enumerators to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end cite_args_t[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and cfg.err_msg_supl.empty_str or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end end end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter) url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url end end end if cfg.suppress_archive_today_urls then has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t); -- look for and suppress archive.today urls and dependent parameters for all templates end has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t); -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}), citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t) }); end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- Template entry point ]] local function citation (frame) local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config_t[k] = v; -- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { citation = citation, -- template entry point _citation = _citation, -- module entry point } ibgs00qkaq36rnu2z8x4mbmzjg653ie 828 235573 1097958 1097662 2026-08-03T19:48:00Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث 1097958 Scribunto text/plain -- Module: WdItem -- Object-oriented Wikidata access module for Lua -- Refactored from WikidataIB for direct Lua usage require("strict") local p = {} local cdate -- initialise as nil and only load _complex_date function if needed -- Module:Complex date is loaded lazily and has the following dependencies: -- Module:Calendar -- Module:ISOdate -- Module:DateI18n -- Module:I18n/complex date -- Module:Ordinal -- Module:I18n/ordinal -- Module:Yesno -- Module:Formatnum -- Module:Linguistic -- i18n configuration local i18n = { ["errors"] = { ["property-not-found"] = "الخاصية غير موجودة.", ["entity-not-found"] = "الكيان على ويكي بيانات غير موجود.", ["unknown-claim-type"] = "نوع الادعاء غير معروف.", ["local-article-not-found"] = "المعرف متاح على ويكي بيانات، ولكن المقال غير متاح على ويكيبيديا", }, ["months"] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, ["Unknown"] = "Unknown", ["NaN"] = "Not a number", ["missinginfocat"] = "[[تصنيف:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", ["list separator"] = ", ", ["list separator-ar"] = "، ", } -- Date precision constants local dp = { [6] = "millennium", [7] = "century", [8] = "decade", [9] = "year", [10] = "month", [11] = "day", } -- local options_aliases = { -- ["osd"] = "onlysourced", -- ["wdl"] = "wdlinks", -- ["uabbr"] = "unitabbr", -- ["qo"] = "qualsonly", -- ["lp"] = "linkprefix", -- ["lprefix"] = "linkprefix", -- ["qlp"] = "qlinkprefix", -- ["sn"] = "shortname", -- ["uselbl"] = "uselabel", -- ["pd"] = "plaindate", -- ["qdf"] = "qualifierdateformat", -- ["df"] = "qualifierdateformat", -- ["qsn"] = "qshortname" -- } -- setmetatable(options_aliases, { __index = function(t, k) return k end }) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Internal helper functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function in_array( needle, haystack ) if needle == nil then return false end for n, v in ipairs( haystack ) do if v == needle then return n end end return false end local function findLang(langcode) local langobj langcode = mw.text.trim(langcode or "") if langcode ~= "" then if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then langobj = mw.language.new(langcode) end else langobj = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end return langobj and langobj.code end local function parseParam(param, default) if param == nil then return default end return param end local function setRanks(rank) rank = (rank or ""):lower() local ranks = {} for w in string.gmatch(rank, "%a+") do if w == "best" or w == "preferred" or w == "normal" or w == "deprecated" then ranks[w] = true end end if ranks.best or not next(ranks) then ranks.preferred = true ranks.normal = true ranks.deprecated = false end return ranks end local function labelOrId(id, lang_t) local langs = lang_t or {} local label for _,lang in ipairs(langs) do label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, lang) if label ~= "" then break; end end label = label or mw.wikibase.getLabel(id) if label then return mw.text.nowiki(label), true else return id, false end end local function roundto(x, sf) if x == 0 then return 0 end local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end if sf < 1 then sf = 1 end local p = 10 ^ (math.floor(math.log10(x)) - sf + 1) x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end return x end local function decimalPrecision(x, p) local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 elseif p > 1 then p = 1 elseif p < 1e-6 then p = 1e-6 else p = 10 ^ math.floor(math.log10(p)) end x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end if math.abs(x) < 1e-4 then x = string.format("%f", x) end return x end local function decimalToDMS(x, p) if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 end local d = math.floor(x) local ms = (x - d) * 60 if p > 0.5 then if ms > 30 then d = d + 1 end ms = 0 end local m = math.floor(ms) local s = (ms - m) * 60 if p > 0.008 then if s > 30 then m = m +1 end s = 0 elseif p > 0.00014 then s = math.floor(s + 0.5) elseif p > 0.000014 then s = math.floor(10 * s + 0.5) / 10 elseif p > 0.0000014 then s = math.floor(100 * s + 0.5) / 100 else s = math.floor(1000 * s + 0.5) / 1000 end return d, m, s end local function rawValue(dataValue) if dataValue.type == "string" then return dataValue.value elseif dataValue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then return dataValue.value and dataValue.value.id elseif dataValue.type == "monolingualtext" then return dataValue.value.text elseif dataValue.type == "quantity" then return tonumber(dataValue.value.amount) elseif dataValue.type == 'time' then return dataValue.value.time elseif dataValue.type == "globecoordinate" then return dataValue.value.latitude .. '/' .. dataValue.value.longitude end end local function compareValue(dataValue, strValue) return rawValue(dataValue) == strValue end local function dateFormat(timestamp, dprec, df, bcf, plaindate, qualifiers, lang, adj, model) df = (df or ""):lower() if df == "ymd" then if timestamp:sub(1,1) == "+" then return timestamp:sub(2,11) else local yr = tonumber(timestamp:sub(2,5)) - 1 yr = ("000" .. yr):sub(-4) if yr ~= "0000" then yr = "-" .. yr end return yr .. timestamp:sub(6,11) end end timestamp = timestamp:gsub("%-00%-00T", "-01-01T") dprec = dprec or 11 if df == "y" and dprec > 9 then dprec = 9 end dprec = dprec>11 and 11 or dprec dprec = dprec<6 and 6 or dprec bcf = (bcf or ""):upper() plaindate = (plaindate or ""):sub(1,1):lower() if plaindate == "" or plaindate == "n" or plaindate == "f" or plaindate == "0" then plaindate = false end do local llang = findLang() lang = in_array(lang, {llang, 'en'}) and lang or llang end adj = adj or "" local bc = timestamp:sub(1, 1)=="-" and "BC" or "" local year, month, day = timestamp:match("[+-](%d*)-(%d*)-(%d*)T") local iso = tonumber(year) if df == 'tt' then return { year = tonumber(timestamp:match("^([+-]%d*)-")) or 0, month = tonumber(month) or 0, day = tonumber(day) or 0 } end if dprec == 6 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 1000 ) + 1 end if dprec == 7 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 100 ) + 1 end if dprec == 8 then iso = math.floor( iso / 10 ) .. "0" end if dprec == 10 then iso = year .. "-" .. month end if dprec == 11 then iso = year .. "-" .. month .. "-" .. day end local sc = not plaindate and qualifiers and qualifiers.P1480 if sc then for k1, v1 in pairs(sc) do if v1.datavalue and v1.datavalue.value.id == "Q5727902" then adj = "circa" break end end end local calendarmodel = "" if tonumber(year) > 1582 and dprec > 8 and not plaindate and model == "http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786" then calendarmodel = "julian" end if not cdate then cdate = require("Module:Complex date")._complex_date end local fdate = cdate(calendarmodel, adj, tostring(iso), dp[dprec], bc, "", "", "", "", lang, 1) -- this may have QuickStatements info appended to it in a div, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub(' <div style="display: none;">[^<]*</div>', '') -- it may also be returned wrapped in a microformat, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub("<[^>]*>", "") -- there may be leading zeros that we should remove fdate = fdate:gsub("^0*", "") -- if a plain date is required, then remove any links (like BC linked) if plaindate then fdate = fdate:gsub("%[%[.*|", ""):gsub("]]", "") end -- if 'circa', use the abbreviated form *** internationalise later *** fdate = fdate:gsub('circa ', '<abbr title="circa">c.</abbr>&nbsp;') -- deal with BC/BCE if bcf == "BCE" then fdate = fdate:gsub('BC', 'BCE') end -- deal with mdy format if df == "mdy" then fdate = fdate:gsub("(%d+) (%w+) (%d+)", "%2 %1, %3") end -- deal with adjectival form *** internationalise later *** if plaindate == "a" then fdate = fdate:gsub(' century', '-century') end return fdate end local function hijriFormat(qualifiers, dateformat, lang) if not (qualifiers and qualifiers.P4241) then return; end local year, month, monthno, day local val local qhmonths = {["Q1952053"]=1,["Q489557"]=2, ["Q474167"] = 3, ["Q273815"] = 4, ["Q852002"] = 5, ["Q822218"] = 6, ["Q194210"] = 7, ["Q220914"] = 8, ["Q8867089"]=9, ["Q685440"]=10,["Q150853"]=11,["Q186022"]=12 } local hmonths = {"محرم","صفر","ربيع الأول","ربيع الآخر","جمادى الأولى","جمادى الآخرة","رجب","شعبان","رمضان","شوال","ذو القعدة","ذو الحجة"} local hmonths_inv = {["محرم"] = 1, ["صفر"]=2, ["ربيع الأول"]=3, ["ربيع الآخر"]=4, ["جمادى الأولى"]=5, ["جمادى الآخرة"]=6, ["رجب"]=7, ["شعبان"]=8, ["رمضان"]=9, ["شوال"]=10, ["ذو القعدة"]=11, ["ذو الحجة"]=12} for _, item in ipairs(qualifiers.P4241) do local timeQ = item.datavalue and item.datavalue.value and item.datavalue.value.id local hastime = false if timeQ then local timeQt = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(timeQ, "P361") for _,timeQsnak in pairs(timeQt) do local timeType = timeQsnak.mainsnak and timeQsnak.mainsnak.datavalue and timeQsnak.mainsnak.datavalue.value and timeQsnak.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if timeType == "Q28892" then local timeLableAr = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(timeQ, "ar") if timeLableAr then year = mw.ustring.match(timeLableAr, "^(%d+) *هـ$") end if not year then local timeLableEn = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(timeQ, "en") if timeLableEn then year = mw.ustring.match(timeLableAr, "^(%d+) *AH$") end end hastime=true elseif qhmonths[timeType] then monthno = qhmonths[timeType] if monthno>0 and monthno<13 then month = hmonths[monthno] end local timeLableAr = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(timeQ, "ar") if timeLableAr then day = mw.ustring.match(timeLableAr, "^(%d+) *%a+$") end if not day then local timeLableEn = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(timeQ, "en") if timeLableEn then day = mw.ustring.match(timeLableAr, "^(%d+) *%a+$") end end hastime=true end end if not hastime then timeQt = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(timeQ, "P31") if "Q125390868" == (timeQt[1].mainsnak and timeQt[1].mainsnak.datavalue and timeQt[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value and timeQt[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id ) then val = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(timeQ, "ar") month, year = mw.ustring.match(val, "^(%a[%a ]+%a) *(%d+) *هـ?$") monthno = hmonths_inv[month] end end end end if year then if dateformat == "tt" then return {year = tonumber(year) or 0, month = monthno or 0, day = tonumber(day) or 0, monthname = month or ''} elseif dateformat == "y" or not month then return year; elseif day and month then if dateformat == 'ymd' then return string.format("%04d-%02d-%02d", tonumber(year), monthno, tonumber(day)); else return day .. ' ' .. month .. ' ' .. year; end elseif month then return month .. ' ' .. year; end end return nil; end local function rawValueOrDF (statement, opt) local datasnak = statement.mainsnak or statement if (datasnak.datavalue and datasnak.datavalue.type == 'time') and (opt.hijri or opt.df) then if opt.hijri then return statement.qualifiers and hijriFormat(statement.qualifiers, opt.df) or nil elseif opt.df then local dv = datasnak.datavalue.value return dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, opt.df, opt.bc, opt.plaindate, statement.qualifiers, opt.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel) end else return rawValue(datasnak.datavalue) end end local function sourced(claim) if claim.references then for kr, vr in pairs(claim.references) do local ref = mw.wikibase.renderSnaks(vr.snaks) if not ref:find("Wiki") then return true end end end end local function linkedItem(id, args) local linkprefix = (args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local lpostfix = (args.lpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local wikilinkprefix = (args.wikilinkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local dtxt = args.dtxt local uselabel = parseParam( args.uselabel, true) local langs = (args.langs and #args.langs>0) and args.langs or { args.lang } local disp local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id, args.linksproject) local label, islabel if dtxt then label, islabel = dtxt, true else label, islabel = labelOrId(id, langs) end if sitelink then if not uselabel then local pos = sitelink:find(":") or 0 local slink = sitelink if pos > 0 then local pfx = sitelink:sub(1,pos-1) if mw.site.namespaces[pfx] then slink = sitelink:sub(pos+1) end end slink = slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "") if label:find("^%u") then label = slink:gsub("^(%l)", string.upper) else label = slink:gsub("^(%u)", string.lower) end end disp = "[[" .. wikilinkprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]" elseif islabel then disp = prefix .. label .. postfix else disp = prefix .. label .. postfix .. i18n.missinginfocat end return disp end local function rendersnak(propval, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, unitabbr, filter) lpre = lpre or "" lpost = lpost or "" pre = pre or "" post = post or "" args.lang = args.lang or (args.langs and args.langs[1]) or findLang(); local langs = (args.langs and #args.langs>0) and args.langs or {args.lang } local snak = propval.mainsnak or propval local dtype = snak.datatype local dv = snak.datavalue dv = dv and dv.value local val, mlt local namedas; namedas = propval.qualifiers and propval.qualifiers.P1932 and propval.qualifiers.P1932[1].datavalue and propval.qualifiers.P1932[1].datavalue.value or nil args.dtxt = namedas if propval.rank and not args.reqranks[propval.rank] then return nil elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then val = namedas or i18n["Unknown"] elseif snak.snaktype == "novalue" then -- return nothing elseif dtype == "wikibase-item" then local qnumber = dv.id if linked then val = linkedItem(qnumber, args) else if namedas then val = pre .. namedas .. post else local label, islabel = labelOrId(qnumber, langs) val = pre .. label .. post end end elseif dtype == "time" then if args.hijri then val = hijriFormat(propval.qualifiers, args.df, args.lang) else val = dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, args.df, args.bc, args.plaindate, propval.qualifiers, args.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel) end elseif dtype == "commonsMedia" or dtype == "external-id" or dtype == "string" or dtype == "url" then if dtype == "external-id" and args.fullidurl then val = mw.ustring.match(mw.wikibase.formatValue(snak), "%[(https?://[^%s%]]+)") elseif (lpre == "" or lpre == ":") and lpost == "" then val = pre .. dv .. post elseif dtype == "external-id" then val = "[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. " " .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]" else val = "[[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. "|" .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]]" end elseif dtype == "quantity" then local amount = tonumber(dv.amount) or i18n["NaN"] local unit = "" local unitqid = string.match(dv.unit, "(Q%d+)") if filter and unitqid ~= filter then return nil end if unitqid then local uname = labelOrId(unitqid, langs) or "" if uname ~= "" then unit = " " .. uname end end val = tostring(amount) .. unit elseif dtype == "globe-coordinate" then local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision local show = (args.show or ""):lower() if show == "lat" then val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) elseif show == "lon" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) elseif show == "longlat" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. ", " .. decimalPrecision(lat, prec) else local ns = lat < 0 and "S" or "N" local ew = long < 0 and "W" or "E" if lat < 0 then lat = -lat end if long < 0 then long = -long end val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. "°" .. ew end elseif dtype == "monolingualtext" then val = pre .. dv.text .. post mlt = dv.language else val = "unknown data type: " .. dtype end return val, mlt end local function assembleoutput(out, args, entityID, propertyID) local sorted = parseParam(args.sorted, false) local noicon = parseParam(args.noicon, false) local list = args.list or "" local separator = args.sep or "" separator = string.gsub(separator, '"', '') if separator == "" then local rtl_lang = {ar = true, fa = true, ur = true, ku = true, he = true} separator = rtl_lang[args.lang] and i18n["list separator-ar"] or i18n["list separator"] end local strout if #out > 0 then if sorted then table.sort(out) end if list == "" then strout = table.concat(out, separator) elseif list:lower() == "prose" then strout = mw.text.listToText(out) else strout = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out} end else strout = nil end return strout end -- WdItem local function propertyvalueandquals(objproperty, args, qualID) -- needs this style of declaration because it's re-entrant -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return only values sourced to other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced, false) -- linked is a a boolean that enables the link to a local page via sitelink -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true) -- prefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- postfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkprefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this creates a link and is then prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned and indirect links are needed -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local linkprefix = (args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkpostfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value when linking is enabled with linkprefix -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local lpostfix = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- wdlinks is a boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local wdlinks = parseParam(args.wdlinks, false) -- unitabbr is a boolean passed to enable unit abbreviations for common units -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local unitabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr, false) -- qualsonly is a boolean passed to return just the qualifiers -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local qualsonly = parseParam(args.qualsonly, false) -- maxvals is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a number -- this determines how many items may be returned when multiple values are available -- setting it = 1 is useful where the returned string is used within another call, e.g. image local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 -- plaindate boolean -- to disable/enable "sourcing cirumstances" or use adjectival form for the plain date local plaindate = args.plaindate or false args.plaindate = plaindate -- allow qualifiers to have a different date format; default to year unless qualsonly is set args.qualifierdateformat = args.qualifierdateformat or (not qualsonly and "y") local lang = args.lang or (args.langs and args.langs[1]) or findLang() -- qualID is a string list of wanted qualifiers or "ALL" qualID = qualID or "" -- capitalise list of wanted qualifiers and substitute "DATES" qualID = qualID:upper():gsub("DATES", "P580, P582") local allflag = (qualID == "ALL") -- create table of wanted qualifiers as key local qwanted = {} -- create sequence of wanted qualifiers local qorder = {} for q in mw.text.gsplit(qualID, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate local qtrim = mw.text.trim(q) if qtrim ~= "" then qwanted[mw.text.trim(q)] = true qorder[#qorder+1] = qtrim end end -- qsep is the output separator for rendering qualifier list local qsep = (args.qsep or ""):gsub('"', '') -- qargs are the arguments to supply to assembleoutput() local qargs = { ["onlysourced"] = false, ["linked"] = tostring(linked), ["prefix"] = args.qprefix, ["postfix"] = args.qpostfix, ["linkprefix"] = args.qlinkprefix, ["linkpostfix"] = args.qlinkpostfix, ["wdlinks"] = false, ["unitabbr"] = tostring(unitabbr), ["maxvals"] = 0, ["sorted"] = tostring(args.qsorted), ["noicon"] = true, ["list"] = args.qlist, ["sep"] = qsep, -- ["langobj"] = args.langobj, ["lang"] = lang, langs = args.langs, ["df"] = args.qualifierdateformat, ["shortname"] = parseParam(args.qshortname, false), } -- all proper values of a Wikidata property will be the same type as the first -- qualifiers don't have a mainsnak, properties do --#Modified line local datatype = objproperty[1].datatype or (objproperty[1].mainsnak and objproperty[1].mainsnak.datatype) -- out[] holds the a list of returned values for this property -- mlt[] holds the language code if the datatype is monolingual text local out = {} local mlt = {} for k, v in ipairs(objproperty) do local hasvalue = true if (onlysrc and not sourced(v)) then -- no value: it isn't sourced when onlysourced=true hasvalue = false else local val, lcode = rendersnak(v, args, linked, linkprefix, lpostfix, prefix, postfix, unitabbr) if not val then hasvalue = false -- rank doesn't match elseif qualsonly and qualID then -- suppress value returned: only qualifiers are requested else out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = val, lcode end end -- See if qualifiers are to be returned: local snak = v.mainsnak or v if hasvalue and v.qualifiers and qualID ~= "" and snak.snaktype~="novalue" then -- collect all wanted qualifier values returned in qlist, indexed by propertyID local qlist = {} local timestart, timeend = "", "" -- loop through qualifiers for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do if allflag or qwanted[k1] then if k1 == "P1326" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qualifierdateformat, args.bc, plaindate, "", lang, "before") elseif k1 == "P1319" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qualifierdateformat, args.bc, plaindate, "", lang, "after") elseif k1 == "P580" then timestart = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one start time as valid elseif k1 == "P582" then timeend = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one end time as valid else local q = assembleoutput(propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs), qargs) -- we already deal with circa via 'sourcing circumstances' if the datatype was time -- circa may be either linked or unlinked *** internationalise later *** if datatype ~= "time" or q ~= "circa" and not (type(q) == "string" and q:find("circa]]")) then qlist[k1] = q end end end -- of test for wanted end -- of loop through qualifiers -- set date separator local t = timestart .. timeend -- *** internationalise date separators later *** local dsep = "&ndash;" if t:find("%s") or t:find("&nbsp;") then dsep = " &ndash; " end -- set the order for the list of qualifiers returned; start time and end time go last if next(qlist) then local qlistout = {} if allflag then for k2, v2 in pairs(qlist) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = v2 end else for i2, v2 in ipairs(qorder) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = qlist[v2] end end if t ~= "" then qlistout[#qlistout+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end local qstr = assembleoutput(qlistout, qargs) if qualsonly then out[#out+1] = qstr else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. qstr .. ")" end elseif t ~= "" then if qualsonly then if timestart == "" then out[#out+1] = timeend elseif timeend == "" then out[#out+1] = timestart else out[#out+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. timestart .. dsep .. timeend .. ")" end end end -- of test for qualifiers wanted if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of for each value loop -- we need to pick one value to return if the datatype was "monolingualtext" -- if there's only one value, use that -- otherwise look through the fallback languages for a match if datatype == "monolingualtext" and #out >1 then lang = mw.text.split( lang, '-', true )[1] local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, lang ) local bestval = "" local found = false for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then bestval = out[idx2] found = true break end end -- loop through values of property end -- loop through fallback languages if found then -- replace output table with a table containing the best value out = { bestval } else -- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages -- sod it, just give them the first one out = { out[1] } end end return out end local function mergeOptions(defaults, overrides) overrides = overrides or {} defaults = defaults or {} local result = {} for k, v in pairs(defaults) do result[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(overrides) do result[k] = v if k == 'rank' then result.reqranks = setRanks(v) end end return result end local function filterbyqualifier(statements,qual,value) local filtered_statements = {} for _, statement in ipairs(statements) do if statement.qualifiers and statement.qualifiers[qual] then if '*' == value then filtered_statements[#filtered_statements + 1] = statement else for _, q in ipairs(statement.qualifiers[qual]) do if q.datavalue and (rawValue(q.datavalue) == value) then filtered_statements[#filtered_statements + 1] = statement break end end end end end return filtered_statements end local function orderbyrank(statements) local pref_count = 0 local sorted_statements = {} for k,v in ipairs(statements) do if v.rank == 'preferred' then pref_count = pref_count + 1 table.insert(sorted_statements, pref_count, v) else sorted_statements[#sorted_statements + 1] = v end end return sorted_statements end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- helper class functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function class() local c = {} c.__index = c function c:new(...) local o = setmetatable({}, c) if o.init then o:init(...) end return o end return c end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Statement Class Definition ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local WdStatement = class() function WdStatement:getValue(opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.parent.options, opts) local statement = self._statement if not statement then return nil end local qualID = mw.text.trim(mergedOpts.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = propertyvalueandquals({statement}, mergedOpts, qualID) return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, self.parent.qid, self.pid) end function WdStatement:getRawValue(opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.parent.options, opts) if not self._statement then return nil end local datasnak = self._statement.mainsnak or self._statement if datasnak.snaktype == "value" then return rawValueOrDF(self._statement, mergedOpts) else return datasnak.snaktype end end function WdStatement:getRawQual(qualID) local ret = {} local s = self._statement if s.qualifiers and s.qualifiers[qualID] then for _,q in pairs(s.qualifiers[qualID]) do if q.snaktype == "value" then ret[#ret + 1] = rawValueOrDF(q, self.parent.options) else ret[#ret + 1] = q.snaktype end end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Statements Class Definition ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local WdStatements = class() function WdStatements:getStatmentsTable() return self._statements end function WdStatements:count() return #self._statements end function WdStatements:getFilters() return self.filtered_by end function WdStatements:filter(filter_t) local statements = self._statements if #statements == 0 then return self; end local ret = WdStatements:new() ret.parent = self.parent ret.filtered_by = {} for _,v in ipairs(self.filtered_by) do ret.filtered_by[#ret.filtered_by + 1] = v end local filtered_statements = {} for k,v in pairs(filter_t) do filtered_statements = filterbyqualifier(statements, k, v) ret.filtered_by[#ret.filtered_by + 1] = {[k] = v} if #filtered_statements == 0 then break; else statements = filtered_statements end end ret._statements = filtered_statements return ret end function WdStatements:getValue(opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.parent.options, opts) local statements = self._statements if not statements or #statements == 0 then return nil end local qualID = mw.text.trim(mergedOpts.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = propertyvalueandquals(statements, mergedOpts, qualID) return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, self.parent.qid, self.pid) end function WdStatements:getQual(qualID, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.parent.options, opts) local statements = self._statements if not statements or #statements == 0 then return nil end local out = propertyvalueandquals(statements, mergedOpts, qualID) return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, self.parent.qid, self.pid) end function WdStatements:getRawQual(qualID) local ret = {} for _,s in pairs(self._statements) do local qual_t = {} if s.qualifiers and s.qualifiers[qualID] then for _,q in pairs(s.qualifiers[qualID]) do if q.snaktype == "value" then qual_t[#qual_t + 1] = rawValueOrDF(q, self.parent.options) else qual_t[#qual_t + 1] = q.snaktype end end end ret[#ret + 1] = qual_t end return ret end function WdStatements:getRawValue(opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.parent.options, opts) local ret = {} for _,v in pairs(self._statements) do local datasnak = v.mainsnak or v if datasnak.snaktype=="value" then ret[#ret + 1] = rawValueOrDF(v, mergedOpts) else ret[#ret + 1] = datasnak.snaktype end end return ret end function WdStatements:get(index) local ret = WdStatement:new() ret.parent = self.parent ret.filtered_by = ret.filtered_by ret._statement = self._statements[index] ret.pid = ret.pid return ret end function WdStatements:iter() local i = 0 local n = self._statements and #self._statements or 0 return function() i = i + 1 if i <= n then return i, self:get(i) end end end function WdStatements:ipairs() return self:iter() end function WdStatements:getBestOne() local orderd_statements = orderbyrank(self._statements) local ret = WdStatement:new() --setmetatable({}, WdStatement) ret.parent = self.parent ret.filtered_by = ret.filtered_by ret._statement = orderd_statements[1] ret.pid = ret.pid return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- WdItem Class Definition ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local WdItem = class() function WdItem:__tostring() return "WdItem: " .. (self.qid or "no QID") end function WdItem:UpdateOptions(in_newOpts) local newOpts = in_newOpts or {} for k, v in pairs(newOpts or {}) do self.options[k] = v end -- Set default options if newOpts.lang then self.options.lang = findLang(newOpts.lang) end if (newOpts.lang and not self.options.lang) or (not newOpts.lang and newOpts.langs and #newOpts.langs > 0) then for _, l in ipairs(newOpts.langs) do self.options.lang = findLang(l) if self.options.lang then break; end end end if not self.options.lang then self.options.lang = findLang(); end if newOpts.rank then self.options.reqranks = setRanks(self.options.rank) end if not self.options.reqranks then self.options.reqranks = setRanks('preferred normal') end end function WdItem:init(qid, options,snak) if qid == "" then qid = nil; end self.qid = qid self.snak = snak self.options = options or {} self:UpdateOptions(options) return self end function WdItem:newFromSnaks(snakTable, options) local self = WdItem:new(nil, options or {}, snakTable) self:UpdateOptions(options) return self end function WdItem:setOptions(newOpts) self:UpdateOptions(newOpts) end function WdItem:getStatements(pid, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts or {}) local statements local ret = WdStatements:new() ret.parent = self ret.filtered_by = {} ret._statements = {} ret.pid = pid if self.snak and self.snak[pid] then statements = self.snak[pid] elseif not self.qid or not mw.wikibase then statements = {} elseif mergedOpts.reqranks and mergedOpts.reqranks.best then statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(self.qid, pid) or {} else statements = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(self.qid, pid) or {} local filtered_statements = {} if not (mergedOpts.reqranks.deprecated == true and mergedOpts.reqranks.preferred == true and mergedOpts.reqranks.normal == true) then for _,s in pairs(statements) do if mergedOpts.reqranks[s.rank] then filtered_statements[#filtered_statements + 1] = s end end end statements = filtered_statements end if #statements > 0 and mergedOpts.qualifiedaspossible and mergedOpts.qualifiedaspossible ~= {} then local filtered_statements = {} for q,qv in pairs(mergedOpts.qualifiedaspossible) do filtered_statements = filterbyqualifier(statements, q, qv) if #filtered_statements > 0 then ret.filtered_by[#ret.filtered_by + 1] = {[q] = qv} statements = filtered_statements end end end if #statements > 0 and mergedOpts.qualified and mergedOpts.qualified ~= {} then for q,qv in pairs(mergedOpts.qualified) do statements = filterbyqualifier(statements, q, qv) ret.filtered_by[#ret.filtered_by + 1] = {[q] = qv} if #statements == 0 then break; end end end ret._statements = statements return ret end function WdItem:getValue(pid, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts) local statements = self:getStatements(pid, mergedOpts):getStatmentsTable() if not statements or #statements == 0 then return nil end local qualID = mw.text.trim(mergedOpts.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = propertyvalueandquals(statements, mergedOpts, qualID) return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, self.qid, pid) end function WdItem:getValueFromSnaks(pid, opts) if not self.snak or not self.snak[pid] then return nil end local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts) local props = self.snak[pid] local out = propertyvalueandquals(props, mergedOpts) return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, nil, pid) end function WdItem:getPropertyIDsTable(pid, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts) mergedOpts.noicon = tostring(parseParam(mergedOpts.noicon or "", true)) local statements = self:getStatements(pid, opts) if not statements or #statements == 0 then return {} end local onlysrc = parseParam(mergedOpts.onlysourced or mergedOpts.onlysourced, true) local maxvals = tonumber(mergedOpts.maxvals) or 0 local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(statements) do local snak = v.mainsnak or v if (snak.datatype == "wikibase-item") and (v.rank and mergedOpts.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)]) and (snak.snaktype == "value") and (sourced(v) or not onlysrc) then out[#out+1] = snak.datavalue.value.id end if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end return out end function WdItem:getPropertyIDs(pid, opts) local out = WdItem:getPropertyIDsTable(pid, opts) if #out == 0 then return nil end return assembleoutput(out, mergeOptions(self.options, opts), self.qid, pid) end function WdItem:getPropOfProp(prop1, prop2, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts) if not self.qid then return nil end local maxvals = tonumber(mergedOpts.maxvals) or 0 local prop1Values = self:getStatements(prop1, opts):getRawValue() if #prop1Values == 0 then return nil end local out = {} for k, qid2 in ipairs(prop1Values) do local item2 = WdItem:new(qid2, mergedOpts) local prop2Values = item2:getStatements(prop2):getStatmentsTable() if prop2Values and prop2Values[1] then local out2 = propertyvalueandquals(prop2Values, mergedOpts, mergedOpts.qual) out[#out+1] = assembleoutput(out2, mergedOpts, qid2, prop2) end if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end return assembleoutput(out, mergedOpts, self.qid, prop1) end function WdItem:getRawPropOfProp(prop1, prop2, opts) local mergedOpts = mergeOptions(self.options, opts) if not self.qid then return nil end local prop1Values = self:getStatements(prop1, opts):getRawValue() if #prop1Values == 0 then return nil end local out = {} for k, qid2 in ipairs(prop1Values) do local item2 = WdItem:new(qid2, mergedOpts) local prop2Values = item2:getStatements(prop2):getRawValue() for _,val in ipairs(prop2Values) do if not in_array(val,out) then out[#out + 1] = val end end end return out end function WdItem:getLangOfProp(pid) if not pid then return {}; end local out = {} local props = self.snak and self.snak[pid] or (self.qid and mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(self.qid, pid)) or {} for _, v in ipairs(props) do local datasnak = v.mainsnak or v if datasnak.datatype == "monolingualtext" and datasnak.datavalue then out[#out + 1] = datasnak.datavalue.value.language end end return out end function WdItem:followQid(props, all) all = parseParam(all, false) props = (props or ""):upper() if not self.qid then return nil end if props == "" then return self.qid end local out = {} for p in mw.text.gsplit(props, "%p") do p = mw.text.trim(p) for i, v in ipairs(mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(self.qid, p)) do local linkedid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if linkedid then if all then out[#out+1] = linkedid else return WdItem:new(linkedid) end end end end if #out > 0 then return table.concat(out, " ") else return self end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Public API - WdItem Constructors ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.WdItem = WdItem function p.newItem(qid, opts, snak ) return WdItem:new(qid, opts, snak) end function p.newSnakItem(snakTable, opts) return WdItem:newFromSnaks(snakTable, opts) end return p 394dchpdt65ai5w0v910eusjkrx62a1 828 235800 1097957 1097668 2026-08-03T19:46:27Z حبيشان 31560 تحديث 1097957 Scribunto text/plain local config_t = { linksproject = "", wikilinkprefix = "" } local aliases_t = { ['accessdate'] = {'تاريخ-الوصول','تاريخ الوصول', 'تاريخ وصول', 'access-date', 'accessdate'}, ['agency'] = {'وكالة', 'agency'}, ['archivedate'] = {'تاريخ-الأرشيف', 'تاريخ أرشيف', 'تاريخ الأرشيف', 'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, ['archive-format'] = {'صيغة-الأرشيف', 'صيغة الأرشيف', 'archive-format'}, ['archive-url'] = {'مسار-الأرشيف', 'مسار أرشيف', 'مسار الأرشيف', 'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, ['article-number'] = {'رقم-المقالة', 'article-number'}, ['asin-tld'] = 'asin-tld', ['at'] = {'في', 'at'}, --##TOREVISE ['authors'] = {'المؤلفون', 'المؤلفين', 'authors', 'people', 'host', 'credits', 'أشخاص'}, ['author'] = {'author', 'author1', 'subject', 'subject1', 'host', 'host1', 'last', 'last1', 'surname', 'surname1', 'author-last', 'author-last1', 'author1-last', 'author-surname', 'author-surname1', 'author1-surname1'}, ['book-title'] = {'عنوان الكتاب', 'book-title', 'booktitle', 'عنوان المؤتمر'}, ['cartography'] = 'cartography', ['chapter'] = {'الفصل', 'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['chapter-format'] = {'صيغة-الفصل', 'صيغة الفصل', 'تنسيق الفصل', 'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'مسار-الفصل', 'مسار الفصل', 'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['chapter-url-access'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['class'] = {'صنف', 'class'}, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['conference'] = {'اسم-المؤتمر', 'اسم المؤتمر', 'conference'}, ['conference-format'] = 'conference-format', ['conference-url'] = {'مسار-المؤتمر', 'مسار المؤتمر', 'conference-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['date'] = {'تاريخ', 'التاريخ', 'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, ['degree'] = {'الدرجة', 'degree'}, ['df'] = 'df', ['display-authors'] = {'إظهار-المؤلفين', 'إظهار المؤلفين', 'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['display-contributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['display-editors'] = {'إظهار-المحررين', 'إظهار المحررين', 'display-editors'}, ['display-interviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['display-translators'] = 'display-translators', ['docket'] = 'docket', ['doi-broken-date'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['edition'] = {'طبعة', 'الإصدار', 'الاصدار', 'إصدار', 'اصدار', 'الطبعة', 'رقم الطبعة', 'edition'}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['encyclopedia'] = {'موسوعة', 'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'اسم المعجم', 'dictionary', 'اسم الموسوعة'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['episode'] = {'الحلقة', 'episode'}, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['format'] = {'صيغة', 'التنسيق', 'format', 'تنسيق', 'الصيغة'}, ['hijri-date'] = {'التاريخ الهجري', 'تاريخ هجري', 'hijri-date'}, ['id'] = {'id', 'ID', 'المعرف'}, ['inset'] = {'inset', 'مجموعة'}, ['issue'] = {'العدد', 'issue', 'number'}, ['language'] = {'لغة', 'اللغة', 'language', 'lang'}, ['mailing-list'] = {'القائمة البريدية', 'mailing-list'}, -- cite mailing list only ['map'] = {'الخريطة', 'map'}, -- cite map only ['map-format'] = {'صيغة الخريطة', 'map-format'}, -- cite map only ['map-url'] = {'مسار الخريطة', 'map-url'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['map-url-access'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['minutes'] = {'دقيقة', 'minutes'}, ['mode'] = 'mode', ['name-list-style'] = 'name-list-style', ['network'] = {'الشبكة', 'network'}, ['newsgroup'] = {'اسم المجموعة', 'newsgroup'}, -- cite newsgroup only ['nopp'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['no-tracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['orig-date'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear', 'سنة النشر الأصلية'}, ['others'] = {'آخرون','others', 'المحاور', 'المحاورون', 'المحقق'}, ['page'] = {'صفحة', 'p', 'الصفحة', 'page', 'الصفحة', 'رقم الصفحة', 'رقم صفحة','ص'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['pages'] = {'صفحات', 'الصفحات', 'pp', 'أرقام الصفحات', 'أرقم صفحات', 'pages'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['journal'] = { 'صحيفة', 'journal', 'دورية محكمة', 'مجلة', 'magazine', 'اسم المجلة', 'newspaper', 'جريدة', 'اسم الصحيفة', 'دورية', 'periodical', 'موقع', 'website', 'الموقع', 'عمل', 'work', 'العمل', 'من عمل', }, ['place'] = { 'مكان', 'place', 'المكان', 'مقر', 'المقر', 'location'}, ['postscript'] = 'postscript', ['publication-date'] = {'تاريخ-النشر', 'تاريخ النشر', 'publication-date'}, ['publication-place'] = {'مكان-النشر', 'مكان النشر', 'publication-place'}, ['publisher'] = {'ناشر', 'publisher', 'الناشر', 'institution', 'مصدر', 'الموزع', 'المصدر', 'المؤسسة'}, ['quote'] = {'اقتباس', 'quote', 'quotation'}, ['quote-page'] = 'quote-page', ['quote-pages'] = 'quote-pages', ['ref'] = {'مرجع', 'ref'}, ['scale'] = {'المقياس', 'scale'}, ['script-chapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['script-encyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['script-map'] = 'script-map', ['script-journal'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['script-quote'] = 'script-quote', ['script-title'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['season'] = {'الموسم', 'season'}, ['sections'] = {'الأقسام', 'sections'}, -- cite map only ['series'] = {'سلسلة', 'series', 'version'}, ['series-link'] = {'وصلة-سلسلة', 'وصلة سلسلة', 'series-link', 'مسار المسلسل'}, ['series-number'] = {'رقم-سلسلة', 'رقم سلسلة', 'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['sheet'] = {'ورقة', 'sheet'}, -- cite map only ['sheets'] = {'أوراق', 'sheets'}, -- cite map only ['station'] = {'محطة', 'station'}, ['time'] = {'الوقت', 'time'}, ['time-caption'] = 'time-caption', ['title'] = {'عنوان', 'title', 'العنوان'}, ['title-link'] = {'وصلة-العنوان', 'وصلة العنوان', 'title-link', 'episode-link', 'وصلة الحلقة'}, ['title-note'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['type'] = {'النوع', 'type', 'medium'}, ['trans-chapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['transcript'] = 'transcript', ['transcript-format'] = 'transcript-format', ['transcript-url'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['trans-encyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['trans-map'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['trans-journal'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['trans-quote'] = 'trans-quote', ['trans-title'] = {'عنوان مترجم', 'العنوان بالعربي', 'العنوان الأجنبي', 'عنوان أجنبي', 'trans-title', 'العنوان المترجم'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url'] = {'مسار', 'المسار','وصلة', 'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url-access'] = {'url-access', 'التسجيل'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url-status'] = {'url-status','حالة المسار'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vauthors'] = {'vauthors', 'عدة مؤلفين'}, ['veditors'] = {'veditors', 'عدة محررين' }, ['via'] = {'عبر', 'via'}, ['volume'] = {'المجلد', 'volume', 'الجزء', 'ج'}, ['wikidatacite'] = 'wikidatacite', ['year'] = {'سنة', 'year', 'السنة'}, } local numbered_aliases_t = { ['author#'] = {'مؤلف#', 'الأخير#', 'مؤلف#-الأخير', 'مؤلف# الأخير', 'last#', 'author-last#', 'مؤلف-الأخير#', 'author#-last', 'surname#', 'الأخير#', 'author-surname#', 'author#-surname', 'author#', 'المؤلف#', 'أخير#', 'اخير#', 'مؤلف الأخير#', 'subject#', 'host#', 'الموضوع'}, ['author-link#'] = { 'وصلة مؤلف#', 'مؤلف#-وصلة', 'author#-link', 'subject-link#', 'subject#-link', 'authorlink#', 'author#link', 'مؤلف# وصلة', 'وصلة-مؤلف#', 'وصلة المؤلف#', 'وصلة-المؤلف#' }, ['editor#'] = { 'محرر#', 'محرر#-الأخير', 'محرر# الأخير', 'محرر-الأخير#', 'محرر الأخير#', 'editor-last#', 'editor#-last', 'editor-surname#', 'editor#-surname', 'المحرر#' }, ['editor-link#'] = { 'وصلة محرر#', 'محرر#-وصلة', 'محرر# وصلة', 'وصلة-محرر#', 'editor#-link', 'محرر-وصلة#', 'وصلة-المحرر#', 'وصلة المحرر#' }, ['translator#'] = { 'مترجم#', 'مترجم#-الأخير', 'المترجم#', 'translator-last#', 'المترجم-الأخير#', 'المترجم#-الأخير', 'مترجم الأخير#', 'مترجم# الأخير', 'مترجم-الأخير#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname' }, ['translator-link#'] = { 'وصلة مترجم#', 'مترجم#-وصلة', 'مترجم# وصلة', 'وصلة-مترجم#', 'وصلة المترجم#', 'وصلة-المترجم#', 'translator#-link', 'المترجم#-وصلة' }, ['translator-first#'] = { 'مترجم#-الأول', 'translator#-first', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم# الأول', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم الأول#', 'المترجم-الأول#', 'المترجم#-الأول', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given' }, ['editor-first#'] = { 'محرر#-الأول', 'محرر-الأول#', 'محرر الأول#', 'editor-first#', 'editor#-first', 'editor-given#', 'محرر# الأول', 'محرر# الأول', 'editor#-given' }, ['author-first#'] = { 'الأول#', 'مؤلف#-الأول', 'مؤلف# الأول', 'أول#', 'first#', 'اول#', 'الاول#', 'author-first#', 'مؤلف الأول#', 'author#-first', 'given#', 'author-given#', 'مؤلف-الأول#', 'author#-given' }, } local i18n_t = { ["ar"] = { illustrator = "رسم", composer = "تلحين", animator = "رسم الرسوم المتحركة", director = "إخراج", screenwriter = "سيناريو", signatory = "توقيع", presenter = "تقديم", performer = "أداء", annotator = "تحقيق", reviewer = "مراجعة", unknown = "مجهول", supervisor = "إشراف", ["unknown-publication-date"] = 'nd', ["unknown-publisher"] = '<abbr class="abbr" title="دون ناشر">د.ن.</abbr>', wikidata = "ويكي بيانات" }, ["cite_q"] = "{{استشهاد بويكي بيانات|", ["erratum"] = "(erratum)", ["unknown-author"] = { ar = "غير معروف", en = "Anonymous", fr = "Anonyme", de = "Anonymus", es = "Anónimo" }, ["wdq"] = "[[ويكي بيانات|QID]]", -- go through "WDQ (identifier)" redirect to reduce clutter in "What links here" and improve reverse lookup. Keep in sync with {{QID}}. ["wikisource"] = "arwikisource", ["errors"] = { ["local-article-not-found"] = "المقال المحلي غير موجود.", ["no-label-or-title"] = "لا عنون أو تسمية: ", }, -- Next Line Edited ["unknown-author-trackingcat"] = "", -- [[تصنيف:Cite Q - author unknown]] ["months"] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, ["ordinal"] = { [1] = "st", [2] = "nd", [3] = "rd", ["default"] = "th" }, ["trackingcats"] = { ["erratum"] = "[[تصنيف:استشهاد بويكي بيانات:الاستشهاد يعمل مع خطأ]]", ["missing-wikidata"] = "[[تصنيف:مقالات مع بيانات ويكي بيانات نقاصة]]", -- TODO: point to a {{cite q}}-specific category; this one is specific to Module:WikidataIB ['no-label-or-title'] = '[[تصنيف:استشهاد بويكي بيانات:يفتقر إلى عنوان أو تسمية]]', ["retracted"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات: الاستشهاد بعمل مسحوب]]<!-- retracted -->", ["replaced"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات: الاستشهاد بعمل مستبدل]]<!-- replaced -->", ["unknown-author"] = "", -- [[Category:Cite Q - author unknown]] removed as misplaced; someone is welcome to restore it if it is placed outside of the template parameter value ["unknown-template"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات:قالب مجهول]]", }, } local citation_class_map_t = { arxiv = 'استشهاد بأرخايف', ['audio-visual'] = 'استشهاد بوسائط مرئية ومسموعة', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'استشهاد بتسجيلات', biorxiv = 'استشهاد ببيوركسيف', book = 'استشهاد بكتاب', citation = 'استشهاد', citeseerx = 'Cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'استشهاد بمنشورات مؤتمر', document = 'استشهاد بوثيقة', encyclopaedia = 'استشهاد بموسوعة', episode = 'استشهاد بحلقة', interview = 'استشهاد بمقابلة', journal = 'استشهاد بدورية محكمة', magazine = 'استشهاد بمجلة', mailinglist = 'استشهاد بقائمة بريدية', map = 'استشهاد بخريطة', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'استشهاد بخبر', newsgroup = 'استشهاد بمجموعة أخبار', podcast = 'استشهاد بتدوين صوتي', pressrelease = 'استشهاد ببيان صحفي', report = 'استشهاد بتقرير', serial = 'استشهاد بمسلسل', sign = 'استشهاد بإشارة توضيحية', speech = 'استشهاد بخطاب', ssrn = 'cite ssrn', techreport = 'استشهاد بتقرير فني', thesis = 'استشهاد بأطروحة', web = 'استشهاد بويب', } local rejected_t = { sources = { Q465 = true, Q15241312 = true, Q52 = true }, properties = { "P1800", "P1566", "P21"}, instances = { Q5 = true, -- Human is not a direct reference Q184188 = true, Q1250464 = true, -- inatance of refference DBs Q8513 = true, Q17152639 = true, Q7094076 = true, Q5535082 = true, Q856638= true, Q1982918 = true, Q36524 = true, Q36218176 = true, Q526334 = true, Q5227411 = true } } -- Table of simple properties that can be fetched in roughly the same way: -- id = PXXX -- maxvals = maximum number of multiple values (0 for all) -- linked = "no" suppresses linking -- populate_from_journal = true/false determines whether to look in a journal where the source is published -- rank = "best", "preferred", normal, etc. determines how Wikidata ranks are treated -- others = true - the value for the property goes to "others" section local simple_properties_t = { -- Next Line Edited publisher = {id = "P123", maxvals = 3}, oclc = {id = "P243", maxvals = 1}, ['publication-place'] = {id = "P291", maxvals = 0, linked = false}, -- publication place (don't put into |place=; is treated specially in {{citation}} if both are given) doi = {id = "P356", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |doi-broken-date= (WD "reason for deprecation"/"stated as") and |doi-access= (WD "access status")? issue = {id = "P433", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true}, -- distinguish from |number= ("P1545"?) if both are given (still blocked by {{citation}}, but will be supported in the future) pmid = {id = "P698", maxvals = 1}, -- gbooks = {id = "P675", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} -- ia = {id = "P724", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} arxiv = {id = "P818", maxvals = 1}, bibcode = {id = "P819", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |bibcode-access=? jstor = {id = "P888", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |jstor-access=? mr = {id = "P889", maxvals = 1}, rfc = {id = "P892", maxvals = 1}, zbl = {id = "P894", maxvals = 1}, ssrn = {id = "P893", maxvals = 1}, place = {id = "P1071", maxvals = 0, linked = false}, -- written-at place -- ['total-pages'] = {id = "P1104", maxvals = 0, linked = 'no'}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.tpages= -- coden = {id = "P1159", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.coden= s2cid = {id = "P8299", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |s2cid-access=? pmc = {id = "P932", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |pmc-embargo-date= (WD "reason for deprecation")? lccn = {id = "P1144", maxvals = 1}, hdl = {id = "P1184", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |hdl-access=? ismn = {id = "P1208", maxvals = 1}, journal = {id = "P1433", maxvals = 1}, citeseerx = {id = "P3784", maxvals = 1}, osti = {id = "P3894", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |osti-access=? biorxiv = {id = "P3951", maxvals = 1}, asin = {id = "P5749", maxvals = 1}, -- What about |asin-tld=? (WD examples resolve to .com at present, but may change) -- ['catalog-number'] = {id = "P528", maxvals = 0}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.artnum= isbn = {id = "P212", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- ISBN 13 issn = {id = "P236", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- distinguish from |eissn= for electronic issues? -- jfm = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik (not Zbl) -- sbn = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Standard Book Number (predecessor of ISBN, not ICCU) -- message-id = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Usenet message ID chapter = {id = "P792", maxvals = 1, no_vol_qual=true}, ['publication-date'] = {id = "P577", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- publication date (don't use |date=; is treated specially in {{citation}} if both are given.) series = {id = "P179", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true, qual = "P1545"}, version = {id = "P348", maxvals = 0}, edition = {id = "P393", maxvals = 0}, volume = {id = "P478", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, -- part = {id = "P1545"?, maxvals = 0}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.part= title = {id = "P1476", rank="p n"}, -- url = {id = "P953", maxvals = 1}, -- deal with this along with archive-url pages = {id = "P304", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, at = {id = "P958", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, -- also incorporate lines (P7421) and columns (P3903) into this (cite map also supports |section=) -- sheets = {id = "P7416", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true}, -- interviewer = {id = "P?", maxvals = 0}, -- does **not** go to "others" section! Multiple interviewers should be n-enumerated illustrator = {id = "P110", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- foreword and afterword, when contributions to another author's work, are contributions so belong in |contribution=; -- the writer's name goes in |contributor=; requires |title= and |author= -- However, this might need to add support for multiple contributors and their roles to {{citation}}, see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Others -- foreword = {id = "P2679", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- afterword = {id = "P2680", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section composer = {id = "P86", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section animator = {id = "P6942", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section director = {id = "P57", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section screenwriter = {id = "P58", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section signatory = {id = "P1891", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section presenter = {id = "P371", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section performer = {id = "P175", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- next 2 lines added for Arabic Wikipedia annotator = {id ="P11105", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section reviewer = {id ="P4032", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section supervisor = {id ="P7604", maxvals = 3, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section } local used_args_t = {accessdate=true, language=true, mode=true, ol=true, other=true, ['display-authors']=true, ['display-editors']=true, ['archive-url']=true, ['archive-date']=true, url=true, title=true, page=true, pages = true, volume=true, } for i = 1, 9 do used_args_t['author' .. i] = true used_args_t['author-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['author-first' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor-first' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator-first' .. i] = true end -- all_used_properties local used_properties_t = { P1680 = true, P1932 = true, P2699 = true, P407 = true, P2093 = true, -- author string P50 = true, -- author P5769 = true, --editor P655 = true, P856 = true, P953 = true, P98 = true, P854 = true, } for k,v in pairs(simple_properties_t) do used_properties_t[v.id] = { arg = k, maxvals = v.maxvals, linked = v.linked, others = v.others, populate_from_journal = v.populate_from_journal } end simple_properties_t['hijri-date'] = {id = "P577", maxvals = 1, hijri=true} return { aliases_t = aliases_t, numbered_aliases_t = numbered_aliases_t, i18n_t = i18n_t, rejected_t = rejected_t, simple_properties_t = simple_properties_t, used_args_t = used_args_t, used_properties_t = used_properties_t, config_t = config_t, citation_class_map_t=citation_class_map_t } 0z4jkyo1k059shcrdm0ruhn9qygdotx 828 240415 1097961 1097667 2026-08-03T19:53:11Z حبيشان 31560 1097961 Scribunto text/plain local config_t = { linksproject = "", wikilinkprefix = "" } local aliases_t = { ['accessdate'] = {'تاريخ-الوصول','تاريخ الوصول', 'تاريخ وصول', 'access-date', 'accessdate'}, ['agency'] = {'وكالة', 'agency'}, ['archivedate'] = {'تاريخ-الأرشيف', 'تاريخ أرشيف', 'تاريخ الأرشيف', 'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, ['archive-format'] = {'صيغة-الأرشيف', 'صيغة الأرشيف', 'archive-format'}, ['archive-url'] = {'مسار-الأرشيف', 'مسار أرشيف', 'مسار الأرشيف', 'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, ['article-number'] = {'رقم-المقالة', 'article-number'}, ['asin-tld'] = 'asin-tld', ['at'] = {'في', 'at'}, --##TOREVISE ['authors'] = {'المؤلفون', 'المؤلفين', 'authors', 'people', 'host', 'credits', 'أشخاص'}, ['author'] = {'author', 'author1', 'subject', 'subject1', 'host', 'host1', 'last', 'last1', 'surname', 'surname1', 'author-last', 'author-last1', 'author1-last', 'author-surname', 'author-surname1', 'author1-surname1'}, ['book-title'] = {'عنوان الكتاب', 'book-title', 'booktitle', 'عنوان المؤتمر'}, ['cartography'] = 'cartography', ['chapter'] = {'الفصل', 'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['chapter-format'] = {'صيغة-الفصل', 'صيغة الفصل', 'تنسيق الفصل', 'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'مسار-الفصل', 'مسار الفصل', 'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['chapter-url-access'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['class'] = {'صنف', 'class'}, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['conference'] = {'اسم-المؤتمر', 'اسم المؤتمر', 'conference'}, ['conference-format'] = 'conference-format', ['conference-url'] = {'مسار-المؤتمر', 'مسار المؤتمر', 'conference-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['date'] = {'تاريخ', 'التاريخ', 'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, ['degree'] = {'الدرجة', 'degree'}, ['df'] = 'df', ['display-authors'] = {'إظهار-المؤلفين', 'إظهار المؤلفين', 'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['display-contributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['display-editors'] = {'إظهار-المحررين', 'إظهار المحررين', 'display-editors'}, ['display-interviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['display-translators'] = 'display-translators', ['docket'] = 'docket', ['doi-broken-date'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['edition'] = {'طبعة', 'الإصدار', 'الاصدار', 'إصدار', 'اصدار', 'الطبعة', 'رقم الطبعة', 'edition'}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['encyclopedia'] = {'موسوعة', 'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'اسم المعجم', 'dictionary', 'اسم الموسوعة'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['episode'] = {'الحلقة', 'episode'}, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['format'] = {'صيغة', 'التنسيق', 'format', 'تنسيق', 'الصيغة'}, ['hijri-date'] = {'التاريخ الهجري', 'تاريخ هجري', 'hijri-date'}, ['id'] = {'id', 'ID', 'المعرف'}, ['inset'] = {'inset', 'مجموعة'}, ['issue'] = {'العدد', 'issue', 'number'}, ['language'] = {'لغة', 'اللغة', 'language', 'lang'}, ['mailing-list'] = {'القائمة البريدية', 'mailing-list'}, -- cite mailing list only ['map'] = {'الخريطة', 'map'}, -- cite map only ['map-format'] = {'صيغة الخريطة', 'map-format'}, -- cite map only ['map-url'] = {'مسار الخريطة', 'map-url'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['map-url-access'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['minutes'] = {'دقيقة', 'minutes'}, ['mode'] = 'mode', ['name-list-style'] = 'name-list-style', ['network'] = {'الشبكة', 'network'}, ['newsgroup'] = {'اسم المجموعة', 'newsgroup'}, -- cite newsgroup only ['nopp'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['no-tracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['orig-date'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear', 'سنة النشر الأصلية'}, ['others'] = {'آخرون','others', 'المحاور', 'المحاورون', 'المحقق'}, ['page'] = {'صفحة', 'p', 'الصفحة', 'page', 'الصفحة', 'رقم الصفحة', 'رقم صفحة','ص'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['pages'] = {'صفحات', 'الصفحات', 'pp', 'أرقام الصفحات', 'أرقم صفحات', 'pages'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['journal'] = { 'صحيفة', 'journal', 'دورية محكمة', 'مجلة', 'magazine', 'اسم المجلة', 'newspaper', 'جريدة', 'اسم الصحيفة', 'دورية', 'periodical', 'موقع', 'website', 'الموقع', 'عمل', 'work', 'العمل', 'من عمل', }, ['place'] = { 'مكان', 'place', 'المكان', 'مقر', 'المقر', 'location'}, ['postscript'] = 'postscript', ['publication-date'] = {'تاريخ-النشر', 'تاريخ النشر', 'publication-date'}, ['publication-place'] = {'مكان-النشر', 'مكان النشر', 'publication-place'}, ['publisher'] = {'ناشر', 'publisher', 'الناشر', 'institution', 'مصدر', 'الموزع', 'المصدر', 'المؤسسة'}, ['quote'] = {'اقتباس', 'quote', 'quotation'}, ['quote-page'] = 'quote-page', ['quote-pages'] = 'quote-pages', ['ref'] = {'مرجع', 'ref'}, ['scale'] = {'المقياس', 'scale'}, ['script-chapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['script-encyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['script-map'] = 'script-map', ['script-journal'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['script-quote'] = 'script-quote', ['script-title'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['season'] = {'الموسم', 'season'}, ['sections'] = {'الأقسام', 'sections'}, -- cite map only ['series'] = {'سلسلة', 'series', 'version'}, ['series-link'] = {'وصلة-سلسلة', 'وصلة سلسلة', 'series-link', 'مسار المسلسل'}, ['series-number'] = {'رقم-سلسلة', 'رقم سلسلة', 'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['sheet'] = {'ورقة', 'sheet'}, -- cite map only ['sheets'] = {'أوراق', 'sheets'}, -- cite map only ['station'] = {'محطة', 'station'}, ['time'] = {'الوقت', 'time'}, ['time-caption'] = 'time-caption', ['title'] = {'عنوان', 'title', 'العنوان'}, ['title-link'] = {'وصلة-العنوان', 'وصلة العنوان', 'title-link', 'episode-link', 'وصلة الحلقة'}, ['title-note'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['type'] = {'النوع', 'type', 'medium'}, ['trans-chapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['transcript'] = 'transcript', ['transcript-format'] = 'transcript-format', ['transcript-url'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['trans-encyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['trans-map'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['trans-journal'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['trans-quote'] = 'trans-quote', ['trans-title'] = {'عنوان مترجم', 'العنوان بالعربي', 'العنوان الأجنبي', 'عنوان أجنبي', 'trans-title', 'العنوان المترجم'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url'] = {'مسار', 'المسار','وصلة', 'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url-access'] = {'url-access', 'التسجيل'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['url-status'] = {'url-status','حالة المسار'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vauthors'] = {'vauthors', 'عدة مؤلفين'}, ['veditors'] = {'veditors', 'عدة محررين' }, ['via'] = {'عبر', 'via'}, ['volume'] = {'المجلد', 'volume', 'الجزء', 'ج'}, ['wikidatacite'] = 'wikidatacite', ['year'] = {'سنة', 'year', 'السنة'}, } local numbered_aliases_t = { ['author#'] = {'مؤلف#', 'الأخير#', 'مؤلف#-الأخير', 'مؤلف# الأخير', 'last#', 'author-last#', 'مؤلف-الأخير#', 'author#-last', 'surname#', 'الأخير#', 'author-surname#', 'author#-surname', 'author#', 'المؤلف#', 'أخير#', 'اخير#', 'مؤلف الأخير#', 'subject#', 'host#', 'الموضوع'}, ['author-link#'] = { 'وصلة مؤلف#', 'مؤلف#-وصلة', 'author#-link', 'subject-link#', 'subject#-link', 'authorlink#', 'author#link', 'مؤلف# وصلة', 'وصلة-مؤلف#', 'وصلة المؤلف#', 'وصلة-المؤلف#' }, ['editor#'] = { 'محرر#', 'محرر#-الأخير', 'محرر# الأخير', 'محرر-الأخير#', 'محرر الأخير#', 'editor-last#', 'editor#-last', 'editor-surname#', 'editor#-surname', 'المحرر#' }, ['editor-link#'] = { 'وصلة محرر#', 'محرر#-وصلة', 'محرر# وصلة', 'وصلة-محرر#', 'editor#-link', 'محرر-وصلة#', 'وصلة-المحرر#', 'وصلة المحرر#' }, ['translator#'] = { 'مترجم#', 'مترجم#-الأخير', 'المترجم#', 'translator-last#', 'المترجم-الأخير#', 'المترجم#-الأخير', 'مترجم الأخير#', 'مترجم# الأخير', 'مترجم-الأخير#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname' }, ['translator-link#'] = { 'وصلة مترجم#', 'مترجم#-وصلة', 'مترجم# وصلة', 'وصلة-مترجم#', 'وصلة المترجم#', 'وصلة-المترجم#', 'translator#-link', 'المترجم#-وصلة' }, ['translator-first#'] = { 'مترجم#-الأول', 'translator#-first', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم# الأول', 'مترجم-الأول#', 'مترجم الأول#', 'المترجم-الأول#', 'المترجم#-الأول', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given' }, ['editor-first#'] = { 'محرر#-الأول', 'محرر-الأول#', 'محرر الأول#', 'editor-first#', 'editor#-first', 'editor-given#', 'محرر# الأول', 'محرر# الأول', 'editor#-given' }, ['author-first#'] = { 'الأول#', 'مؤلف#-الأول', 'مؤلف# الأول', 'أول#', 'first#', 'اول#', 'الاول#', 'author-first#', 'مؤلف الأول#', 'author#-first', 'given#', 'author-given#', 'مؤلف-الأول#', 'author#-given' }, } local i18n_t = { ["ar"] = { illustrator = "رسم", composer = "تلحين", animator = "رسم الرسوم المتحركة", director = "إخراج", screenwriter = "سيناريو", signatory = "توقيع", presenter = "تقديم", performer = "أداء", annotator = "تحقيق", reviewer = "مراجعة", unknown = "مجهول", supervisor = "إشراف", ["unknown-publication-date"] = 'nd', ["unknown-publisher"] = '<abbr class="abbr" title="دون ناشر">د.ن.</abbr>', wikidata = "ويكي بيانات" }, ["cite_q"] = "{{استشهاد بويكي بيانات|", ["erratum"] = "(erratum)", ["unknown-author"] = { ar = "غير معروف", en = "Anonymous", fr = "Anonyme", de = "Anonymus", es = "Anónimo" }, ["wdq"] = "[[ويكي بيانات|QID]]", -- go through "WDQ (identifier)" redirect to reduce clutter in "What links here" and improve reverse lookup. Keep in sync with {{QID}}. ["wikisource"] = "arwikisource", ["errors"] = { ["local-article-not-found"] = "المقال المحلي غير موجود.", ["no-label-or-title"] = "لا عنون أو تسمية: ", }, -- Next Line Edited ["unknown-author-trackingcat"] = "", -- [[تصنيف:Cite Q - author unknown]] ["months"] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, ["ordinal"] = { [1] = "st", [2] = "nd", [3] = "rd", ["default"] = "th" }, ["trackingcats"] = { ["erratum"] = "[[تصنيف:استشهاد بويكي بيانات:الاستشهاد يعمل مع خطأ]]", ["missing-wikidata"] = "[[تصنيف:مقالات مع بيانات ويكي بيانات نقاصة]]", -- TODO: point to a {{cite q}}-specific category; this one is specific to Module:WikidataIB ['no-label-or-title'] = '[[تصنيف:استشهاد بويكي بيانات:يفتقر إلى عنوان أو تسمية]]', ["retracted"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات: الاستشهاد بعمل مسحوب]]<!-- retracted -->", ["replaced"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات: الاستشهاد بعمل مستبدل]]<!-- replaced -->", ["unknown-author"] = "", -- [[Category:Cite Q - author unknown]] removed as misplaced; someone is welcome to restore it if it is placed outside of the template parameter value ["unknown-template"] = "[[تصنيف:الاستشهاد بويكي بيانات:قالب مجهول]]", }, } local citation_class_map_t = { arxiv = 'استشهاد بأرخايف', ['audio-visual'] = 'استشهاد بوسائط مرئية ومسموعة', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'استشهاد بتسجيلات', biorxiv = 'استشهاد ببيوركسيف', book = 'استشهاد بكتاب', citation = 'استشهاد', citeseerx = 'Cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'استشهاد بمنشورات مؤتمر', document = 'استشهاد بوثيقة', encyclopaedia = 'استشهاد بموسوعة', episode = 'استشهاد بحلقة', interview = 'استشهاد بمقابلة', journal = 'استشهاد بدورية محكمة', magazine = 'استشهاد بمجلة', mailinglist = 'استشهاد بقائمة بريدية', map = 'استشهاد بخريطة', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'استشهاد بخبر', newsgroup = 'استشهاد بمجموعة أخبار', podcast = 'استشهاد بتدوين صوتي', pressrelease = 'استشهاد ببيان صحفي', report = 'استشهاد بتقرير', serial = 'استشهاد بمسلسل', sign = 'استشهاد بإشارة توضيحية', speech = 'استشهاد بخطاب', ssrn = 'cite ssrn', techreport = 'استشهاد بتقرير فني', thesis = 'استشهاد بأطروحة', web = 'استشهاد بويب', } local rejected_t = { sources = { Q465 = true, Q15241312 = true, Q52 = true }, properties = { "P1800", "P1566", "P21"}, instances = { Q5 = true, -- Human is not a direct reference Q184188 = true, Q1250464 = true, -- inatance of refference DBs Q8513 = true, Q17152639 = true, Q7094076 = true, Q5535082 = true, Q856638= true, Q1982918 = true, Q36524 = true, Q36218176 = true, Q526334 = true, Q5227411 = true } } -- Table of simple properties that can be fetched in roughly the same way: -- id = PXXX -- maxvals = maximum number of multiple values (0 for all) -- linked = "no" suppresses linking -- populate_from_journal = true/false determines whether to look in a journal where the source is published -- rank = "best", "preferred", normal, etc. determines how Wikidata ranks are treated -- others = true - the value for the property goes to "others" section local simple_properties_t = { -- Next Line Edited publisher = {id = "P123", maxvals = 3}, oclc = {id = "P243", maxvals = 1}, ['publication-place'] = {id = "P291", maxvals = 0, linked = false}, -- publication place (don't put into |place=; is treated specially in {{citation}} if both are given) doi = {id = "P356", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |doi-broken-date= (WD "reason for deprecation"/"stated as") and |doi-access= (WD "access status")? issue = {id = "P433", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true}, -- distinguish from |number= ("P1545"?) if both are given (still blocked by {{citation}}, but will be supported in the future) pmid = {id = "P698", maxvals = 1}, -- gbooks = {id = "P675", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} -- ia = {id = "P724", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} arxiv = {id = "P818", maxvals = 1}, bibcode = {id = "P819", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |bibcode-access=? jstor = {id = "P888", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |jstor-access=? mr = {id = "P889", maxvals = 1}, rfc = {id = "P892", maxvals = 1}, zbl = {id = "P894", maxvals = 1}, ssrn = {id = "P893", maxvals = 1}, place = {id = "P1071", maxvals = 0, linked = false}, -- written-at place -- ['total-pages'] = {id = "P1104", maxvals = 0, linked = 'no'}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.tpages= -- coden = {id = "P1159", maxvals = 1}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.coden= s2cid = {id = "P8299", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |s2cid-access=? pmc = {id = "P932", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |pmc-embargo-date= (WD "reason for deprecation")? lccn = {id = "P1144", maxvals = 1}, hdl = {id = "P1184", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |hdl-access=? ismn = {id = "P1208", maxvals = 1}, journal = {id = "P1433", maxvals = 1}, citeseerx = {id = "P3784", maxvals = 1}, osti = {id = "P3894", maxvals = 1}, -- take care of |osti-access=? biorxiv = {id = "P3951", maxvals = 1}, asin = {id = "P5749", maxvals = 1}, -- What about |asin-tld=? (WD examples resolve to .com at present, but may change) -- ['catalog-number'] = {id = "P528", maxvals = 0}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.artnum= isbn = {id = "P212", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- ISBN 13 issn = {id = "P236", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- distinguish from |eissn= for electronic issues? -- jfm = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik (not Zbl) -- sbn = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Standard Book Number (predecessor of ISBN, not ICCU) -- message-id = {id = "P?", maxvals = 1}, -- Usenet message ID chapter = {id = "P792", maxvals = 1, no_vol_qual=true}, ['publication-date'] = {id = "P577", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true}, -- publication date (don't use |date=; is treated specially in {{citation}} if both are given.) series = {id = "P179", maxvals = 1, populate_from_journal = true, qual = "P1545"}, version = {id = "P348", maxvals = 0}, edition = {id = "P393", maxvals = 0}, volume = {id = "P478", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, -- part = {id = "P1545"?, maxvals = 0}, -- to be added to {{citation}} / COinS &rft.part= title = {id = "P1476", rank="p n"}, -- url = {id = "P953", maxvals = 1}, -- deal with this along with archive-url pages = {id = "P304", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, at = {id = "P958", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true, no_vol_qual=true}, -- also incorporate lines (P7421) and columns (P3903) into this (cite map also supports |section=) -- sheets = {id = "P7416", maxvals = 0, populate_from_journal = true}, -- interviewer = {id = "P?", maxvals = 0}, -- does **not** go to "others" section! Multiple interviewers should be n-enumerated illustrator = {id = "P110", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- foreword and afterword, when contributions to another author's work, are contributions so belong in |contribution=; -- the writer's name goes in |contributor=; requires |title= and |author= -- However, this might need to add support for multiple contributors and their roles to {{citation}}, see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Others -- foreword = {id = "P2679", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- afterword = {id = "P2680", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section composer = {id = "P86", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section animator = {id = "P6942", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section director = {id = "P57", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section screenwriter = {id = "P58", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section signatory = {id = "P1891", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section presenter = {id = "P371", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section performer = {id = "P175", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section -- next 2 lines added for Arabic Wikipedia annotator = {id ="P11105", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section reviewer = {id ="P4032", maxvals = 10, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section supervisor = {id ="P7604", maxvals = 3, others = true}, -- goes to "others" section } local used_args_t = {accessdate=true, language=true, mode=true, ol=true, other=true, ['display-authors']=true, ['display-editors']=true, ['archive-url']=true, ['archive-date']=true, url=true, title=true, page=true, pages = true, volume=true, } for i = 1, 9 do used_args_t['author' .. i] = true used_args_t['author-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['author-first' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['editor-first' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator-link' .. i] = true used_args_t['translator-first' .. i] = true end -- all_used_properties local used_properties_t = { P1680 = true, P1932 = true, P2699 = true, P407 = true, P2093 = true, -- author string P50 = true, -- author P5769 = true, --editor P655 = true, P856 = true, P953 = true, P98 = true, P854 = true, } for k,v in pairs(simple_properties_t) do used_properties_t[v.id] = { arg = k, maxvals = v.maxvals, linked = v.linked, others = v.others, populate_from_journal = v.populate_from_journal } end simple_properties_t['hijri-date'] = {id = "P577", maxvals = 1, hijri=true} return { aliases_t = aliases_t, numbered_aliases_t = numbered_aliases_t, i18n_t = i18n_t, rejected_t = rejected_t, simple_properties_t = simple_properties_t, used_args_t = used_args_t, used_properties_t = used_properties_t, config_t = config_t, citation_class_map_t=citation_class_map_t } 0z4jkyo1k059shcrdm0ruhn9qygdotx 5 240649 1097969 1097778 2026-08-04T09:35:23Z أبو هشام 20788 /* بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَأْزَأَ (L1536388) */ قسم جديد 1097969 wikitext text/x-wiki == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَرَقَ (L1480330) == '''اِسْتَرَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1480330|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1480330]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَرَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سرق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1480330|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) كانت هناك مشكلة في صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس بعد إنشاء الصفحات لجميع المفردات من جذر س ر ق: [[اِسْتَرَقَ]]، [[اِنْسَرَقَ]]، [[تَسَرَّقَ]]. --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 00:33، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك {{مس|إسلام}} التبليغ. فعلا كان هناك خلل في محارف الجذر [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012573 س ر ق] في ويكي بيانات. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: حَلَّى (L1534604) == '''حَلَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534604|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534604]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=حَلَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: حلو · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534604|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:27، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] على الإبلاغ. المشكلة في الفعل حَلَّى (وأفعال آخرين) أَنَّه يُوَلَّدُ من جذرين: ح-ل-ي و ح-ل-و. في ويكي بيانات توجد وحدتان معجميتان، واحدة لكل فعل، لكن في ويكاموس لا يُمكن إنشاء صفحتين بنفس الاسم. سأفكر في حل لهذه المشكلة وأوافيك بالجديد. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:28، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::حالة أخرى حيث يشترك جذران في نفس صيغة الفعل: ::* جذر ت-ل-و على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ([https://ar-senses.toolforge.org/review/L1533461 رابط المُفردة في الأداة]). ::* جذر ت-ل-ي على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ::[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:42، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: آرَنَ (L1532612) == '''آرَنَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1532612|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1532612]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=آرَنَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: أرن · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1532612|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:36، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك {{مس|رِفْد}} على التبليغ، المشكل سببه حالة خاصة حيث صيغة الفعل هي نفسها على وزنين: :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن أفعل => آرَنَ :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن فاعل => آرَنَ :[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:38، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::{{أصلح}} ونُشِر في ويكاموس: [[آرَنَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:39، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: دَمْشَقَ (L1535560) == '''دَمْشَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535560|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535560]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=دَمْشَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: دمشق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535560|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''أثناء محاولة الإضافة في ويكي بيانات يظهر: invalid literal for int0 with :خطأ في النشر بويكي بيانات 'base 10: 'None'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:45، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك على التبليغ أخي {{مس|رِفْد}}. المُشكلة كانت بسبب مُعرف خاطئ لأحد المعاجم في قاعدة البيانات. أعدت إنشاء المعاني في ويكي بيانات وأنشأت الصفحة في ويكاموس: [[دَمْشَقَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَبَانَ (L1477016) == '''أَبَانَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1477016|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1477016]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَبَانَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: بين · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1477016|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:52، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. فعلا [[أَبَانَ|الصفحة]] كانت موجودة سَلَفًا، وكان المفروض من الأداة أن لا تُعطيك خيار إنشائها. المشكل كان مصدرة خطأ في تصريف الأجوف اليائي على وزن أفعل، فكانت الخوارزمية تقترح كلمة "أَبْيَنَ" (خطأ) بدل "أَبَانَ" (صحيح). [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:57، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَجَاشَ (L1534157) == '''اِسْتَجَاشَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534157|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534157]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَجَاشَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جيش · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534157|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني غير موجود في المصدر في صفحة المفردة (ص=603) والحديث الموجود في صفحة 115 غير مفسر بهذا المعنى أيضا. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 14:40، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَبَعَ (L1536765) == '''اِسْتَبَعَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536765|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536765]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَبَعَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سبع · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536765|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس لا يظهر بشكل صحيح.--[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 15:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. كان المشكل من ويكي بيانات في الوحدة المعجمية للجذر [[d:Lexeme:L5309|س ب ع]]. المشكل نفسه الذي كان في جذر [[d:Lexeme:L1012573|س ر ق]] سابقا. سأبحث إمكانية تصحيح كل الجذور في ويكي بيانات آليا. شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 19:32، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::أصلحت المشكل في جذرين آخرين هما [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L705777 س ه ل] و [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012576 ر ك ب]. باقي الجذور سليمة. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:26، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] شكرا جزيلا [[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 11:42، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوَّهَ (L1534145) == '''جَوَّهَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534145|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534145]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوَّهَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوه · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534145|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى بهذا التصريف خطأ، لم أعثر على جوّه فلانا أي جعله وجيها، ولم أجد جوّه السقاء أي رقعه بل وجدت جواه في معجم متن اللغة. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوْرَبَ (L1487159) == '''جَوْرَبَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487159|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487159]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوْرَبَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جورب · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487159|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ في صندوق المعلومات. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:23، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]]، كان المُشكل في ويكي بيانات حيث كانت مُرتبطا بالجذر "ج ر ب" (خطأ) بدل "ج و ر ب" (صحيح). شكرا لك على الإبلاغ. -- [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:33، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَدَسَ (L1547049) == '''سَدَسَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1547049|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1547049]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَدَسَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدس · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1547049|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني مكرر، استبدلته وأضفت مصادر. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:04، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَدَّى (L1536864) == '''تَسَدَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536864|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536864]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَدَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536864|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خلل في رقم صفحة القاموس المحيط، ولا توجد شواهد قوية على المعنى الأول، أظن أن المفردة بحاجة لمراجعة وإعادة ترتيب المعاني.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:44، 29 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَافَدَ (L1497488) == '''تَسَافَدَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1497488|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1497488]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَافَدَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفد · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1497488|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) اكتفيت بالمعنى الأول بسبب التكرار.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 11:51، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَافَحَ (L1487289) == '''سَافَحَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487289|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487289]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَافَحَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفح · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487289|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الثاني لأنه مكرر.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:42، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَرَأَّمَ (L1535813) == '''تَرَأَّمَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535813|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535813]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَرَأَّمَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: رأم · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535813|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) دمجت المعنيين وصححت رقم الجزء والصفحة.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:58، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَاوَى (L1534151) == '''جَاوَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534151|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534151]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَاوَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534151|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- يظهر هكذا: خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:15، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَجَاذَى (L1533824) == '''تَجَاذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533824|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533824]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَجَاذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533824|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'تَجَاذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:19، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَجْذَى (L1533823) == '''أَجْذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533823|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533823]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَجْذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533823|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'أَجْذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:20، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَأْزَأَ (L1536388) == '''زَأْزَأَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536388|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536388]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=زَأْزَأَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زأزأ · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536388|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الخامس لأنه مزيد بتاء في المراجع.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:35، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) o723ztlfvmzn7hdyykuicgmkecu6xu9 1097971 1097969 2026-08-04T10:04:37Z أبو هشام 20788 /* بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَزْعَلَ (L1476504) */ قسم جديد 1097971 wikitext text/x-wiki == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَرَقَ (L1480330) == '''اِسْتَرَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1480330|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1480330]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَرَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سرق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1480330|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) كانت هناك مشكلة في صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس بعد إنشاء الصفحات لجميع المفردات من جذر س ر ق: [[اِسْتَرَقَ]]، [[اِنْسَرَقَ]]، [[تَسَرَّقَ]]. --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 00:33، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك {{مس|إسلام}} التبليغ. فعلا كان هناك خلل في محارف الجذر [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012573 س ر ق] في ويكي بيانات. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: حَلَّى (L1534604) == '''حَلَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534604|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534604]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=حَلَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: حلو · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534604|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:27، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] على الإبلاغ. المشكلة في الفعل حَلَّى (وأفعال آخرين) أَنَّه يُوَلَّدُ من جذرين: ح-ل-ي و ح-ل-و. في ويكي بيانات توجد وحدتان معجميتان، واحدة لكل فعل، لكن في ويكاموس لا يُمكن إنشاء صفحتين بنفس الاسم. سأفكر في حل لهذه المشكلة وأوافيك بالجديد. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:28، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::حالة أخرى حيث يشترك جذران في نفس صيغة الفعل: ::* جذر ت-ل-و على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ([https://ar-senses.toolforge.org/review/L1533461 رابط المُفردة في الأداة]). ::* جذر ت-ل-ي على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ::[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:42، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: آرَنَ (L1532612) == '''آرَنَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1532612|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1532612]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=آرَنَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: أرن · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1532612|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:36، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك {{مس|رِفْد}} على التبليغ، المشكل سببه حالة خاصة حيث صيغة الفعل هي نفسها على وزنين: :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن أفعل => آرَنَ :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن فاعل => آرَنَ :[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:38، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::{{أصلح}} ونُشِر في ويكاموس: [[آرَنَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:39، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: دَمْشَقَ (L1535560) == '''دَمْشَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535560|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535560]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=دَمْشَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: دمشق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535560|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''أثناء محاولة الإضافة في ويكي بيانات يظهر: invalid literal for int0 with :خطأ في النشر بويكي بيانات 'base 10: 'None'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:45، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك على التبليغ أخي {{مس|رِفْد}}. المُشكلة كانت بسبب مُعرف خاطئ لأحد المعاجم في قاعدة البيانات. أعدت إنشاء المعاني في ويكي بيانات وأنشأت الصفحة في ويكاموس: [[دَمْشَقَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَبَانَ (L1477016) == '''أَبَانَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1477016|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1477016]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَبَانَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: بين · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1477016|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:52، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. فعلا [[أَبَانَ|الصفحة]] كانت موجودة سَلَفًا، وكان المفروض من الأداة أن لا تُعطيك خيار إنشائها. المشكل كان مصدرة خطأ في تصريف الأجوف اليائي على وزن أفعل، فكانت الخوارزمية تقترح كلمة "أَبْيَنَ" (خطأ) بدل "أَبَانَ" (صحيح). [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:57، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَجَاشَ (L1534157) == '''اِسْتَجَاشَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534157|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534157]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَجَاشَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جيش · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534157|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني غير موجود في المصدر في صفحة المفردة (ص=603) والحديث الموجود في صفحة 115 غير مفسر بهذا المعنى أيضا. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 14:40، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَبَعَ (L1536765) == '''اِسْتَبَعَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536765|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536765]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَبَعَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سبع · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536765|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس لا يظهر بشكل صحيح.--[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 15:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. كان المشكل من ويكي بيانات في الوحدة المعجمية للجذر [[d:Lexeme:L5309|س ب ع]]. المشكل نفسه الذي كان في جذر [[d:Lexeme:L1012573|س ر ق]] سابقا. سأبحث إمكانية تصحيح كل الجذور في ويكي بيانات آليا. شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 19:32، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::أصلحت المشكل في جذرين آخرين هما [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L705777 س ه ل] و [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012576 ر ك ب]. باقي الجذور سليمة. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:26، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] شكرا جزيلا [[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 11:42، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوَّهَ (L1534145) == '''جَوَّهَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534145|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534145]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوَّهَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوه · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534145|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى بهذا التصريف خطأ، لم أعثر على جوّه فلانا أي جعله وجيها، ولم أجد جوّه السقاء أي رقعه بل وجدت جواه في معجم متن اللغة. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوْرَبَ (L1487159) == '''جَوْرَبَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487159|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487159]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوْرَبَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جورب · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487159|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ في صندوق المعلومات. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:23، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]]، كان المُشكل في ويكي بيانات حيث كانت مُرتبطا بالجذر "ج ر ب" (خطأ) بدل "ج و ر ب" (صحيح). شكرا لك على الإبلاغ. -- [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:33، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَدَسَ (L1547049) == '''سَدَسَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1547049|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1547049]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَدَسَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدس · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1547049|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني مكرر، استبدلته وأضفت مصادر. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:04، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَدَّى (L1536864) == '''تَسَدَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536864|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536864]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَدَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536864|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خلل في رقم صفحة القاموس المحيط، ولا توجد شواهد قوية على المعنى الأول، أظن أن المفردة بحاجة لمراجعة وإعادة ترتيب المعاني.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:44، 29 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَافَدَ (L1497488) == '''تَسَافَدَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1497488|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1497488]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَافَدَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفد · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1497488|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) اكتفيت بالمعنى الأول بسبب التكرار.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 11:51، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَافَحَ (L1487289) == '''سَافَحَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487289|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487289]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَافَحَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفح · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487289|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الثاني لأنه مكرر.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:42، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَرَأَّمَ (L1535813) == '''تَرَأَّمَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535813|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535813]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَرَأَّمَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: رأم · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535813|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) دمجت المعنيين وصححت رقم الجزء والصفحة.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:58، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَاوَى (L1534151) == '''جَاوَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534151|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534151]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَاوَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534151|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- يظهر هكذا: خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:15، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَجَاذَى (L1533824) == '''تَجَاذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533824|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533824]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَجَاذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533824|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'تَجَاذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:19، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَجْذَى (L1533823) == '''أَجْذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533823|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533823]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَجْذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533823|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'أَجْذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:20، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَأْزَأَ (L1536388) == '''زَأْزَأَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536388|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536388]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=زَأْزَأَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زأزأ · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536388|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الخامس لأنه مزيد بتاء في المراجع.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:35، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَزْعَلَ (L1476504) == '''أَزْعَلَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1476504|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1476504]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَزْعَلَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زعل · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1476504|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) دمجت المعنى الأول والثالث لأن المعنى الثالث مكرر عن الأول.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 10:04، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) qpvqwk2varcdbyn3bitb5hgo8z5niwa 1097974 1097971 2026-08-04T10:41:28Z أبو هشام 20788 /* بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَعِلَ (L1487695) */ قسم جديد 1097974 wikitext text/x-wiki == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَرَقَ (L1480330) == '''اِسْتَرَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1480330|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1480330]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَرَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سرق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1480330|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) كانت هناك مشكلة في صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس بعد إنشاء الصفحات لجميع المفردات من جذر س ر ق: [[اِسْتَرَقَ]]، [[اِنْسَرَقَ]]، [[تَسَرَّقَ]]. --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 00:33، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك {{مس|إسلام}} التبليغ. فعلا كان هناك خلل في محارف الجذر [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012573 س ر ق] في ويكي بيانات. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: حَلَّى (L1534604) == '''حَلَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534604|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534604]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=حَلَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: حلو · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534604|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:27، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] على الإبلاغ. المشكلة في الفعل حَلَّى (وأفعال آخرين) أَنَّه يُوَلَّدُ من جذرين: ح-ل-ي و ح-ل-و. في ويكي بيانات توجد وحدتان معجميتان، واحدة لكل فعل، لكن في ويكاموس لا يُمكن إنشاء صفحتين بنفس الاسم. سأفكر في حل لهذه المشكلة وأوافيك بالجديد. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:28، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::حالة أخرى حيث يشترك جذران في نفس صيغة الفعل: ::* جذر ت-ل-و على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ([https://ar-senses.toolforge.org/review/L1533461 رابط المُفردة في الأداة]). ::* جذر ت-ل-ي على وزن تفعّل => [[تَتَلَّى]] ::[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:42، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: آرَنَ (L1532612) == '''آرَنَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1532612|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1532612]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=آرَنَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: أرن · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1532612|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:36، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :شكرا لك {{مس|رِفْد}} على التبليغ، المشكل سببه حالة خاصة حيث صيغة الفعل هي نفسها على وزنين: :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن أفعل => آرَنَ :* جذر ء ر ن، على وزن فاعل => آرَنَ :[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:38، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::{{أصلح}} ونُشِر في ويكاموس: [[آرَنَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:39، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: دَمْشَقَ (L1535560) == '''دَمْشَقَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535560|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535560]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=دَمْشَقَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: دمشق · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535560|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''أثناء محاولة الإضافة في ويكي بيانات يظهر: invalid literal for int0 with :خطأ في النشر بويكي بيانات 'base 10: 'None'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:45، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. شكرا لك على التبليغ أخي {{مس|رِفْد}}. المُشكلة كانت بسبب مُعرف خاطئ لأحد المعاجم في قاعدة البيانات. أعدت إنشاء المعاني في ويكي بيانات وأنشأت الصفحة في ويكاموس: [[دَمْشَقَ]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَبَانَ (L1477016) == '''أَبَانَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1477016|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1477016]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَبَانَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: بين · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1477016|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) إبلاغ من الزميل {{مس|رِفْد}}: ''لا يمكن نشرها في ويكاموس عند الضغط على زر النشر يظهر: "خطأ: الصفحة موجودة بالفعل".'' --[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:52، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. فعلا [[أَبَانَ|الصفحة]] كانت موجودة سَلَفًا، وكان المفروض من الأداة أن لا تُعطيك خيار إنشائها. المشكل كان مصدرة خطأ في تصريف الأجوف اليائي على وزن أفعل، فكانت الخوارزمية تقترح كلمة "أَبْيَنَ" (خطأ) بدل "أَبَانَ" (صحيح). [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 11:57، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَجَاشَ (L1534157) == '''اِسْتَجَاشَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534157|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534157]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَجَاشَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جيش · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534157|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني غير موجود في المصدر في صفحة المفردة (ص=603) والحديث الموجود في صفحة 115 غير مفسر بهذا المعنى أيضا. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 14:40، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: اِسْتَبَعَ (L1536765) == '''اِسْتَبَعَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536765|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536765]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=اِسْتَبَعَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سبع · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536765|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) صندوق المعلومات في ويكاموس لا يظهر بشكل صحيح.--[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 15:23، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. كان المشكل من ويكي بيانات في الوحدة المعجمية للجذر [[d:Lexeme:L5309|س ب ع]]. المشكل نفسه الذي كان في جذر [[d:Lexeme:L1012573|س ر ق]] سابقا. سأبحث إمكانية تصحيح كل الجذور في ويكي بيانات آليا. شكرا لك @[[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]]. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 19:32، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) ::أصلحت المشكل في جذرين آخرين هما [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L705777 س ه ل] و [https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Lexeme:L1012576 ر ك ب]. باقي الجذور سليمة. [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:26، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :::@[[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|ForzaGreen]] شكرا جزيلا [[مستخدم:إسلام|إسلام]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:إسلام|نقاش]]) 11:42، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوَّهَ (L1534145) == '''جَوَّهَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534145|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534145]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوَّهَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوه · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534145|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى بهذا التصريف خطأ، لم أعثر على جوّه فلانا أي جعله وجيها، ولم أجد جوّه السقاء أي رقعه بل وجدت جواه في معجم متن اللغة. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:48، 27 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَوْرَبَ (L1487159) == '''جَوْرَبَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487159|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487159]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَوْرَبَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جورب · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487159|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ في صندوق المعلومات. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:23، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) :{{أصلح}}. @[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]]، كان المُشكل في ويكي بيانات حيث كانت مُرتبطا بالجذر "ج ر ب" (خطأ) بدل "ج و ر ب" (صحيح). شكرا لك على الإبلاغ. -- [[مستخدم:ForzaGreen|وائل]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:ForzaGreen|نقاش]]) 22:33، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَدَسَ (L1547049) == '''سَدَسَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1547049|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1547049]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَدَسَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدس · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1547049|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الثاني مكرر، استبدلته وأضفت مصادر. --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 15:04، 28 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَدَّى (L1536864) == '''تَسَدَّى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536864|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536864]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَدَّى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سدي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536864|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خلل في رقم صفحة القاموس المحيط، ولا توجد شواهد قوية على المعنى الأول، أظن أن المفردة بحاجة لمراجعة وإعادة ترتيب المعاني.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:44، 29 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَسَافَدَ (L1497488) == '''تَسَافَدَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1497488|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1497488]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَسَافَدَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفد · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1497488|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) اكتفيت بالمعنى الأول بسبب التكرار.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 11:51، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: سَافَحَ (L1487289) == '''سَافَحَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487289|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487289]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=سَافَحَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: سفح · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487289|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الثاني لأنه مكرر.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:42، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَرَأَّمَ (L1535813) == '''تَرَأَّمَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1535813|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1535813]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَرَأَّمَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: رأم · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1535813|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) دمجت المعنيين وصححت رقم الجزء والصفحة.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 21:58، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: جَاوَى (L1534151) == '''جَاوَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1534151|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1534151]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=جَاوَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جوي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1534151|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- يظهر هكذا: خطأ: الصفحة 'جَاوَى' موجودة بالفعل. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:15، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: تَجَاذَى (L1533824) == '''تَجَاذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533824|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533824]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=تَجَاذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533824|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'تَجَاذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:19، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَجْذَى (L1533823) == '''أَجْذَى''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1533823|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1533823]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَجْذَى|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: جذي · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1533823|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) خطأ: الصفحة 'أَجْذَى' موجودة بالفعل <!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:رِفْد|رِفْد]] ([[نقاش المستخدم:رِفْد|نقاش]]) 22:20، 30 يوليو 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَأْزَأَ (L1536388) == '''زَأْزَأَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1536388|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1536388]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=زَأْزَأَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زأزأ · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1536388|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) حذفت المعنى الخامس لأنه مزيد بتاء في المراجع.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 09:35، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: أَزْعَلَ (L1476504) == '''أَزْعَلَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1476504|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1476504]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=أَزْعَلَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زعل · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1476504|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) دمجت المعنى الأول والثالث لأن المعنى الثالث مكرر عن الأول.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 10:04، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) == بلاغ من أداة مراجعة المعاني: زَعِلَ (L1487695) == '''زَعِلَ''' [[ملف:Wikidata Favicon color.svg|وصلة=d:Lexeme:L1487695|18بك|ويكي بيانات: L1487695]] [[ملف:Wiktionary-logo.svg|وصلة=زَعِلَ|18بك|صفحة ويكاموس]] · الجذر: زعل · ([[toolforge:ar-senses/review/L1487695|رابط المُفردة في الأداة]]) المعنى الأول (مرح) غير موجود في المراجع، والمعنى الثالث بحاجة إلى تدقيق، تحتاج المفردة إلى مراجعة.<!-- اكتب وصف المشكلة هنا، قبل التوقيع. رجاءً لا تغيّر عنوان الموضوع ولا السطر الذي فوق هذا التعليق، فالأداة تعتمد عليهما في ربط النقاش بالمفردة. --> --[[مستخدم:أبو هشام|أبو هشام]] ^{[[نقاش المستخدم:أبو هشام|«نقاش»]]} 10:41، 4 أغسطس 2026 (ت ع م) pgibwgu69t0r8b1g7aiz1sfibojcu5y 0 240879 1097931 2026-08-03T12:19:50Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097931 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1532747}} === المعاني === '''تَأَوَّنَ''' {{تفعّل}} {{معجمية|L1532747|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|تَأَوَّنَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=أون|وزن=تفعّل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} dj0abpdxc5jo9g7zepzyesp6as3avh9 0 240880 1097932 2026-08-03T12:28:05Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097932 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1532752}} === المعاني === '''آيَدَ''' {{فاعل}} {{معجمية|L1532752|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|آيَدَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=أيد|وزن=فاعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} hpgsd2hhmdh1u9r0qw7dehb0oi23ist 0 240881 1097935 2026-08-03T15:16:05Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097935 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536407}} === المعاني === '''زَبْزَبَ''' {{فعلل}} {{معجمية|L1536407|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|زَبْزَبَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زبزب|وزن=فعلل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} m4n67ydgcwdkttnriam67ni5mhj0gc6 0 240882 1097936 2026-08-03T15:17:04Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097936 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536218}} === المعاني === '''تَرَكَّعَ''' {{تفعّل}} {{معجمية|L1536218|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|تَرَكَّعَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=ركع|وزن=تفعّل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} havls03gjc0ixnqr0jhvs952ffmi1l6 0 240883 1097937 2026-08-03T15:18:04Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097937 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1497137}} === المعاني === '''اِنْحَتَّ''' {{انفعل}} {{معجمية|L1497137|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|اِنْحَتَّ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=حتت|وزن=انفعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} eyn2cdtqtavsqf0ybzishktc42pgxos 0 240884 1097938 2026-08-03T15:20:59Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097938 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1485444}} === المعاني === '''اِنْجَرَدَ''' {{انفعل}} {{معجمية|L1485444|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|اِنْجَرَدَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=جرد|وزن=انفعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} o1z8x4c7cfo1opv79rjclrm6et5fo3w 0 240885 1097939 2026-08-03T15:22:17Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097939 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1535332}} === المعاني === '''اِدَّخَنَ''' {{افتعل}} {{معجمية|L1535332|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|اِدَّخَنَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=دخن|وزن=افتعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} 3cpukha0wp7ed3oczlhmwiq64tubbb7 0 240886 1097940 2026-08-03T15:24:00Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097940 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536066}} === المعاني === '''اِسْتَرْطَأَ''' {{استفعل}} {{معجمية|L1536066|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|اِسْتَرْطَأَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=رطأ|وزن=استفعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} j8uhz4mhgdvi2wnipizt1p51320977x 0 240887 1097941 2026-08-03T15:25:03Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097941 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536100}} === المعاني === '''تَرَعَّظَ''' {{تفعّل}} {{معجمية|L1536100|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|تَرَعَّظَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=رعظ|وزن=تفعّل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} dfkk6866ghvw2w0438ee7upiz9l0yxf 0 240888 1097942 2026-08-03T15:28:43Z نور إسماعيل 37425 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097942 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1486087}} === المعاني === '''تَحَقَّقَ''' {{تفعّل}} {{معجمية|L1486087|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|تَحَقَّقَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=حقق|وزن=تفعّل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} 39bb0fd92y9upmjj4f98p528gtbz0dy 0 240889 1097943 2026-08-03T16:09:05Z إسلام 12622 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097943 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1535282}} === المعاني === '''أَدْثَرَ''' {{أفعل}} {{معجمية|L1535282|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|أَدْثَرَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=دثر|وزن=أفعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} h92plsh784uo8wkzztj5wu1cdhjgzxw 828 240890 1097944 2026-08-03T19:10:06Z حبيشان 31560 استيراد من ar.wikipedia.org 1097944 Scribunto text/plain -- Call only from modules -- forked from [[module:Citation/CS1]] return function (aliases_t, arglists, numbered_aliases_t) local function tableClone(t) if getmetatable(t) and getmetatable(t).mw_loadData then local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret else return t end end local aliases; if numbered_aliases_t ~= nil then aliases = tableClone(aliases_t) local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) local order_num = mw.ustring.match(k,'%d+') if order_num then local plist = numbered_aliases_t[mw.ustring.gsub(k,order_num,"#")] if plist then local ret if type(plist) == 'table' then ret = {} for _,v in ipairs(plist) do local numarg = mw.ustring.gsub(v, '#', order_num ) ret[#ret + 1] = numarg end else ret= mw.ustring.gsub(plist, '#', order_num ) end return ret end end return k end } setmetatable(aliases, translate_mt) else aliases = aliases_t end local origin = {}; local nilargs = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) local v = rawget(tbl,k) if v then return v elseif nilargs[k] then return nil end local list = (type(k)=="number") and k or aliases[k]; for _,arglist in ipairs(arglists) do if type( list ) == 'table' then for _, alias_key in pairs( list ) do if arglist[alias_key] then v = arglist[alias_key] origin[k] = alias_key break; end end elseif list ~= nil then v = arglist[list] if v then origin[k] = list end end if not v and arglist[k] then v = arglist[k] origin[k] = list end if v then break; end end if v == nil then nilargs[k] = true else rawset( tbl, k, v ) end return v end, }); end 8rqze9q9llyzeliqhcyydx91o9f9wzw 828 240891 1097945 2026-08-03T19:10:08Z حبيشان 31560 استيراد من ar.wikipedia.org 1097945 wikitext text/x-wiki {{رسالة استدعاء من لوا فقط}} {{تقييم وحدة|المرحلة النهائية}} mr29g79uiax5ftbu7ulxj16oh2ribdg 0 240892 1097964 2026-08-03T20:20:21Z أبو هشام 20788 للتخلص من وصلة حمراء 1097964 wikitext text/x-wiki #تحويل [[w:ar:ويكي بيانات]] o4rkwquj2fbr1c1zkeer4zspfz7gwxc 0 240893 1097967 2026-08-04T09:23:32Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097967 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1545525}} === المعاني === '''زَأَبَ''' {{فتح}} {{معجمية|L1545525|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|زَأَبَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زأب|وزن=فعَل يفعَل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} e71ekre4o72kwtfne9qa18qm9g4t8kv 0 240894 1097968 2026-08-04T09:25:23Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097968 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1491977}} === المعاني === '''زَأْبَقَ''' {{فعلل}} {{معجمية|L1491977|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|زَأْبَقَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زأبق|وزن=فعلل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} c27yca9micre7ykvrr2in76ktz8hrsm 0 240895 1097970 2026-08-04T09:36:23Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097970 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536388}} === المعاني === '''زَأْزَأَ''' {{فعلل}} {{معجمية|L1536388|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|زَأْزَأَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زأزأ|وزن=فعلل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} mqja94nmrsj1nx0qmeddkdu4aw7o4y4 0 240896 1097972 2026-08-04T10:05:32Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097972 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1476504}} === المعاني === '''أَزْعَلَ''' {{أفعل}} {{معجمية|L1476504|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|أَزْعَلَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زعل|وزن=أفعل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} o0qtwz7s22512klf99efwa7i6aps6np 0 240897 1097973 2026-08-04T10:15:53Z أبو هشام 20788 إنشاء صفحة فعل من بيانات المعاجم (ar-senses tool) 1097973 wikitext text/x-wiki == {{اللغة|عربية}} == {{صندوق معلومات فعل|L1536511}} === المعاني === '''تَزَعَّلَ''' {{تفعّل}} {{معجمية|L1536511|معاني}} === النطق === * {{أصد-عر|تَزَعَّلَ}} {{-}} === التصريفات === {{تصريف|جذر=زعل|وزن=تفعّل}} === المراجع === {{مراجع}} 8mnccn5nbcln333ogsd8yf02x35zxy1